WESTECH CAPITAL CORP
10-12G, 2000-01-31
BLANK CHECKS
Previous: ACTIVE VOICE CORP, PRE 14A, 2000-01-31
Next: WESTECH CAPITAL CORP, RW, 2000-01-31



<PAGE>   1

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                     FORM 10



                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                       PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)



          NEW YORK                                              13-3577716
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction       (Commission               (IRS Employer
of incorporation)                  File Number)              Identification No.)


                2700 Via Fortuna, Suite 400, Austin, Texas 78746
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code (512) 306-8222

        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

     Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                    Common Stock, $.001 par value per share
                    ---------------------------------------
                                (Title of class)
<PAGE>   2

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS.

GENERAL

Westech Capital Corp., a New York corporation (the "Company"), is a holding
company whose wholly owned subsidiary, Tejas Securities Group Holding Company
("Tejas Holding") owns approximately 85% of the Company's primary operating
subsidiary, Tejas Securities Group, Inc. ("Tejas Securities"). Both Tejas
Holding and Tejas Securities are Texas corporations. Tejas Securities is engaged
in the business of providing brokerage and related financial services to
institutional and retail customers nationwide.

The Company was incorporated as a shell corporation in New York on July 18,
1990, and made an initial public offering in November 1991. The Company was
acquired by Tejas Securities in a reverse merger effected on August 27, 1999.
See "-Change in Control." During the first quarter of 2000, the Company
anticipates submitting to its shareholders a proposal to change the Company's
state of incorporation from New York to Delaware. The Company does not expect
the reincorporation to have any material effects on it or its subsidiaries.

Tejas Securities' business is conducted out of its primary office in Austin,
Texas and a branch office in Atlanta, Georgia. Tejas Securities anticipates
expanding its operations by March 2000 with branches in Dallas, Texas and
Houston, Texas. See "-Growth Strategy."

Tejas Securities is a registered broker-dealer and investment advisor offering:
(i) brokerage services to retail and institutional customers; (ii) high quality
investment research to institutional and retail customers; (iii) market-making
activities in stocks traded on the Nasdaq National Market System and other
national exchanges; and (iv) investment banking services.

<PAGE>   3

During the first quarter of 2000, the Company intends to assume the management
of a private investment company (commonly referred to as a "hedge fund"). Tejas
Securities will purchase, at cost, the equity of TSG Capital, LLC, a Texas
limited liability company, which serves as the general partner of TSG Internet
Fund I, Ltd. (the "Fund"), a Texas limited partnership. Thereafter, Tejas
Securities will manage the Fund for a one-time placement fee of 5%, a quarterly
management fee of .375% of the average monthly asset balance, and an annual
performance fee of 20% of the Fund's net gain. See Item 7 - Certain
Relationships and Certain Transactions. If the Company is successful in
integrating and managing the Fund, it may offer additional hedge funds in the
future. Based on the experience of the Fund, such activities are not likely to
require a significant capital commitment by Tejas Securities or Westech.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

On August 27, 1999, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the
Company, Tejas Securities, Tejas Holding, and Westech Merger Sub, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Merger Sub"), Tejas Securities acquired the Company
through a reverse merger (the "Merger") of Tejas Holding and Merger Sub. Tejas
Holding and Merger Sub were established for the sole purpose of effecting this
transaction. As a result of the Merger, Tejas Holding became a wholly owned
subsidiary of Westech. Upon the effectiveness of the Merger, the Company's board
of directors resigned and John J. Gorman, Jay W. Van Ert and Joseph F. Moran
were appointed as directors of the Company.

Under the terms of the Merger, the shareholders of Tejas Holding exchanged their
shares for shares of the Company at a ratio 2.4825 to one. The former
shareholders of Tejas Holding currently own 95.21% of the issued and outstanding
common stock of the Company, $ .001 par value per share (the "Common Stock").

EARLY OPERATIONS

Tejas Securities' initial focus was to provide institutional money managers and
mutual funds high quality investment research covering large nationally based
companies which were believed to be overly leveraged or which were in default on
their liabilities or in bankruptcy. Historically, these companies were not
followed closely by a large number of analysts. Tejas Securities used this
opportunity to establish itself as a source of high quality research products
and trading support. Tejas Securities took advantage of its initial research
success and expanded its research coverage to special situation equities and
began underwriting initial public offerings of equity securities for a select
group of companies. These underwritings coupled with a demand for Tejas
Securities' research by individuals led Tejas Securities to expand its client
base to include retail accounts.

BROKERAGE SERVICES

Tejas Securities provides brokerage services to approximately 6,000 retail
customers and 500 institutional customers. Tejas Securities offers a menu of
services and products to customers, which includes the ability to buy and sell
securities, security options, mutual funds, index funds, fixed income products,
annuities and other investment securities. Tejas Securities' marketing strategy
has been to emphasize its high level of service and its unique knowledge of the
companies covered by its research department.

In recent years, the general public has become more comfortable dealing with
financial matters through electronic means, more specifically over the Internet.
Several brokerage firms have positioned themselves to take advantage of this
opportunity by offering online trading and account information. Tejas Securities
intends to capitalize on this trend by expanding into online trading, while
continuing to provide the level of service and research products that its
customers have come to expect.

Currently, Tejas Securities provides its customers with the ability to receive
stock quotes and access research on the Internet through its website
(www.tejassec.com). Tejas Securities anticipates that its customers will have
the ability to make trades over the Internet prior to the end of the first half
of 2000. Tejas Securities believes Internet trading is in high demand by its
customers and will continue to devote a substantial portion of its resources to
its Internet strategy.


Tejas Securities generated $3,648,255, $4,810,520 and $7,932,780 in commission
revenues for the years ended 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, or 86%, 74% and
77% of total revenue, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30,
1999, Tejas Securities generated $20,327,944 in commission revenue, or 80% of
total revenue.


                                       2
<PAGE>   4

RESEARCH

The cornerstone of Tejas Securities' business model is to create proprietary
products for its clients that focus on its research and trading capabilities.
Tejas Securities distributes these products through traditional as well as new
channels of distribution, including the Internet. Tejas Securities believes that
brokerage companies that are able to utilize technological changes to improve
methods of delivering information to their clients will accomplish significant
gains in market share and profitability.

Tejas Securities anticipates that it will continue to devote a substantial
portion of its assets to support its research department. Currently, the
research department consists of five experienced analysts with proven expertise
in special situation equity research and in distressed securities. The analyst
group has the background to analyze many industries, but has a primary focus on
telecommunications and the Internet. Tejas Securities believes that the rapid
changes in each of these industries provide excellent investment opportunities.
Tejas Securities believes there will be increased demand in these areas and
anticipates adding three analysts to the research department in the near future.
The additional analysts will allow Tejas Securities to expand its research
coverage of telecommunications and Internet companies that have traditionally
lacked research coverage by the New York-based brokerage community.

Tejas Securities believes that the number of high quality technology companies
being formed in the Austin area is significant and will continue to grow. Tejas
Securities believes that its research department is well suited to cover these
companies and will focus a large percentage of its research resources to
providing research coverage of these companies. The research department will
cover both public companies as well as private companies that are candidates for
becoming publicly traded companies.

MARKET MAKING

In August 1999, the NASD approved Tejas Securities to make markets in Nasdaq
securities. Making markets in securities facilitates the execution of security
transactions for Tejas Securities' customers. Tejas Securities acts as a market
maker for approximately 25 public corporations whose stocks are traded on the
Nasdaq National Market System.

Generally, Tejas Securities does not maintain inventories of securities for sale
to its customers. However, Tejas Securities does engage in certain principal
transactions where, in response to a customer order, Tejas Securities will go at
risk to the marketplace to attempt to capture the spread between the bid and
offer. Most of Tejas Securities' larger competitors are engaged in similar
market making activities through subsidiaries or receive order flow payments
from companies engaged in such market making activities. Tejas Securities
believes it can maintain better control and be assured of proper executions of
customer trades by providing these market making services directly to its
customers.

INVESTMENT BANKING

Tejas Securities raises capital through public offerings of securities for
corporations that are engaged in a variety of businesses. Tejas Securities
participates in underwritings of corporate securities as managing underwriter
and as a syndicate member. Management of an underwriting account is generally
more profitable than participation as a member of an underwriting syndicate.

Historically, Tejas Securities underwrote public offerings of securities in the
range of $5 to $10 million on a "best efforts" basis. As an underwriter, Tejas
Securities is also subject to potential liability under federal and state
securities laws and other laws if the registration statement or prospectus
contains a material misstatement or omission. Tejas Securities' potential
liability as an underwriter is uninsured.


Tejas Securities' participation in or initiation of underwritings may be limited
by the financial requirements of the SEC and NASD. See "- Net Capital
Requirements."

Between September 30, 1997, and December 31, 1998, Tejas Securities acted as the
managing underwriter or co-managing underwriter for initial public offerings of
four common stock offerings and one preferred stock offering, which raised
approximately $40 million for corporate finance clients. Tejas Securities
typically received 2 to 3 percent of the aggregate amount of money raised in an
offering to cover nonaccountable expenses and between 7 and 9 percent as
compensation to underwriters, selling group members and registered
representatives. Tejas Securities generated $752,554 and $2,584,770 in
investment banking revenues for the years ended 1997 and 1998, respectively, or
12% and 25% of total revenue, respectively. There were no fees generated from
investment banking activities in 1996.

At the end of 1998, Tejas Securities decided to reduce its focus on underwriting
small public offerings and refocus on underwritings of larger, more established
companies and advisory assignments and financial advisory assignments. In that
connection, the Company determined that a greater commitment to after-market
support services was necessary and its underwriting activities were essentially
curtailed while it sought additional executive experience. In November, 1999,
Tejas Securities employed Mike McAllister to serve as Executive Vice President
and Managing Director. Mr. McAllister will oversee all investment banking
operations for Tejas Securities. See Item 5-Directors and Executive Officers.
There were no significant investment banking transactions during 1999 and the
Company expects no significant activity until the second half of 2000.

                                       3
<PAGE>   5


CUSTOMERS

Historically, Tejas Securities' customer base has been comprised of
predominately large nationally known institutional customers. These customers
demand high quality research and sophisticated trading capabilities. Tejas
Securities believes that it has served the needs of this segment of its customer
base well, resulting in increased trading volume. Tejas Securities believes that
the increase in the scope of its research services should further customer
satisfaction and increase its revenues from institutional customers.

Currently, the fastest growing segment of Tejas Securities' business is its
retail division. Tejas Securities believes its strategy of providing
institutional quality research and customer service to retail customers has been
well received. The retail division has grown from 3,000 customers in 1997 into
6,000 customers at September 30, 1999. Tejas Securities will continue to expand
this division by adding additional sales personnel focused exclusively on this
market and continuing the rollout of products such as market making and money
management that appeal to this market.

EMPLOYEES

On December 15, 1999, Tejas Securities had approximately 80 employees. Of these
employees, 40 work in sales, 8 in trading, 5 in research positions and the
remaining employees perform management and administrative functions. Employees
will continue to be added in several areas of the firm. However, it is Tejas
Securities' goal to use the sales support functions that are currently in place
to support additional sales staff. Tejas Securities believes that taking
advantage of the infrastructure currently in place will allow an increase in
productivity in the sales area with minimal additional support cost.

COMPETITION

All aspects of Tejas Securities' business are highly competitive. In its general
brokerage activities, Tejas Securities competes directly with numerous other
broker-dealers, many of which are large well-known firms with substantially
greater financial and personnel resources. Many of Tejas Securities' competitors
employ extensive advertising and actively solicit potential clients in order to
increase business. In addition, brokerage firms compete by furnishing investment
research publications to existing clients, the quality and breadth of which are
considered important in the development of new business and the retention of
existing clients. Tejas Securities also competes with a number of smaller
regional brokerage firms in Texas and the Southwest.

Some commercial banks and thrift institutions offer securities brokerage
services. Many commercial banks offer a variety of investment banking services.
Competition among financial services firms also exists for investment
representatives and other personnel.

The securities industry has become considerably more concentrated and more
competitive since Tejas Securities was founded, as numerous securities firms
have either ceased operations or have been acquired by or merged into other
firms. In addition, companies not engaged primarily in the securities business,
but with substantial financial resources, have acquired leading securities
firms. These developments have increased competition from firms with greater
capital resources than those of Tejas Securities.

Various legislative and regulatory developments have also tended to increase
competition within the industry or reduced profits for the industry. On November
12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law legislation that allows bank holding
companies to engage in a wider range of nonbanking activities, including greater
authority to engage in securities and insurance activities. Under the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the "Act"), a bank holding company that elects to become
a financial holding company may engage in any activity that the Federal Reserve
Board, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by
regulation or order is (1) financial in nature, (2) identical to any such
financial activity, or (3) complementary to any such financial activity and does
not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depositary
institutions or the financial system generally. The Act effects significant
changes to United States banking law, primarily by repealing restrictive
provisions of the 1933 Glass-Steagall Act. The Act also provides for certain
activities which are financial in nature, including, among others, lending,
exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or
securities; and providing financial, investment or economic advisory services,
underwriting, dealing in or making a market in, securities. The Company
anticipates that these changes will result in an increase in the number, size
and financial strength of potential competitors.


                                       4
<PAGE>   6
The securities industry has experienced substantial commission discounting by
broker-dealers competing for brokerage business. In addition, an increasing
number of specialized firms now offer "discount" services to individual
customers. These firms generally effect transactions for their customers on an
"execution only" basis without offering other services such as portfolio
valuation, investment recommendations and research. A growing number of discount
brokerage firms offer their services over the Internet, further decreasing
offered commission rates and increasing ease of use for customers. The
continuation of such discounting and an increase in the number of new and
existing firms offering discounts could adversely affect Tejas Securities. In
addition, rapid growth in the mutual fund industry is presenting potential
customers of Tejas Securities with an increasing number of alternatives to
traditional stock brokerage accounts.

In its investment banking activities, Tejas Securities competes with other
brokerage firms, venture capital firms, banks and all other sources of capital
for small, growing companies.  In addition, large national and regional
investment banking firms occasionally manage offerings of a size that is
competitive with Tejas Securities, typically for fees and compensation
comparable to that charged by Tejas Securities. When the market for initial
public offerings is active, many small regional firms that do not typically
engage in investment banking activities also begin to compete with Tejas
Securities.

GROWTH STRATEGY

Tejas Securities anticipates increasing its market penetration in Texas and the
Southwest United States. Tejas Securities believes this growth strategy will be
accomplished through acquisitions of other brokerage companies, investment
banking companies, groups of brokers, or individual brokers using cash, stock or
a combination of cash and stock and by opening offices in new markets and
subsequently recruiting brokers. Tejas Securities believes that increased
penetration in these markets will enhance revenue balance and provide greater
leverage of its fixed costs. Tejas Securities anticipates it will achieve a
market presence in both Houston and Dallas by March 2000. Tejas Securities
anticipates taking advantage of other strategic market opportunities as they
arise.

FEES ON MARGIN LOANS

Tejas Securities derives a portion of its income from fees generated on margin
loans made to Tejas Securities' customers and financed through our clearing
agent, Schroder & Co. A margin account allows the customer to deposit less than
the full cost of the securities purchased while Tejas Securities lends the
balance of the purchase price to the customer, secured by the purchased
securities. Customers are charged interest on the amount borrowed to finance
their margin transactions ranging from 0.25% below to 2.75% above the broker
call rate, which is the rate at which brokers can generally obtain financing
using margined and firm owned securities as collateral. Tejas Securities earns a
fee equal to 50% of the interest charged on customer margin loans. As of
December 15, 1999, the total of all customer securities pledges on debit
balances and held in active margin accounts was approximately $20,000,000.

SECURITIES INDUSTRY PRACTICES

Tejas Securities is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and the NASD.
Tejas Securities is registered as a securities broker-dealer in 39 states and
the District of Columbia. Tejas Securities is also a member of the Securities
Investors Protection Corporation, which provides Tejas Securities' customers
with insurance protection for amounts of up to $500,000 each, with a limitation
of $100,000 on claims for cash balances. Tejas Securities has also acquired an
additional $10,000,000 in insurance coverage through Seabury & Smith, as added
protection for individual customers' securities, covering all clients of Tejas
Securities' institutional and retail customers.

Tejas Securities is subject to extensive regulation by federal and state laws.
The SEC is the federal agency charged with administration of the federal
securities laws. Much of the regulation of broker-dealers, however, has been
delegated to self-regulatory organizations, principally the NASD and the
national securities exchanges. These self-regulatory organizations adopt rules,
subject to approval by the SEC, which govern the industry and conduct periodic
reviews of member broker-dealers. Securities firms are also subject to
regulation by state securities commissions in the states in which they do
business. The SEC, self-regulatory organizations, and state securities
commissions may conduct administrative proceedings which can result in censure,
fine, suspension, or expulsion of a broker-dealer, its officers or employees.
The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of broker-dealers is the
protection of customers and the securities markets, rather than protection of
creditors and shareholders of broker-dealers. See "Forward-Looking Statements
and Risk Factors" below.


                                       5
<PAGE>   7
NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Tejas Securities is subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1, Net Capital Requirements For
Brokers or Dealers (the "Rule"), which establishes minimum net capital
requirements for broker-dealers. The Rule is designed to measure financial
integrity and liquidity in order to assure the broker-dealer's financial
stability within the securities market. The net capital required under the Rule
depends in part upon the activities engaged in by the broker-dealer.

In computing net capital under the Rule, various adjustments are made to exclude
assets not readily convertible into cash and to reduce the value of other
assets, such as a broker-dealer's position in securities. A deduction is made
against the market value of the securities to reflect the possibility of a
market decline prior to sale. Compliance with the Rule could require intensive
use of capital and could limit Tejas Securities' ability to pay dividends to the
Company, which in turn could limit the Company's ability to pay dividends to its
shareholders. Failure to comply with the Rule could require the Company to
infuse additional capital into Tejas Securities, could limit the ability of
Tejas Securities to pay its debts and/or interest obligations, and may subject
Tejas Securities to certain restrictions which may be imposed by the SEC, the
NASD, and other regulatory bodies. Moreover, in the event that the Company could
not or elected not to infuse the additional capital or otherwise bring Tejas
Securities into compliance, Tejas Securities would ultimately be forced to cease
operations. See "Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors" below.

At December 31, 1998, and 1997 Tejas Securities elected to use the alternative
method permitted by the Rule, which requires it to maintain minimum net capital,
as defined, equal to the greater of $100,000 or 2% of aggregate debit balances
arising from customer transactions, as defined. At December 31, 1998, Tejas
Securities had net capital of $842,544, which was $742,544 in excess of the
minimum amount required. At December 31, 1997, Tejas Securities had net capital
of $703,302, which was $603,302 in excess of the minimum amount required. At
September 30, 1999, Tejas Securities had net capital of $2,681,665, which was
$2,387,170 in excess of the minimum amount required.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

We are including the following cautionary statement to take advantage of the
"safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
for any forward-looking statement made by us. The factors identified in this
cautionary statement are important factors (but not necessarily all of the
important factors) that could cause actual results to differ materially from
those expressed in any forward-looking statement made by us. Where any
forward-looking statement includes a statement of the assumptions underlying the
forward-looking statement, we caution you that while we believe the assumptions
to be reasonable and make them in good faith, assumed facts almost always vary
from actual results, and the differences between assumed facts or bases and
actual results can be material, depending on the circumstances. Where, in any
forward-looking statement, we express an expectation or belief as to future
results, that expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and believed to
have a reasonable basis, but there is no assurance that the statement of
expectation or belief will result or be achieved or accomplished. Taking into
account the foregoing, the following are identified as important risk factors
that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking statement made by us, or on our behalf. If any of the following
risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations
could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our
stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

The dates on which we believe our Year 2000 efforts will be completed are based
on our best estimates, which were derived using numerous assumptions of future
events, including the continued availability of certain resources, third-party
modification plans and other factors. However, there is no guarantee that these
estimates will be achieved or that there will not be a delay in, or increased
costs associated with, the implementation of the Year 2000 efforts described
above. Specific factors that might cause differences between the estimates and
actual results include, but are not limited to, the availability and cost of
personnel trained in these areas, the ability to locate and correct all relevant
computer codes, timely responses to and corrections by third parties and
suppliers, the ability to implement interfaces between the new systems and the
systems not being replaced, and similar uncertainties. Due to the general
uncertainty inherent in the Year 2000 problem, resulting in part from the
uncertainty of the Year 2000 readiness of third parties, we cannot ensure our
ability to timely and cost-effectively resolve problems associated with the Year
2000 issue that may affect our operations and business, or expose us to
third-party liability.

FAILURE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE A CHANGING BUSINESS COULD RESULT IN OUTDATED
SERVICES.

Our business and operations have changed substantially since we began offering
brokerage services, and we expect the pace of change in the brokerage business
to continue. This rapid change places significant demands on our administrative,
operational, financial and other resources. Failure to properly manage these
changes could result in our services becoming outdated, which would have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating
results.


                                       6
<PAGE>   8

FAILURE OF THIRD-PARTY VENDORS TO PROVIDE CRITICAL SERVICES COULD HARM OUR
BUSINESS.

We rely on a number of third parties to assist in the processing of our
transactions, including online and Internet service providers, back office
processing organizations, service providers and market makers. While we have
selected these third-party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions.
Any problems caused by these third parties could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and operating results.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY INCORPORATES THE INTERNET WHICH IS STILL IN THE EARLY
STAGE OF DEVELOPMENT.

The market for electronic brokerage services, particularly over the Internet, is
at an early stage of development and is rapidly evolving. Consequently, demand
and market acceptance for recently introduced services and products are subject
to a high level of uncertainty. Much of our growth will depend on consumers
adopting the Internet as a method of doing business. The Internet could lose its
viability due to slow development or adoption of standards and protocols to
handle increased activity, or due to increased governmental regulation.
Moreover, several key issues including security, reliability, cost, ease of use,
accessibility and quality of service continue to be concerns and may negatively
affect the growth of Internet use or commerce on the Internet. While we are not
dependent upon Internet based trading, we anticipate investing substantial
resources in the development of Internet based activities.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET FORCES BEYOND OUR CONTROL WHICH COULD IMPACT US MORE
SEVERELY THAN OUR COMPETITORS.

We, like other securities firms, are directly affected by economic and political
conditions, broad trends in business and finance and changes in volume and price
levels of securities transactions. In recent years, the U.S. securities markets
have fluctuated considerably and a downturn in these markets could adversely
affect our operating results. In October 1987 and October 1998, the stock market
suffered major declines, as a result of which many firms in the industry
suffered financial losses. Additionally, the level of individual investor
trading activity decreased after these events. Reduced trading volume and prices
have historically resulted in reduced transaction revenues. When trading volume
is low, our profitability may be adversely affected because our overhead remains
relatively fixed. Severe market fluctuations in the future could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Some
of our competitors with more diverse product and service offerings might
withstand such a downturn in the securities industry better than we would.

OUR CUSTOMERS MAY DEFAULT ON THEIR MARGIN ACCOUNTS, EFFECTIVELY PASSING THEIR
LOSSES ON TO US.

We sometimes allow customers to purchase securities on margin, therefore we are
subject to risks inherent in extending credit. This risk is especially great
when the market is rapidly declining. In such a decline, the value of the
collateral we hold could fall below the amount of a customer's indebtedness.
Specific regulatory guidelines mandate the amount that can be loaned against
various security types. We rigorously adhere to these guidelines and a number of
instances exceed those requirements. Also, independent of our review, our
corresponding clearing company independently maintains a credit review of our
customer's accounts. If customers fail to honor their commitments, we would sell
the securities held as collateral. If the value of the collateral is not
sufficient to repay the loan, a loss would occur. Any such losses could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating
results.

IF WE DO NOT CONTINUE TO INTRODUCE NEW SERVICES AND PRODUCTS WE MAY LOSE OUR
CUSTOMERS.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to develop and enhance our
services and products. There are significant risks in the development of new
services and products or enhanced versions of existing services and products,
particularly in our electronic brokerage business. We may also experience
difficulties that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or
marketing of these services and products. Additionally, these new services and
products may not adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace or achieve
market acceptance. If we are unable to develop and introduce enhanced or new
services and products quickly enough to respond to market or customer
requirements, or if they do not achieve market acceptance, our business,
financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected.

MANY OF OUR COMPETITORS ARE LARGER AND BETTER KNOWN THAN WE ARE.

The market for brokerage services is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive.
We face direct competition from firms offering discount and electronic brokerage
services such as Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc.,
Waterhouse Securities, Inc., Ameritrade, Inc. (a subsidiary of Ameritrade
Holding Corporation), and E*TRADE Group, Inc. We also encounter


                                       7
<PAGE>   9

competition from established full commission brokerage firms such as PaineWebber
Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Solomon
Smith Barney, Inc., among others. In addition, we compete with financial
institutions, mutual fund sponsors and other organizations. Further, Tejas
Securities has seen a substantial increase in the number of companies providing
electronic brokerage services in recent years, and this trend is expected to
continue.

Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and significantly
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. In
addition, many of our competitors have greater name recognition and larger
customer bases that could be leveraged, thereby gaining market share from us.
Our competitors may conduct more extensive promotional activities and offer
better terms and lower prices to customers than we do. There can be no assurance
that we will be able to compete effectively with current or future competitors
or that such competition will not have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.

WE MAY NOT SUCCESSFULLY ASSIMILATE ACQUIRED COMPANIES.

We may acquire other companies in the future, and we regularly evaluate such
opportunities. Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including difficulties in the
assimilation of acquired operations and products, diversion of management's
attention from other business concerns, amortization of acquired intangible
assets and potential loss of key employees of acquired companies. We have
limited experience in assimilating acquired organizations into our operations.
We may not successfully integrate any operations, personnel, services or
products that might be acquired in the future. Failure to successfully
assimilate acquired organizations could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO STRICT GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND THE FAILURE TO COMPLY COULD
RESULT IN DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS.

The securities industry in the U.S. is subject to extensive regulation under
both federal and state laws. See "- Securities Industry Practices" above.
Broker-dealers are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities
business.

The SEC, the NASD or other self-regulatory organizations and state securities
commissions can censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders or suspend or expel
a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees. Our ability to comply with
all applicable laws and rules is largely dependent on our establishment and
maintenance of a compliance system to ensure such compliance, as well as our
ability to attract and retain qualified compliance personnel. We could be
subject to disciplinary or other actions due to claimed noncompliance in the
future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and operating results.

Our mode of operation and profitability may be directly affected by additional
legislation, changes in rules promulgated by the SEC, the NASD, the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the various stock exchanges and other
self-regulatory organizations, or changes in the interpretation or enforcement
of existing laws and rules.

We have initiated a marketing campaign designed to bring brand name recognition
to Tejas Securities. The NASD regulates all marketing activities by Tejas
Securities. The NASD can impose certain penalties for violations of its
advertising regulations, including censures or fines, suspension of all
advertising, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or
expulsion of a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees. Tejas
Securities' compliance officers review all marketing materials prior to release
to ensure compliance with NASD regulations.

There can be no assurance that other federal, state or foreign agencies will not
attempt to regulate our business. If such regulations are enacted, our business
or operations would be rendered more costly or burdensome, less efficient or
even impossible or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results.

WE MUST MAINTAIN CERTAIN NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH COULD SLOW OUR EXPANSION
PLANS OR PREVENT PAYMENTS OF DIVIDENDS.

The SEC, the NASD and various other regulatory agencies have stringent rules
with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by securities
broker-dealers. Net capital is the net worth of a broker or dealer (assets minus
liabilities), less deductions for certain types of assets. If a firm fails to
maintain the required net capital it may be subject to suspension or revocation
of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by the NASD, and could
ultimately lead to the firm's liquidation. If such net capital rules are changed
or expanded, or if there is an unusually large charge against net capital,
operations that require the intensive use of capital would be limited. Such
operations may include trading activities and the financing of customer account
balances. Also, our ability to withdraw capital from Tejas Securities could be
restricted, which in turn could limit our ability to pay dividends, repay debt
and redeem or purchase shares of our outstanding stock. A large operating loss
or charge against net capital could adversely affect our


                                       8
<PAGE>   10

ability to expand or even maintain our present levels of business, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results.

OUR TRADING SYSTEMS MAY FAIL, RESULTING IN SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS.

We receive and process trade orders through internal trading software, the
Internet, and touch-tone telephone. Thus, we depend heavily on the integrity of
the electronic systems supporting this type of trading. Heavy stress placed on
our systems during peak trading times could cause our systems to operate too
slowly or fail. If our systems or any other systems in the trading process slow
down significantly or fail even for a short time, our customers would suffer
delays in trading, potentially causing substantial losses and possibly
subjecting us to claims for such losses or to litigation claiming fraud or
negligence. During a systems failure, we may be able to take orders by
telephone; however, only associates with securities broker's licenses can accept
telephone orders, and an adequate number of associates may not be available to
take customer calls in the event of a systems failure. In addition, a hardware
or software failure, power or telecommunications interruption or natural
disaster could cause a system failure. Any systems failure that interrupts our
operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and operating results.

ADVANCES IN ENCRYPTION TECHNOLOGY MAY NOT OCCUR QUICKLY ENOUGH AND OUR CUSTOMERS
MAY STOP TRADING WITH US.

A significant barrier to online commerce is the secure transmission of
confidential information over public networks. We will rely on encryption and
authentication technology to provide secure transmission of confidential
information. Despite our best efforts, advances in computer and cryptography
capabilities or other developments may result in a compromise of the algorithms
we use to protect customer transaction data. If a compromise of our security
were to occur, it is likely that our customers would stop trading with us.


NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK CURRENTLY EXISTS AND NONE MAY DEVELOP.

A public market for our common stock does not currently exist. We cannot predict
the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of a
trading market or how liquid that market might become. The trading price of our
common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors
unrelated to our operating results such as:

o    announcements of technological innovations, significant acquisitions,
     strategic alliance relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments by
     us or our competitors;

o    new products or services offered by us or our competitors;

o    changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

o    additions or departures of key personnel; and

o    sales of our common stock.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the
operating performance of listed companies. Some of these fluctuations may be due
to speculative trading by individual investors, including investors commonly
referred to as "day traders." The trading prices of many companies' stocks are
at or near historical highs and these trading prices and multiples are
substantially above historical levels. These trading prices and


                                       9
<PAGE>   11

multiples may not be sustained. These broad market factors may materially
adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual
operating performance.

OUR EFFORTS TO DEVELOP WIDESPREAD BRAND RECOGNITION ARE LIKELY TO BE EXPENSIVE
AND MAY FAIL.

The development of the Tejas Securities brand is important to our future
success. If we fail to develop sufficient brand recognition, our ability to
attract customers may be impaired, and our revenue will suffer. In order to
build our brand awareness we must succeed in our brand marketing efforts and
deliver products and services that are in demand by our customers. These efforts
have required, and will continue to require, significant expenses. If we expend
additional resources to build the Tejas Securities brand and do not generate a
corresponding increase in revenue as a result of our branding efforts, or if we
otherwise fail to promote our brand successfully our business could be harmed.
We cannot assure that we will be successful in developing our brand.

OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS UPON THE SUCCESSFUL DEVELOPMENT OF NEW SERVICES AND FEATURES
IN THE FACE OF RAPIDLY EVOLVING TECHNOLOGY.

Our market is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, frequent new
service introductions and evolving industry standards. The recent growth of the
Internet and intense competition in our industry exacerbate these market
characteristics. Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt to
rapidly changing technologies by continually improving the performance, features
and reliability of our online trading and research distribution. We may
experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development,
introduction or marketing of new products and services. In addition, our new
enhancements must meet the requirements of our current and prospective customers
and must achieve significant market acceptance. We could also incur substantial
costs if we need to modify our service or infrastructures to adapt to these
changes.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO RETAIN AND HIRE ADDITIONAL QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AS NECESSARY,
WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY ACHIEVE OUR OBJECTIVES.

We recently hired and anticipate continuing to hire additional sales, research,
and investment banking personnel. We may not be able to attract and retain the
necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, and we may experience
constraints that will adversely affect our ability to expand our customer base.
We have at times experienced, and continue to experience, difficulty in
recruiting qualified personnel. Recruiting qualified personnel is an intensely
competitive and time-consuming process.

SUBSTANTIAL FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN THE PUBLIC MARKET COULD CAUSE
OUR STOCK PRICE TO FALL.

Sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the public market or
the perception that such sales could occur could cause the market price of our
common stock to drop. As of August 27, 1999, we had 12,536,737 shares of common
stock outstanding, of which 600,000 shares will be freely transferable without
restriction or registration under the Securities Act of 1933, unless such shares
are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. Sales of common stock by existing shareholders in the public
market, or the availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the
market price of the common stock.

In addition, as soon as practicable after the date of this prospectus, we intend
to file a registration statement on Form S-8 with the SEC covering the 3,000,000
shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option plan and for
options issued outside such plan. On the date 180 days after the effective date
of this filing, approximately 758,561 shares will be subject to immediately
exercisable options (based on options outstanding on October 18, 1999). Sales of
a large number of shares could have an adverse effect on the market price for
our common stock.



                                       10
<PAGE>   12

ITEM 2.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary statement of operations data and the summary statement of
financial condition data as of and for each of the years in the five year period
ended December 31, 1998 have been derived from the audited financial statements
of Tejas Securities. The selected statement of operations data and statement of
financial condition data should be read in conjunction with the audited
financial statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 as included elsewhere herein. The unaudited
statement of operations data and statement of financial condition data as of and
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 have been prepared by
Tejas Securities and have been filed with the National Association of Securities
Dealers as required on a quarterly basis. This data includes all adjustments and
estimates that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of such
financial data for the periods then ended. The financial results for the
nine-month periods ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 are not necessarily
indicative of results for a full year of operations. Historical financial
results may not be indicative of future performance of the Company or its
affiliates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                    1994            1995              1996               1997              1998
                                                  -------         -------          ---------          ---------         ---------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>                <C>                <C>              <C>

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Commissions                                       $     0       3,674,261          3,648,255          4,810,520         7,932,780
Investment banking                                      0               0                  0            752,554         2,584,770
Trading income                                          0          44,486            567,537            924,587          (299,166)
Other                                                   0          62,500             41,720              9,248            23,530
Total revenue                                           0       3,781,247          4,257,512          6,496,909        10,241,914

Employee compensation                                   0       2,808,053          3,448,700          4,459,420         8,007,363
Other expenses                                      3,943         398,010          1,015,567          1,544,446         2,795,773
Total expenses                                      3,943       3,206,063          4,464,267          6,003,866        10,803,136

Income (loss) before income taxes                  (3,943)        575,184           (206,755)           493,043          (561,222)
Income tax expense (benefit)                            0          25,057                  0             19,008          (163,900)

Net income (loss)                                 $(3,943)        550,127           (206,755)           474,035          (397,322)

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents                         $ 9,331         133,569            275,165            170,474           201,312
Receivable from broker-dealers                          0         335,181            451,357            825,707         1,468,424
Securities owned                                        0               0            952,092            634,419         1,539,424
Other assets                                        2,726         283,828            267,229            343,978           733,067
Total assets                                      $12,057         752,578          1,945,843          1,974,578         3,942,227

Liabilities                                       $     0          44,863             38,480            141,330           577,736
Securities sold, not yet purchased                      0               0                  0                  0                 0
Payable to broker-dealers                               0               0          1,007,514            608,848         1,459,678
Subordinated debt                                       0               0                  0                  0           500,000
Total liabilities                                       0          44,863          1,045,994            750,178         2,537,414

Preferred stock                                         0               0                  0                  0                 0
Common stock                                       16,000         549,760            865,011            946,878         1,473,071
Subscriptions receivable                                0               0                  0           (100,000)          (96,263)
Treasury stock                                          0        (133,240)                 0            (47,805)                0
Retained earnings                                  (3,943)        291,195             34,838            425,327            28,005
Total shareholders' equity                         12,057         707,715            899,849          1,224,400         1,404,813

Total liabilities and
shareholders' equity                              $12,057         752,578          1,945,843          1,974,578         3,942,227
                                                  -------         -------          ---------          ---------         ---------
</TABLE>


                                       11
<PAGE>   13

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                AS OF AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1998                       1999
                                                                                 ---------                 ----------
              STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                              <C>                       <C>
              Commissions                                                        5,358,043                 20,327,944
              Investment banking                                                 2,309,601                    220,766
              Trading income                                                     (452,356)                  4,629,052
              Other                                                                 38,304                    219,862
              Total revenue                                                      7,253,592                 25,397,624

              Employee compensation                                              4,850,291                 15,492,833
              Other expenses                                                     2,674,084                  3,706,762
              Total expenses                                                     7,524,375                 19,199,595

              Income (loss) before income taxes                                  (270,783)                  6,198,029
              Income tax expense (benefit)                                        (54,961)                  2,478,324

              Net income (loss)                                                  (215,822)                  3,719,705

              STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
              Cash and cash equivalents                                            215,813                  3,784,689
              Receivable from broker-dealers                                     2,921,660                  7,721,748
              Securities owned                                                   1,534,886                 12,435,365
              Other assets                                                         728,771                  1,088,046
              Total assets                                                       5,401,130                 25,029,848

              Liabilities                                                          922,878                  4,417,425
              Securities sold, not yet purchased                                   865,000                    339,118
              Payable to broker-dealers                                          1,528,175                 13,292,305
              Subordinated debt                                                    500,000                  1,000,000
              Total liabilities                                                  3,816,053                 19,048,848

              Preferred stock                                                            0                          0
              Common stock                                                       1,473,072                  2,370,674
              Subscriptions receivable                                            (97,499)                  (135,047)
              Treasury stock                                                             0                    (2,333)
              Retained earnings                                                    209,504                  3,747,706
              Total shareholders' equity                                         1,585,077                  5,981,000

              Total liabilities and
              shareholders' equity                                               5,401,130                 25,029,848
</TABLE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Tejas Holding completed a reverse merger acquisition with the Company on August
27, 1999. The Company anticipates that the availability of public resources
through additional issuance of common stock or debt securities will provide
funding for future expansion in the securities industry. In the event the
Company issues additional equity to provide funding for expansion, current
shareholders may experience dilution in ownership percentage or book value.
Additionally, such equity may contain preferences and rights not available to
the current equity holders. The Company cannot give any assurance that it will
not need to issue additional equity or debt in the future in order to respond to
industry trends, potential business opportunities or unforeseen events.

As a broker-dealer, Tejas Securities is required to maintain a certain level of
liquidity or net capital in accordance with NASD regulations. Factors effecting
Tejas Securities' liquidity include the value of securities held in trading
accounts, the value of non-current assets, the amount of unsecured receivables,
and the amount of general business liabilities, excluding amounts payable to its
clearing broker and NASD approved subordinated debt.

Tejas Securities' inventory balance fluctuates daily based on the current market
value and types of securities held. Tejas Securities typically invests in
securities in which it provides research coverage. The types of securities may
include publicly traded debt, equity, options and private security issuances. As
a market maker, Tejas Securities provides bid and ask quotes on certain equity
securities on the NASDAQ market. Tejas Securities' ability to generate revenues
from market making activities may depend upon the level and value of securities
held in inventory.

Market values for some of the securities may not be easily determinable
depending upon the volume of securities traded on open markets, the operating
status of the companies or the types of securities issued by companies. If the
underlying securities of a company become illiquid, Tejas Securities' liquidity
may be affected depending on the value of the securities involved. During times


                                       12
<PAGE>   14

of general market declines, Tejas Securities may experience market value losses,
which ultimately affects the liquidity of Tejas Securities through its
broker-dealer net capital requirements. In addition, Tejas Securities may decide
not to liquidate its security holdings to increase cash availability if
management believes a market turnaround is likely in the near term or if
management believes the securities are undervalued in the current market.

Since Tejas Securities' inception in March of 1994, management has raised
capital from two primary sources: the issuance of common stock and subordinated
debt. Tejas Securities generally has issued stock to either raise capital for
expansion or as an incentive to members of management. In April 1999, Tejas
Securities issued 1,006,975 shares of the common stock for $704,833 in cash. The
April 1999 stock issuance to Tejas Securities employees and management members
was a means of recognizing each individual's contribution to Tejas Securities
and to expand the shareholder base. Proceeds from the stock issuance were
partially used to finance the reverse merger and the expansion of Tejas
Securities' infrastructure.

In September 1998, Tejas Securities issued subordinated debt in exchange for
$500,000 from Clark Wilson, a current member of the Board of Directors. The
subordinated debt was a short-term loan agreement used to increase equity
capital required for Tejas Securities underwriting activities. In November 1998,
Tejas Securities extended the repayment terms of the loan agreement so that the
loan became due and payable in November 2001. The loan accrues interest at 11.5%
per annum and is considered equity capital for NASD purposes. As a condition of
the loan agreement, Tejas Securities issued warrants to the lender to purchase
112,500 shares of common stock of Tejas Securities, exercisable at a price of
$2.65 per share.

In June 1999, Tejas Securities completed the second issuance of subordinated
debt in exchange for $500,000 from Clark Wilson. The proceeds from the loan
agreement were used to finance the expansion activities of Tejas Securities, as
well as contribute to operating activities. The loan accrues interest at 11.5%
per annum and is also considered equity capital for NASD purposes. As a
condition of the loan agreement, Tejas Securities issued additional warrants to
the lender to purchase 112,500 shares of common stock of Tejas Securities,
exercisable at a price of $2.65 per share of common stock. The warrants expire
in November 2003.

As of September 30, 1999, none of the 225,000 total warrants issued in
conjunction with the loan agreements had been exercised.

In addition to the sources of capital described above, Tejas Securities utilizes
the receivable balance from its clearing broker, Schroder & Co., to fund
operating and investing activities. The receivable balance represents the
residual equity due to Tejas Securities from Schroder & Co. if Tejas Securities
liquidated all of its investment security holdings. The receivable balance from
the clearing broker is also used to secure temporary financing from Schroder &
Co. for the purchase of investments in Tejas Securities' trading accounts. The
receivable balance held at Schroder & Co. may fluctuate depending on factors
such as the market valuation of securities held in Tejas Securities' trading
accounts, realized trading profits, commission revenue, cash withdrawals and
clearing costs charged to Tejas Securities for conducting its trading
activities.

In August 1999, Tejas Securities established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Tejas
Securities Group - East, L.L.C., a Georgia limited liability company ("Tejas -
East"), for the purpose of increasing the accountability of its primary branch
office and also for minimizing general business liability associated with
contracts and employment issues. Under an agreement between Tejas - East and
Tejas Securities, Tejas Securities provides a revolving line of credit in the
amount of $200,000, bearing interest at the prime rate plus 2%. Operating costs
for Tejas - East are funded through the excess of commission and trading
revenues over commission expense and clearing costs. As these amounts are not
completely known by management until the month end reporting process is
complete, Tejas Securities provides temporary funding through intercompany cash
transfers. Excess cash flows or deficiencies are carried forward on a monthly
basis, and are eliminated through Tejas Securities' monthly financial statement
consolidation process.

LIQUIDITY AT DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

Tejas Securities' cash position increased to $201,312 in 1998, from a balance of
$170,474 in 1997. These balances are comparable with the December 31, 1996
balance of $275,165. The fluctuations during these periods reflect changes in
the operating and financing activities of Tejas Securities from 1996 through
1998.

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net cash used by operating activities was $858,413, $18,542 and $174,816 in
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The net cash used by operating activities is
impacted primarily by the brokerage operating activities and changes in the
brokerage-related assets and liabilities.

In 1998, the most significant use of cash was represented by the $642,717
increase in the receivable from the clearing broker. The increased receivable
was indirectly the result of Tejas Securities' use of proceeds from the $500,000
subordinated debt agreement.


                                       13
<PAGE>   15

Proceeds from the debt were used for operations thereby allowing Tejas
Securities to retain a larger receivable balance with the clearing broker. In
addition, Tejas Securities' overall investment in securities increased by
$905,005 from 1997 to 1998. This increase corresponds to the $850,830 increase
in payable to the clearing organization, taking into account market value
appreciation of the securities. The net cash effect of these transactions is the
use of $696,892, with the remaining $161,521 being net operating income plus
changes in other asset and liability accounts.

In 1997, the most significant changes in cash were represented by changes in the
receivable from the clearing broker and changes in the investment balances.
Tejas Securities' positive earnings were captured through increased commissions,
and were retained in the receivable from clearing broker, resulting in an
increase of $374,350. Investments in securities decreased by $317,673 in 1997,
which corresponds to the decrease of $398,666 in the payable to the clearing
organization, taking into account market value depreciation of the securities.
The net cash effect of these transactions is the use of $455,343, with the
remaining cash provided of $436,801 being net operating income plus changes in
other asset and liability accounts.

In 1996, the most significant change in cash was for the purchase of $952,092 in
investment securities. This use of cash was offset by the $1,007,514 increase in
the payable to the clearing organization. The net cash effect of these
transactions is $55,422 of cash provided, with the remaining $230,238 of cash
used being net operating income and changes in other assets and liabilities.

The Company anticipates that a portion of the cash provided from future
operating activities of Tejas Securities might be used to facilitate additional
investing activities, specifically the expansion of current office space in
Austin and Atlanta or the expansion of future offices. Future proceeds from cash
provided from operating activities may also be used to finance acquisition
activities.

Results of future operating activities of Tejas Securities will impact the
deferred tax asset or liabilities recorded by the Company. The value of the
deferred tax assets or liabilities may require the use of cash to satisfy
federal and state tax liabilities.

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities was $(188,484), $63,335 and
$(82,477) in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The cash uses in 1998 are
directly the result of capital expenditures for office expansion in Austin,
Atlanta, and New York. During 1998, Tejas Securities opened an additional office
in New York as part of its expansion into the investment banking and retail
brokerage segments of the industry.

In 1997, Tejas Securities entered into a sale-leaseback transaction with a
related party, as discussed in Item 7. Tejas Securities sold furniture and
fixtures for the book value of approximately $204,000, which generated cash of
$204,267.

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities was $1,077,735, $(149,484) and
$398,889 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Financing activities provided
$1,000,000 in cash during 1998 through the issuance of subordinated debt as
noted in Item 7. Of the $1,000,000 of debt issued in 1998, $500,000 was repaid
to the lender. In addition, Tejas Securities received $475,405 in proceeds from
common stock issuance to management, as well as $98,593 on the sale of treasury
stock to members of management.

In 1997, Tejas Securities received $250,000 from Joseph F. Moran for the
temporary financing of operating activities. Mr. Moran elected to have the
outstanding balance of the note payable converted into equity of Tejas
Securities. In addition, Tejas Securities sold treasury stock and received
$117,228 in proceeds from the sale. This was the final year that shareholder
distributions were paid as Tejas Securities elected to be taxed as a C
Corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code effective January
1, 1998. Tejas Securities paid $83,546 in shareholder distributions during 1997.

During 1996, Tejas Securities obtained $171,424, $154,576 and $122,491 through
the issuance of common stock, the sale of treasury stock, and contributions
received from shareholders, respectively. Tejas Securities also paid $49,602 to
shareholders in year-end distributions.

The Company may issue additional equity or debt securities in the future to
assist in the acquisition of additional businesses or expansion of current
offices.


                                       14
<PAGE>   16

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 COMPARED TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
30, 1998

The Company's total revenues increased by $18,144,041 or 250% to $25,397,633 for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999. Total revenues increased $3,538,032 or
135% to $6,162,860 for the three months ended September 30, 1999. The reasons
for the increases are set forth below.

Commission revenues from principal transactions increased $13,369,298 or 273% to
$18,268,923 for the nine months ended September 30, 1999. Research coverage and
investment in CAI Wireless Systems Inc., CS Wireless Systems Inc., American
Telecasting Inc. and Wireless One Inc. provided a significant portion of this
revenue during a two-month period in early 1999. Commission revenues from agency
transactions increased $1,564,107 or 338% to $2,026,245 for the nine months
ended September 30, 1999. Tejas Securities' realized an increase of 8,595 agency
trades for the nine months ended September 30, 1999. The increase in agency
commissions and trades relates to the increase in the number of retail brokers
employed by Tejas Securities during 1999, and its continued focus on expanding
its products and services to individuals. Commissions from principal trades
increased due to an additional 1,412 trades executed during the nine months
ended September 30, 1999. In addition, Tejas Securities generated increased
commissions due to the appreciation of investments in the trading accounts for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999.

Investment banking revenues were $220,766 for the nine months ended September
30, 1999 versus $2,309,601 for the corresponding period in 1998. The decrease is
the result of the discontinuation of underwriting activities in October 1998.
For the nine months ended September 30, 1998, Tejas Securities underwrote two
initial public offerings and one preferred stock placement. For the
corresponding period in 1999, Tejas Securities was involved in one private
placement, which generated 62% of the investment banking revenue. The remaining
fees in 1999 were for advisory services and syndicate participation.

Net dealer inventory and investment income increased by $5,081,408 to $4,629,052
for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 compared to the same period in
1998. The increase in inventory and investment income resulted from favorable
investment performance of companies in the telecommunications and Internet
industries during the nine months ended September 30, 1999.

For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, other income increased $181,567 or
474% to $219,871. The increase for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 is
due to an increase in customer margin fee revenue.

Total expenses increased by $11,825,720 or 157% to $19,350,095 for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999. Net income for the nine months increased by
$3,464,945 to $3,249,123. The explanations for the increases are set forth
below.

Commissions, employee compensation and benefits increased $10,642,542 or 219% to
$15,492,833 for the nine months ended September 30, 1999. Commission expense
increased $8,346,226 or 241% to $11,787,942 primarily as a result of the
increase in commission revenue. General and administrative salaries and other
employee benefits increased due to overall salary increases and additional
hires. Incentive compensation and year-end bonus accruals increased as a result
of higher profits.

Clearing and floor brokerage costs increased $36,647 or 12% to $341,381 for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999. The overall increase in clearing and floor
brokerage costs for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 results from
greater trading activity in the over-the-counter equity markets and on the
national exchanges. Tejas Securities' percentage of revenues derived from equity
securities increased during 1999 in comparison to the volume of fixed income
securities being traded.

No underwriting expenses were incurred during the nine months ended September
30, 1999 as Tejas Securities did not actively engage in underwriting or
investment banking activities, other than the private placement during the
second quarter of 1999. The only expenses associated with the private placement
were legal fees and commission expense, which were not material to the overall
financial results.

Communications and occupancy charges increased $339,094 or 62% to $881,410 for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999. The increase is attributed to two
factors. In June 1998, Tejas Securities began its expansion into the New York
market. The additional cost of rent and telecommunications was incurred for a
portion of the nine months ended September 30, 1998 versus the full cost during
the nine months in 1999. In addition, Tejas Securities has increased the
availability of quote and news services to its brokers and traders in the Austin
and Atlanta offices. This increase in services provided was needed to support
the increase in commission generating employees.

Professional fees for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 increased
$453,598 or 112% to $855,775. The increase in costs is due primarily to the
increased legal fees during the quarter ended September 30, 1999. Of the total
increase for the nine-month period, $344,020 was accrued legal expenses relating
to the merger of the Company and Tejas Securities; legal fees for the settlement
of private equity securities transactions with its customers; and fees for
general legal counsel. The remaining costs during the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 related to consulting and accounting fees incurred during the
normal course of business.



                                       15
<PAGE>   17

Tejas Securities increased its leverage on its receivable from clearing broker
balance during 1999, which resulted in an increase in interest expense of
$353,926 or 809% to $397,656 for the nine months ended September 30, 1999. As of
September 30, 1999, securities owned approximated 161% of the receivable from
clearing broker balance. As of September 30, 1998, securities owned approximated
105% of the receivable from clearing broker balance. Margin interest paid on
these leveraged balances accounted for $320,429 of the overall increase. Margin
interest on the leveraged balances accounted for $117,053 of the overall
increase. The remaining increase in interest expense relates to the addition of
subordinated debt in October 1998 and June 1999.

Other expenses increased $423,038 or 44% to $1,381,040 for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999. The overall increase in other expenses during the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 is the result of increases in personnel and
general and administrative services needed to support those personnel.

Income tax expense increased $2,477,285 to $2,422,324 for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999. The overall increase in income tax expense for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 is due to the increase in gross profit during
the period. The Company's effective tax rate was 39% for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999.

Minority interest in net income results from the allocation of net income of
Tejas Securities subsequent to the Merger on August 27, 1999.

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

During 1998, Tejas Securities' total revenue increased 58% to $10.2 million from
$6.5 million for 1997. Of the total increase in revenues, underwriting and
investment banking activity provided the largest increase of 243% over the prior
year. Commission revenue for 1998 increased 65% over the previous year. The
growth in underwriting and investment banking revenue and commission revenue is
attributed to the expansion of Tejas Securities into the New York City, and
Atlanta markets. These new markets allowed Tejas Securities the opportunity to
complete three initial public offerings and one preferred stock offering during
1998. A byproduct to the investment banking activity was the increase in
securities inventory owned at year-end, including positions in the companies
underwritten. As the overall stock market declined during the fourth quarter, so
did the value of the securities inventory owned, thus resulting in a trading
loss of $299,166 at year-end.

Revenues increased 54% to $6.5 million in 1997 from $4.2 million in 1996,
primarily from the commencement of investment banking activities by Tejas
Securities. During 1997, Tejas Securities generated approximately $750,000 in
management and underwriting fees associated with initial public offerings. In
addition, Tejas Securities commission revenue increased from $3.6 million in
1996 to $4.8 million in 1997, primarily from the additional trading activity
associated with the initial public offerings.

The cost of expansion into new markets and the new products offered during 1998
had a significant impact on expenses as well. Commission expense increased 87%
from 1997 to 1998, and 76% from 1996 to 1997, while clearing costs increased
nearly 300% from 1997 to 1998, and 288% from 1996 to 1997. The increase in
commissions and clearing costs are attributed to the increased trading activity
and investment banking activity during 1998 and 1997. As a percentage of
commission revenue, commission expense during 1998 was 75% versus 66% in 1997
and 50% in 1996. Clearing costs remained consistent as a percentage of
commission revenues at 4% in 1998 and 3% in 1997, versus 1% in 1996.

In addition to the increased cost of conducting broker-dealer activities, Tejas
Securities realized an increase in other general and administrative costs during
1998. Employee compensation increased 54% from 1997 to 1998, and 5% from 1996 to
1997. The increase in employee compensation during 1998 resulted from the
addition of general administrative and management personnel needed to oversee
operations in the New York, Atlanta and Dallas offices. The number of general
administrative and management personnel employed by Tejas Securities during 1998
consisted of approximately twenty-two full time employees versus fourteen full
time employees during 1997. The number of general administrative and management
personnel grew between 1996 and 1997 from ten to fourteen full time employees.
Communications and occupancy costs, which include rent, telephone services and
market quotes and data, increased by 185% from approximately $440,000 in 1997 to
$817,000 in 1998, and 31% from approximately $337,000 in 1996 to the 1997
amount. These costs are variable expenses that increase with the number of
personnel employed and the number of offices in existence.

Overall, expenses before taxes for 1998 and 1997 increased by 80% and 35%,
respectively, to approximately $10,803,000, $6,004,000 and $4,464,000 for 1998,
1997 and 1996. Net income (loss) for the years 1998, 1997 and 1996 was
$(397,322), $474,035 and $(206,755), respectively.

Effective January 1, 1998, Tejas Securities elected to be taxed as a C
Corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. For the year
ended December 31, 1998, income taxes were accounted for under the asset and
liability method, with adjustments to the


                                       16
<PAGE>   18

asset or liability impacting the statement of operations as a benefit or
expense. For the year ended December 31, 1998, Tejas Securities recorded an
expected tax benefit of $163,900. The Company, prior to the merger, had a net
operating loss carryforward of $59,133 as of December 31, 1998. As of June 30,
1999, the Company's net operating loss carryforward was $63,966. The Company
will use the net operating loss carryforward to offset a portion of the tax
liability incurred by Tejas Securities as allowed by federal tax provisions.
Future tax benefits or expenses will be recorded based upon the enacted federal
and state income tax rates applicable to the Company.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

The effects of inflation have been minimal on the results of operations and the
financial condition of Tejas Securities in recent years. However, the rising
cost of labor and competitive market for brokers could effect general and
administrative costs in the near term.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

Tejas Securities initiated its Year 2000 compliance project in early 1998. The
project was initiated in response to amended Rule 17a-5 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, which required all broker-dealers to file a series of Year
2000 readiness reports with the SEC and its designated examining authority.

Tejas Securities' project included the assessment of both hardware and software
systems used internally or relied upon externally. In addition, the project
encompassed the Year 2000 readiness of service providers and vendors of Tejas
Securities.

Tejas Securities completed the majority of its Year 2000 compliance project by
June 30, 1999, including an inventory of systems, assessment of compliance, and
an impact analysis of non-compliant systems. The cost of assessing Year 2000
compliance has been absorbed by Tejas Securities through internal payroll. No
significant costs have been incurred for the replacement of equipment or
services as all of Tejas Securities' mission critical systems are maintained by
outside vendors that replaced non-compliant systems or equipment at no cost.


                                       17
<PAGE>   19

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities. The Company is required to implement this standard effective with
its 2000 fiscal year. SFAS 133 addresses the accounting for derivative
instruments, including certain instruments embedded in other contracts, and for
hedging activities. Under this Statement, the Company will be required to
recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the
statement of financial position and measure those at fair value. If certain
conditions are met a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge, an
unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a
foreign-currency-dominated forecasted transaction. The Company does not believe
that this Statement will have a material effect on its financial position or
results of operations.

Tejas Securities may invest in derivative transactions during the normal course
of business, primarily to satisfy the needs of its clients. Derivative
transactions entered into are recorded at the market value with realized or
unrealized gains and losses recognized in the Statement of Operations. Market
value is generally determined by quoted market prices for exchange-traded
options. Tejas Securities held 175,140 warrants with a market value of $350,280
as of September 30, 1999.

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Company's principal business activities are, by their nature, risky and
volatile and are directly affected by economic and political conditions and
broad trends in business and finance in the national and international markets.
Any one of these factors may cause a substantial decline in the securities
markets, which could materially affect the Company's business. Managing risk is
critical to the Company's profitability and to reducing the likelihood of
earnings volatility. The Company's risk management policies and procedures have
been established to continually identify, monitor and manage risk. The major
types of risk that the Company faces include credit risk, operating risk and
market risk.

Credit risk is the potential for loss due to a customer or counterparty failing
to perform its contractual obligation. Tejas Securities clears its securities
transactions through a clearing broker. Under the terms of the clearing
agreement, the clearing broker has the right to charge Tejas Securities for its
losses that result from its customers' failure to fulfill their contractual
obligations. In order to mitigate risk, Tejas Securities' policy is to monitor
the credit standing of its customers and maintain collateral to support customer
margin balances. Further, significant portions of Tejas Securities' assets are
held at its clearing broker, Schroder & Co. Therefore, Tejas Securities could
incur substantial losses if its clearing broker were to become insolvent or
otherwise unable to meet its financial obligations. Schroder & Co. has in excess
of $250 million in capital and has historically met all of its obligations to
Tejas Securities.

Operating risk arises from the daily conduct of the Company's business and
relates to the potential for deficiencies in control processes and systems,
mismanagement of Company activities or mismanagement of customer accounts by its
employees. The Company relies heavily on computer and communication systems in
order to conduct its brokerage activities. Third party vendors, such as the
clearing broker and news and quote providers, provide many of the systems
critical to the Company's business. The Company's business could be adversely
impacted if any of these systems were disrupted. The Company mitigates the risk
associated with systems by hiring experienced personnel, and providing employees
with alternate means of acquiring or processing information. In order to
mitigate the risk associated with mismanagement of Company activities or
customer accounts, the Company utilizes compliance and operations personnel to
review the activities of administrative and sales personnel. In addition, the
activities of management are actively reviewed by other members of management on
a regular basis and by the Board of Directors.

The Company's primary market risk exposure is to market price changes and the
resulting risk of loss that may occur from the potential change in the value of
a financial instrument as a result of price volatility or changes in liquidity
for which the Company has no control. Securities owned by Tejas Securities are
either related to daily trading activity or Tejas Securities' principal
investing activities. Market price risk related to trading securities is managed
primarily through the daily monitoring of funds committed to the various types
of securities owned by the Company and by limiting exposure to any one
investment or type of investment.

Tejas Securities trading securities were $5,592,799 in long positions and
$275,250 in short positions at September 30, 1999. These trading securities may
be exchange listed, Nasdaq or other over-the-counter securities on both long and
short positions. The potential loss in fair value, using a hypothetical 10%
decline in prices, is estimated to be $531,755 as of September 30, 1999. A 10%
hypothetical decline was used to represent a significant and plausible market
change.

Tejas Securities' investment securities are typically those reported on by Tejas
Securities' research analysts. These positions often consist of high-yield debt
securities and the related equity securities. The Company monitors this risk by
maintaining current operating and financial data on the companies involved, and
projecting future valuations based upon the occurrence of critical future
events. Any transactions involving the investment securities are typically based
upon the recommendations of Tejas Securities' research analysts versus current
market performance.


                                       18
<PAGE>   20

ITEM 3.  PROPERTIES.

Tejas Securities leases space for its offices in Austin, Texas, Atlanta, Georgia
and New York, New York. Future commitments associated with the leases are
included in the footnotes to the financial statements. These leases are for
terms of four years, five years, and five years, respectively, and contain
renewal options. Tejas Securities' headquarters are located at 1250 Capital of
Texas Highway South, Austin, Texas, and consists of approximately 7,800 square
feet. Tejas Securities' Atlanta office is located at 12725 Morris Road, Suite
100, Alpharetta, Georgia, and consists of approximately 2,500 square feet. The
New York office is located at 1 World Trade Center, New York, New York, and
consists of approximately 6,000 square feet. Tejas Securities has entered into a
lease for 24,700 square feet in Austin, Texas and will relocate its corporate
headquarters to that space in December 1999. Tejas Securities will attempt to
sublease its current Austin, Texas office space.

ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

The following table provides information at November 30, 1999 with respect to
ownership of the Common Stock, by each beneficial owner of five percent or more
of the Common Stock, each director of the Company, each of the named executive
officers and all directors and officers as a group. Except as indicated on the
footnotes to this table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and
investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as
beneficially owned by them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SHARES
                                                                          BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                     ---------------------------
                                     NAME AND ADDRESS OF
                                      BENEFICIAL OWNER                NUMBER             PERCENT
                              ---------------------------------      ---------           -------
<S>                                                                  <C>                 <C>
                              John J. Gorman (1)                     5,781,936            46.12%
                              Jay W. Van Ert (1)                     1,145,495             9.14%
                              Joseph F. Moran (1)                    2,482,621            19.80%
                              Michael L. McAllister                         --               --
                              John R. Ohmstede (2)                     789,435             6.30%
                              Gregory D. Woodby (1)                    248,250             1.98%
                              A. Reed Durant (1)                            --               --
                              John F. Garber (1)                            --               --
                              Charles H. Mayer (1)                          --               --
                              Neil Ragin (3)                            37,808                *
                              All officers and directors as a
                              group (9 total)                        9,658,302            77.04%
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    Less than 1%.

(1)  The address for Messrs. Gorman, Van Ert, Moran, Woodby, Durant, Garber and
     Mayer is 2700 Via Fortuna, Suite 400, Austin, Texas 78746.

(2)  The address for Mr. Ohmstede is 5905 Overlook Drive, Austin, Texas 78731.

(3)  The address for Mr. Ragin is 134 West 72nd Street, New York, New York,
     10023. Mr. Ragin resigned as President, Treasurer and Director of the
     Company effective August 26, 1999.

ITEM 5.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.

The following information sets forth certain information with respect to the
executive officers and directors of the Company. Each of the Directors of the
Company is elected to serve until the next election of directors at a meeting of
the Stockholders.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             NAME           AGE                POSITION
     --------------------  -----  ------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>    <C>
     John J. Gorman          39   Director, Chairman and Chief Executive
                                  Officer
     Jay W. Van Ert          38   Director and President
     Joseph F. Moran         38   Director, Vice Chairman, Managing
                                  Director
     Charles H. Mayer        52   Director and Chief Operating Officer
     Michael McAllister      45   Executive Vice President, Managing
                                  Director
     Gregory D. Woodby       38   Secretary and Treasurer
     A. Reed Durant          44   Director of Compliance
     John F. Garber          29   Director of Finance
     Barry A. Williamson     42   Director
     Clark N. Wilson         42   Director
</TABLE>


                                       19

<PAGE>   21

JOHN J. GORMAN. Mr. Gorman became Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company in August 1999. He has been the Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Tejas Securities since July 1997. Mr. Gorman has over
16 years of experience in the brokerage industry. Mr. Gorman became a principal
of Tejas Securities on April 18, 1995. From 1988 until joining Tejas Securities,
Mr. Gorman worked at APS Financial Inc., most recently as a Senior Vice
President. Mr. Gorman served primarily in a broker capacity at APS Financial
Inc, broker-dealer in Austin, Texas. Mr. Gorman has held positions at APS
Financial Inc., Landmark Group, Shearson Lehman and Dean Witter. In addition,
Mr. Gorman serves on the Board of Directors of Lincoln Heritage Corporation, a
publicly traded company. Mr. Gorman is the nephew of Charles H. Mayer through
marriage. Mr. Gorman received his B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University in
1983.

JAY W. VAN ERT. Mr. Van Ert became the President and a Director of the Company
in August 1999. Mr. Van Ert joined Tejas Securities in 1995 as Director of
Research, was elected to the Board of Directors in 1997, and was named President
in May 1998. Mr. Van Ert has spent in excess of fifteen years in the investment
industry. Prior to joining Tejas Securities, Mr. Van Ert was employed from 1989
to 1995 as a Vice President with T. Rowe Price Associates Inc. where he served
as an Analyst, Portfolio Manager and Director of High Yield Research. Mr. Van
Ert earned a B.B.A. in Finance from the University of Texas in 1983 and an
M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University in 1984.

JOSEPH F. MORAN. Mr. Moran became the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Managing Director of the Company in August 1999. Mr. Moran joined Tejas
Securities in January 1996 as Senior Vice President of Fixed Income Sales. He
was elected to the Board of Directors of Tejas Securities in 1997 as Managing
Director and recently was named Vice Chairman of the Board. From 1991 until
joining Tejas Securities, Mr. Moran worked at APS Financial Inc. most recently
as a Senior Vice President. Mr. Moran served primarily in a broker capacity at
APS Financial Inc. Mr. Moran received his B.B.A. from Baylor University in 1984.

CHARLES H. MAYER. Mr. Mayer joined the Company in September 1999 as the Chief
Operating Officer and a Director. From 1995 until he joined Tejas Securities,
Mr. Mayer was self-employed and managed personal investments in a number of
companies not related to the securities industry. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Mayer
was the Managing Director and Chief Information Officer with CS First Boston.
Other experience includes 21 years in senior positions with Morgan Stanley, Tech
Partners, Salomon Brothers, Lehman Brothers and the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York. Mr. Mayer earned a BBA and MBA from Seton Hall University.

MICHAEL L. MCALLISTER, Executive Vice President and Managing Director. Mr.
McAllister has over 19 years experience as an investment banker. Mr. McAllister
became Executive Vice President and Managing Director of Tejas in November 1999.
Mr. McAllister is the head of investment banking and is also responsible for
building the equity capital markets business. Previously, Mr. McAllister was
Senior Vice President and Managing Director of Corporate Finance at Southwest
Securities, Inc. from February 1998. From January 1995 to February 1998, Mr.
McAllister was Managing Director of Corporate Finance at Southcoast Capital
Corporation. Previous to this, Mr. McAllister was Managing Director from August
1992 to August 1994 at Kemper Securities, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. McAllister
served in the corporate finance departments of Lehman Brothers and The First
Boston Corporation.

GREGORY D. WOODBY. Mr. Woodby became the Secretary and Treasurer of the Company
in August 1999. Mr. Woodby joined Tejas Securities in January 1996 as Director
of Fixed Income Trading and was elected to the Board of Directors of Tejas
Securities in 1997 as Secretary. From 1989 until joining Tejas Securities, Mr.
Woodby worked at APS Financial Inc., most recently as a Fixed Income Trader for
APS Financial Inc. Mr. Woodby graduated from Baylor University earning a B.B.A.
in Management in 1983.

A. REED DURANT. Mr. Durant became the Director of Compliance for the Company in
August 1999. Mr. Durant joined Tejas Securities in November 1998 as the
Compliance Director. From January 1996 until joining Tejas Securities, Mr.
Durant worked as Senior Compliance Examiner for the NASD in the Regulation and
Enforcement area. Prior to joining NASD, Mr. Durant worked at Principal
Financial Securities since 1988. Mr. Durant brings over 20 years experience in
the securities industry to the Company, including 8 years as Compliance Director
of a 400-broker, 30-branch NYSE member firm. Mr. Durant graduated from Texas
Tech University with a BA in economics.

JOHN F. GARBER. Mr. Garber became the Director of Finance for the Company in
August 1999. Mr. Garber joined Tejas Securities in October 1998 as Director of
Finance. From April 1999 until joining Tejas Securities, Mr. Garber was employed
as the Controller for Loewenbaum & Co. Inc., an Austin based broker-dealer.
Prior to joining Loewenbaum & Co., Inc. in April 1998, he was employed by KPMG
LLP from 1995 to 1998 as a supervising auditor in the financial assurance
department. In addition, Mr. Garber serves as the Financial and Operations
Principal of Tejas Securities for regulatory reporting purposes. Mr. Garber
graduated from the University of Florida in 1992 with a B.S.B.A. in Finance. He
is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of the Texas Society of Certified
Public Accountants.

BARRY A. WILLIAMSON. Mr. Williamson became a Director of the Company in October
1999. Mr. Williamson was elected in 1992 as the 38th Texas Railroad Commissioner
and served from January 1993 to January 1999. He served as the Commission's


                                       20


<PAGE>   22

Chairman in 1995. During the late 1980's and early 1990's, Mr. Williamson served
under the Bush administration at the U.S. Department of Interior as the Director
of Minerals Management Service. Under President Bush, he managed mineral leases
on the nation's 1.4 billion-acre continental shelf and oversaw an annual budget
of almost $200 million. During the 1980's, Mr. Williamson served under the
Reagan administration as a principle advisor to the U.S. Secretary of Energy in
the creation and formation of a national energy policy. Mr. Williamson began his
career with the firm of Turpin, Smith, Dyer & Saxe, and in 1985 established the
Law Offices of Barry Williamson and founded an independent oil and gas company.
Mr. Williamson graduated from the University of Arkansas with a B.A. in
Political Science in 1979, and received his J.D. degree from the University of
Arkansas Law School in 1982.

CLARK N. WILSON. Mr. Wilson became a Director of the Company in October 1999.
Mr. Wilson is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Clark Wilson Homes,
Inc., a subsidiary of Capital Pacific Holdings. Previously, Mr. Wilson was the
President of Doyle Wilson Homebuilder, Inc., serving in that position in 1992.
Mr. Wilson served as Vice President of Doyle Wilson homebuilder, Inc. from 1986
to 1992. Mr. Wilson took Doyle Wilson Homebuilder, Inc. through a turbulent
market and formed Clark Wilson Acceptance Corporation in 1989 as a finance
corporation, personally financing over $35,000,000 of construction loans for
Doyle Wilson Homebuilder, Inc. Mr. Wilson has won numerous MAX awards between
1994 and 1998, including the MAX Award for Grand Builder of the Year and best
Quality Project in 1994. Mr. Wilson is a Life Member of the National Association
of Homebuilders Spike Club. Mr. Wilson attended Amarillo College and the
University of Texas at Austin, and has nearly twenty-five years of experience in
the homebuilding industry.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

No executive officer of the Company served as a member of the compensation or
similar committee or Board of Directors of any other entity, other than the
Company's subsidiaries, of which an executive officer served on the Compensation
Committee or Board of Directors of the Company.

ITEM 6.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION

The following executive officers of the Company received cash compensation in
the form of salary, bonus or commissions in excess of $100,000 during 1998, 1997
and 1996. None of the executive officers received any stock awards during the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 or 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       NAME AND PRINCIPAL
            POSITION           YEAR     SALARY       BONUS      FORGIVEN DEBT   COMMISSIONS
     ---------------------    ------   ---------   ---------    -------------  --------------
<S>                           <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>
     John J. Gorman            1998    $ 125,000   $       0      $ 135,114      $  709,309
     Chairman and Chief        1997            0     261,000              0         643,688
     Executive Officer         1996            0           0              0         790,272
     -----------------         ----    ---------   ---------      ---------      ----------
     Jay W. Van Ert            1998      183,333           0              0          47,255
     Director and President    1997      120,000      75,000              0          44,010
                               1996      172,500           0              0          53,090
                               ----    ---------   ---------      ---------      ----------
     Gregory D. Woodby         1998      100,000         500              0          76,748
     Secretary and Treasurer   1997       85,000      40,000              0          59,481
                               1996       75,000      35,000              0          42,395
                               ----    ---------   ---------      ---------      ----------
     Joseph F. Moran           1998            0           0              0       1,023,280
     Managing Director         1997            0           0              0         977,890
     and Vice Chairman         1996      330,000           0              0         659,303
     -----------------         ----    ---------   ---------      ---------      ----------
</TABLE>

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Prior to the Merger, the directors of the Company did not receive compensation
for their service on the Board of Directors. Following the Merger, the initial
directors of the Company requested that Mr. Wilson and Mr. Williamson serve as
directors. As part of their incentive to join the Board, Mr. Wilson and Mr.
Williamson were each provided with options to purchase 100,000 shares of Common
Stock. The options are exercisable at $2.00 per share and expire on August 27,
2004. The options vest over a three-year period, commencing on August 27, 1999.
Currently no other directors of the Company receive any form of cash or non-cash
compensation for fulfilling their roles on the Board of Directors of the
Company.


                                       21

<PAGE>   23

ITEM 7.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

SALE LEASEBACK
In September 1997, Tejas Securities entered into a sale-leaseback transaction
with Sandy Hook Management, a company owned by Charles H. Mayer, a member of the
Board of Directors. Sandy Hook Management purchased the assets for $204,267 from
Tejas Securities. Tejas Securities purchased the assets from June 1995 through
September 1997 for a total cost of $272,072. The book value of the assets as of
the date of the transaction was determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, including depreciation calculated by the straight-line
method. The previous Chief Financial Officer of Tejas Securities (Richard
Williams) made the determination of the book value. Under the terms of this
transaction, Tejas Securities agreed to lease the furniture and fixtures
commencing in October 1998 through September 2000. Tejas Securities makes
monthly lease payments of $6,372 to Sandy Hook Management and has an option to
purchase the furniture and fixtures at a discounted price in September 2000.

SUBORDINATED DEBT

Tejas Securities issued subordinated debt in September 1998 in exchange for
$500,000 from Clark Wilson, a current member of the Board of Directors. The
transaction is described in Item 2. Financial Information - "Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

Tejas Securities completed the second issuance of subordinated debt in June 1999
in exchange for $500,000 from Clark Wilson. The transaction is described in Item
2. Financial Information - "Liquidity and Capital Resources."

TSG INTERNET FUND I, LTD.

In April 1999, John J. Gorman, Jay W. Van Ert, Joseph F. Moran, Clark N. Wilson
and Gregory D. Woodby, along with three other owners of less than 5% of Tejas
Securities, established TSG Capital, LLC (the "General Partner"), a Texas
limited liability company, for the purpose of acting as general partner of TSG
Internet Fund I, LTD. (the "Fund"), a Texas limited partnership. In addition to
the investment in the General Partner, Messrs. Gorman, Van Ert, Moran and Wilson
invested as limited partners in the Fund. Their contributions were as follows:
Mr. Gorman $200,000; Mr. Van Ert $120,520; Mr. Moran $200,000; and Mr. Wilson
$100,000. John Ohmstede, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of Tejas Securities,
also invested $200,000 in the Fund as a limited partner through a Trust. The
total capital contribution by the General Partner was less than $50,000.

TSG Capital, LLC acts as the general partner of the Fund and has no other
operations. The managers and principal executive officers include Jay W. Van Ert
and A. Reed Durant who are also officers of the Company, Tejas Holding and Tejas
Securities. The General Partner receives a management fee equal to .375% of the
average monthly net asset value of the Fund after the end of each fiscal
quarter. In addition, the General Partner receives a performance fee equal to
20% of the annual net profits of the Fund after the end of each fiscal year.
Tejas Securities receives a monthly management fee in exchange for providing
services to the General Partner for investment management, compliance and
accounting and reporting. In order to facilitate the closing of the Fund, Tejas
Securities advanced to the General Partner $357,099, of which $286,719 was
repaid to Tejas Securities, as investor funds became available. The remaining
balance of $70,380 is included as a receivable from an affiliate on the
statement of financial condition of Tejas Securities.

The Fund engaged Tejas Securities to solicit subscriptions for the initial
$2,500,000 private placement of limited partnership interests in the Fund. In
exchange for acting as the placement agent, Tejas Securities received a
placement agent fee equal to 5% of the total initial capital contributions to
the Fund. The total placement agent fee equaled $136,025 and was paid in May
1999.

During the fourth quarter of 1999, the Fund was reopened and approximately $3.5
million in additional funds were invested bring the total under management to
approximately $10 million. During the first quarter of 2000, Tejas anticipate
it will purchase the interests of Messrs. Gorman, Van Ert, Moran, Woodby and
the other owners of equity in TSG Capital, LLC at cost. Tejas will then assume
operation of the Fund.

EMPLOYEE CASH ADVANCES

Tejas Securities makes cash advances to certain employees from time to time,
which are typically secured and repaid from commissions. During 1998, Tejas
Securities forgave approximately $135,000 in advances receivable from John J.
Gorman as described in Note 8 to the accompanying 1998 Financial Statements.

SALE OF STOCK TO EMPLOYEES

In April 1999, Tejas Securities issued an additional 1,006,975 shares of its
common stock with a value of $704,833 to employees and management of Tejas
Securities. Of the shares issued, 410,000 shares were issued to directors or
executive officers of Tejas Securities


                                       22

<PAGE>   24

at a purchase price of $0.70 per share. The transaction was recorded as a stock
subscription receivable, and was collected in full by August 1999. The following
reflects the April 1999 issuance of common stock to directors or executive
officers of Tejas Securities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                            DIRECTOR/EXECUTIVE
                                 OFFICER            SHARES SUBSCRIBED       SUBSCRIPTION PRICE
                            ------------------      -----------------     ----------------------
<S>                                                 <C>                   <C>
                            John J. Gorman               100,000                 $  70,000
                            Jay W. Van Ert               100,000                 $  70,000
                            Joseph F. Moran              100,000                 $  70,000
                            Gregory D. Woodby             60,000                 $  42,000
                            A. Reed Durant                25,000                 $  17,500
                            John F. Garber                25,000                 $  17,500
                            --------------               -------                 ---------
</TABLE>

John J. Gorman was named to the Board of Directors of Lincoln Heritage
Corporation in August 1999. Currently, Mr. Gorman owns common stock and stock
purchase warrants with a combined value in excess of $60,000. Tejas Securities
acted as managing underwriter in Lincoln Heritage's IPO and currently owns less
than 5% of the common equity of Lincoln Heritage.

ITEM 8.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

In June 1999, Starlight Entertainment, Inc., has submitted a claim in an
arbitration proceeding for damages in the amount of $6,800,000 for the failed
underwriting of a public offering of Starlight's common stock. The amount of
Starlight's claim is based upon the gross receipts that were expected from the
proposed public offering less the underwriting commission plus attorney's fees.

The Company's counsel has reviewed the complaint and is preparing an answer with
respect to the arbitration. Management does not believe this matter will produce
any material adverse consequences to the Company.

There are no other liabilities arising from claims or legal actions that
management believes would have a significant adverse effect on the financial
condition or results of operations of Tejas Securities.

ITEM 9.   MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
THE RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

The Company's stock has not traded on an exchange or bulletin board since its
inception. The Company is in the process of registering its securities. There
are no high and low bid quotations available on the Company for the most recent
fiscal year. As of January 21, 2000 the Company had a total of 12,537,218 shares
issued and outstanding which were held of record by 42 stockholders and
beneficially held by 63 stockholders.

The Company has not paid cash or stock dividends and has no present plan to pay
any such dividends. Currently, the Company intends to reinvest its earnings in
order to facilitate expansion. The likelihood of future dividends will be
decided by the Board of Directors and will be based upon the Company's future
earnings, financial condition and capital requirements. Tejas Securities paid
$83,546 and $49,602 in shareholder distributions for the years ending December
31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, at which time it was an S corporation.

ITEM 10.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Certain securities sold by the registrant during the last three years have not
been registered under the Securities Act. The holders of the securities referred
to below agreed to take their securities for investment and not with a view to
the distribution thereof. The certificates representing the securities contained
legends identifying certain restrictions on the transferability thereof. The
following information gives effect to the 2.4825 for one stock exchange
effective as of August 27, 1999.

COMMON STOCK

The following sets forth information pertaining to sales of Common Stock by the
registrant during the last three years. There were no underwriting discounts or
commissions on the sale of the Common Stock. Exemption from registration of the
shares of Common Stock listed below is claimed under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             PURCHASER                DATE         SHARES             CONSIDERATION
           ----------------       ------------    ----------    --------------------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>           <C>
           John J. Gorman         August, 1999    5,781,936     2,329,078 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Joseph F. Moran        August, 1999    2,482,621     1,000,049 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Jay W. Van Ert         August, 1999    1,145,495     461,428 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           John R. Ohmstede       August, 1999      789,435     318,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
</TABLE>


                                       23

<PAGE>   25

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             PURCHASER                DATE         SHARES             CONSIDERATION
           ----------------       ------------    ----------    --------------------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>           <C>
           John J. Glade          August, 1999     248,250      100,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Michael Hidalgo        August, 1999     248,250      100,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Jon S. McDonald        August, 1999     248,250      100,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Britt Rodgers          August, 1999     248,250      100,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Bob Sternberg          August, 1999     248,250      100,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Mike Wolf              August, 1999     248,250      100,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Gregory D. Woodby      August, 1999     248,250      100,000 shares of Tejas
                                                                Holding common stock
           Lawrence Kaplan        December, 1998    91,507      $10,000 cash
           Lawrence Kaplan        March, 1998       91,507      $10,000 cash
           Lawrence Kaplan        July, 1997        91,507      $10,000 cash
</TABLE>


ITEM 11.    DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.

The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of common
stock, $.001 par value per share.

COMMON STOCK

Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share held of record in
the election of members of the Company's Board of Directors and for all other
matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.

Shareholders are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of
Directors, dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property from the
Company's assets or funds legally available for those purposes. The Common Stock
does not have any sinking fund provisions, redemption provisions, or preemptive
rights. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and
non-assessable. In the event of the Company's liquidation, dissolution or
winding up, holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets
available for distribution.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is Corporate Stock
Transfer at 370 17th Street, Denver, Colorado.

ITEM 12.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

    The general corporate law of New York, the jurisdiction in which the Company
is incorporated, provides, under certain circumstances, for indemnification of
the directors or officers of a New York corporation for expenses incurred in
connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, in relation to
certain matters brought against them as such directors and officers. Article 5
of the Company's Bylaws provide indemnification of directors and officers under
certain circumstances. In addition, the Company maintains insurance policies
which insure its officers and directors against certain liabilities.

    Those provisions may be sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and
directors for liabilities under the securities laws.

ITEM 13.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The financial statements of the Company are itemized under Item 15. Financial
Statements and Exhibits.

ITEM 14.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.


                                       24

<PAGE>   26

ITEM 15.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

(a)      Financial Statements.

(b)      Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 EXHIBIT        PAGE
                 NUMBER        NUMBER    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
                 ------        ------    ---------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>       <C>
                   3.1                   Certificate of Incorporation

                   3.2                   Bylaws

                   4.1                   NASD Subordinated Loan Agreement, Form
                                         SL-1, dated October 13, 1998, between
                                         Clark N. Wilson and the Company

                   4.2                   NASD Subordinated Loan Agreement, Form
                                         SL-1, dated June 4, 1999, between Clark
                                         N. Wilson and the Company

                   4.3                   Shareholder Agreement, dated November
                                         23, 1999, between John Ohmstede, John
                                         Glade,  Michael Hidalgo, Jon McDonald,
                                         Britt Rodgers, Bob Sternberg, Mike
                                         Wolf, Greg Woodby and the Company

                   4.4                   Certificate of Incorporation
                                         incorporated herein by reference

                   4.5                   Bylaws incorporated herein by reference

                  10.1                   Agreement, dated June 5, 1997, with
                                         Schroder Wertheim & Co. Incorporated

                  10.2                   Westech Capital Corp. 1999 Stock Option
                                         Plan

                  10.3                   Form of Incentive Stock Option
                                         Agreement

                  10.4                   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option
                                         Agreement

                  10.5                   Lease Agreement, effective as of
                                         September 30, 1999, by and between
                                         The Company and Desta Two Partnership,
                                         Ltd.

                  21.1                   Registrant's Subsidiaries

                  27.1                   Financial Data Schedule

                  99.1                   Articles of Incorporation of Tejas
                                         Securities Group, Inc.

                  99.2                   Bylaws of Tejas Securities Group, Inc.

                  99.3                   Articles of Incorporation of Tejas
                                         Securities Group Holding Company

                  99.4                   Bylaws of Tejas Securities Group
                                         Holding Company
</TABLE>





                                       25

<PAGE>   27

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Page

<S>                                                                                        <C>
TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Independent Auditors' Report.......................................................   F-1
     Statements of Financial Condition..................................................   F-2
     Statements of Operations...........................................................   F-3
     Statements of Stockholders' Equity.................................................   F-4
     Statements of Cash Flows...........................................................   F-5
     Notes to Financial Statements......................................................   F-6
WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of
         September 30, 1999 and December 31, 1999 (Unaudited)...........................   F-14
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended
         September 30, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited)........................................   F-15
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended
         September 30, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited)........................................   F-16
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................   F-17
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information.................................   F-20
     Pro Forma Combined Statement of Financial Condition as of December
         31, 1998 (unaudited)...........................................................   F-21
     Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 1998
         (unaudited)....................................................................   F-22
     Pro Forma Combined Statement of Financial Condition as of June 30, 1999
         (unaudited)....................................................................   F-23
     Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended
         June 30, 1999 (unaudited)......................................................   F-24
     Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information........................   F-25
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   28



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Tejas Securities Group, Inc:

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of Tejas
Securities Group, Inc. (the "Corporation") as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and
the related statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Tejas Securities Group, Inc. as
of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                            KPMG LLP



Austin, Texas
February 12, 1999


                                      F-1
<PAGE>   29

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                        Statements of Financial Condition

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1998                1997
                                                                   ------------        ------------
<S>                                                                <C>                 <C>

                       ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents                                          $    201,312             170,474
Receivable from clearing brokers, partially restricted                1,468,424             825,707
Securities owned                                                      1,539,424             634,419
Furniture and equipment, net                                            209,431              59,057
Deferred tax assets                                                     178,500                --
Other assets                                                            345,136             284,921
                                                                   ------------        ------------

         Total assets                                              $  3,942,227           1,974,578
                                                                   ============        ============

         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities           $    577,736             141,330
Subordinated debt                                                       500,000                --
Payable to clearing organization                                      1,459,678             608,848
                                                                   ------------        ------------
          Total liabilities                                           2,537,414             750,178
                                                                   ------------        ------------

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, no par value, convertible
       1,000,000 shares authorized in 1998; none issued
       and outstanding                                                     --                  --
    Common stock, no par value
       10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,679,152 and
        3,858,887 shares issued and outstanding in 1998
       and 1997, respectively                                         1,473,071             946,878
    Subscriptions receivable                                            (96,263)           (100,000)
    Treasury stock, at cost, 141,113 shares in 1997                        --               (47,805)
    Retained earnings                                                    28,005             425,327
                                                                   ------------        ------------
          Total stockholders' equity                                  1,404,813           1,224,400
                                                                   ------------        ------------

Commitments and contingencies

         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                $  3,942,227           1,974,578
                                                                   ============        ============
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-2
<PAGE>   30

                  TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                    Statements of Operations

      For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998              1997             1996
                                                      ------------      ------------     ------------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>
Revenue:
    Commissions                                       $  7,932,780         4,810,520        3,648,255
    Underwriting and investment banking income           2,584,770           752,554             --
    Net dealer inventory and investment income            (299,166)          924,587          567,537
    Other income                                            23,530             9,248           41,720
                                                      ------------      ------------     ------------
          Total revenue                                 10,241,914         6,496,909        4,257,512
                                                      ------------      ------------     ------------

Expenses:
    Commissions                                          5,921,426         3,165,701        1,797,637
    Other employee compensation and benefits             2,085,937         1,293,719        1,651,063
    General and administrative                           2,795,773         1,544,446        1,015,567
                                                      ------------      ------------     ------------
          Total expenses                                10,803,136         6,003,866        4,464,267
                                                      ------------      ------------     ------------

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)         (561,222)          493,043         (206,755)

Income tax expense (benefit):
    Federal:
       Current                                                --                --               --
       Deferred                                           (178,500)             --               --
    State                                                   14,600            19,008             --
                                                      ------------      ------------     ------------
                                                          (163,900)           19,008             --
                                                      ------------      ------------     ------------

          Net income (loss)                           $   (397,322)          474,035         (206,755)
                                                      ============      ============     ============

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share (note 11):

    Basic earnings (loss) per share:
    Net income (loss)                                 $      (0.04)             0.04            (0.03)
                                                      ============      ============     ============

    Weighted average shares outstanding                  9,435,429         8,416,728        5,189,072
                                                      ============      ============     ============

    Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
    Net income (loss)                                 $      (0.04)             0.04            (0.03)
                                                      ============      ============     ============

    Weighted average shares outstanding                  9,435,429         8,416,728        5,189,072
                                                      ============      ============     ============
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>   31

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                       Statements of Stockholders' Equity

              For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 COMMON     SUBSCRIPTIONS    TREASURY    RETAINED
                                  SHARES         STOCK       RECEIVABLE       STOCK      EARNINGS       TOTAL
                                ----------     ----------   -------------   ----------  ----------    ----------
<S>                             <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995     1,987,096     $  549,760          --         (133,240)    291,195       707,715

Stock issuances                  1,103,467        171,424          --             --          --         171,424

Treasury stock sales               909,437         21,336          --          133,240        --         154,576

Stockholder contributions             --          122,491          --             --          --         122,491

Stockholder distributions             --             --            --             --       (49,602)      (49,602)

Net loss                              --             --            --             --      (206,755)     (206,755)
                                ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------    ----------

Balance at December 31, 1996     4,000,000        865,011          --             --        34,838       899,849

Treasury stock purchases          (540,686)          --            --         (183,166)       --        (183,166)

Treasury stock sales               399,573         81,867      (100,000)       135,361        --         117,228

Stockholder distributions             --             --            --             --       (83,546)      (83,546)

Net income                            --             --            --             --       474,035       474,035
                                ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------    ----------

Balance at December 31, 1997     3,858,887        946,878      (100,000)       (47,805)    425,327     1,224,400

Stock issuances                    679,152        475,405          --             --          --         475,405

Treasury stock sales               141,113         50,788          --           47,805        --          98,593

Subscription collected                --             --           3,737           --          --           3,737

Net loss                              --             --            --             --      (397,322)     (397,322)
                                ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------    ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998     4,679,152     $1,473,071       (96,263)          --        28,005     1,404,813
                                ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========  ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>   32

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                            Statements of Cash Flows

              For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1998              1997              1996
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>               <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income (loss)                                              $   (397,322)          474,035          (206,755)
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
       used by operating activities:
       Deferred tax benefit                                            (178,500)             --                --
       Depreciation expense                                              38,110            39,834            30,783
       Increase in receivable from clearing brokers                    (642,717)         (374,350)         (116,176)
       Decrease (increase) in other assets                             (126,324)           (2,980)            3,803
       Decrease (increase) in  receivables from employees
          and shareholders                                              135,949          (262,448)          150,000
       Decrease (increase) in other receivables                         (69,840)           85,510           (85,510)
       Decrease (increase) in trading account securities               (905,005)          317,673          (952,092)
       Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued
          expenses and other liabilities                                436,406           102,850            (6,383)
       Increase (decrease) in payable to clearing organization          850,830          (398,666)        1,007,514
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
          Net cash used by operating activities                        (858,413)          (18,542)         (174,816)
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Proceeds from sale of furniture and equipment                          --             204,268              --
    Purchase of furniture and equipment                                (188,484)         (140,933)          (82,477)
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
          Net cash provided (used) by investing activities             (188,484)           63,335           (82,477)
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Proceeds from issuance of notes payable
       and subordinated debt                                          1,000,000           250,000              --
    Principal payments on notes payable                                (500,000)         (433,166)             --
    Sale of treasury stock                                               98,593           117,228           154,576
    Stockholder distributions paid                                         --             (83,546)          (49,602)
    Stockholder contributions                                              --                --             122,491
    Subscription collected                                                3,737              --                --
    Proceeds from stock issuances                                       475,405              --             171,424
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------
          Net cash provided (used) by financing activities            1,077,735          (149,484)          398,889
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

          Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           30,838          (104,691)          141,596

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                          170,474           275,165           133,569
                                                                   ------------      ------------      ------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                           $    201,312           170,474           275,165
                                                                   ============      ============      ============

Supplemental disclosures:
    Interest paid                                                  $     65,427            97,219            12,946
    Taxes paid                                                     $     23,738            22,829             1,518
</TABLE>

In 1997, the Corporation assumed $183,166 of stockholder obligations in return
for 540,686 shares of its common stock.

In 1997, the Corporation issued 100,000 shares of common stock in exchange for a
$100,000 note receivable.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>   33

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(1)    ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

       Tejas Securities Group, Inc. (the Corporation) was incorporated on March
       2, 1994 under the laws of the State of Texas. The Corporation is
       registered as a broker and dealer in securities with the National
       Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and clears its transactions on a
       fully disclosed basis through Schroder & Co., Inc. The Corporation
       maintains offices in Austin, Texas; New York, New York and Atlanta,
       Georgia.

       Effective May 1, 1998 the Corporation increased authorized shares of
       common stock to 10,000,000 shares and authorized 1,000,000 shares of
       convertible preferred stock. Also, effective May 1, 1998, the Corporation
       declared a stock split. Owners of the 21,543 shares issued and
       outstanding as of May 1, 1998 received new shares equal to their current
       ownership percentages, resulting in 4,000,000 shares of common stock
       issued as a result of the stock split. The effects of the stock split
       have been given retroactive effect in the accompanying financial
       statements.

       The 1,000,000 convertible preferred shares may be issued from time to
       time and will have the designations, preferences, voting powers,
       relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges
       and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions as determined by
       the Board.

(2)    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

       Securities transactions and the related commission revenue and expense
       are recorded on a trade date basis.

       The Corporation does not carry or clear customer accounts, and all
       customer transactions are executed and cleared with other brokers on a
       fully disclosed basis. These brokers have agreed to maintain such records
       of the transaction effected and cleared in the customers' accounts as are
       customarily made and kept by a clearing broker pursuant to the
       requirements of Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 of the Securities and Exchange
       Commission, and to perform all services customarily incident thereto.

       INVESTMENT BANKING

       Investment banking revenues include gains, losses, and fees, net of
       syndicate expenses, arising from securities offerings in which the
       Corporation acts as an underwriter or agent. Investment banking revenues
       also include fees earned from providing merger-and-acquisition and
       advisory services. Investment banking management fees are recorded on
       offering date, sales concessions on settlement date, and underwriting
       fees at the time the underwriting is completed and the income is
       reasonably determinable.

       SECURITIES OWNED

       Long and short positions in securities are reported at market value. The
       difference between cost and market has been included in net dealer
       inventory and investment income. These investments are subject to the
       risk of failure of the issuer and the risk of changes in market value
       based on the ability to trade such securities on the open market.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>   34

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

       Furniture and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided
       using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
       respective assets.

       REPURCHASE AND RESALE AGREEMENTS

       Repurchase and resale agreements are treated as financing transactions
       and are carried at the amounts at which the securities will be
       subsequently reacquired or resold as specified in the respective
       agreements. There were no repurchase or resale agreements outstanding at
       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

       FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

       Effective January 1, 1998, the Corporation elected to be taxed as a C
       Corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

       For the year ended December 31, 1998, income taxes are accounted for
       under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
       are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to
       differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing
       assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss
       and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
       measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in
       the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
       recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities
       of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that
       includes the enactment date. There were no significant deferred tax asset
       or deferred tax liabilities as of January 1, 1998.

       Prior to January 1, 1998, the Corporation elected to be taxed as an S
       corporation under the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue
       Code. As a result, all Federal income tax expense and liability was paid
       by the shareholders of the Corporation for the years ended December 31,
       1997 and 1996, respectively. The amounts included as income tax expense
       in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December
       31, 1997 is a result of the income component of the Texas franchise tax
       which is computed at approximately 4.5% of income before income taxes.

       ESTIMATES

       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
       accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
       assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
       and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
       financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
       during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
       estimates.

       STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

       The Corporation measures compensation expense for options granted using
       the intrinsic value method. The Corporation provides pro forma
       disclosures of net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share as if the
       fair value method had been applied.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>   35

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (3)   NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

       The Corporation, as a registered fully licensed broker and dealer in
       securities, is subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission Uniform
       Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1). Under this rule, the Corporation is
       required to maintain a minimum "net capital" to satisfy rule 15c3-1. The
       minimum "net capital" requirement for the Corporation was $100,000 for
       the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. "Net
       capital" at December 31, 1998 aggregated $842,544. "Net capital" at
       December 31, 1997 aggregated $703,302. "Net capital" at December 31, 1996
       aggregated $385,677.

(4)    LEASE COMMITMENTS

       The Corporation leases its office facilities and certain office equipment
       under operating leases. The future minimum payments due under these
       operating leases as of December 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
             1999                                              $   743,970
             2000                                                  581,851
             2001                                                  398,763
             2002                                                  366,354
             2003                                                  256,347
             Thereafter                                            132,523
                                                               -----------
                                                               $ 2,479,808
                                                               ===========
</TABLE>

       Rent expense amounted to approximately $515,000, $265,000 and $92,000 for
       the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

       On September 30, 1997, the Corporation entered into a sale-leaseback
       transaction with a related party, whereby the Corporation sold furniture
       and fixtures for their book value of approximately $204,000. As part of
       this transaction, the Corporation agreed to lease the furniture and
       fixtures commencing on October 1, 1998 through September 30, 2000.
       Payments of $6,373 per month are due under the lease agreement and are
       included in the above schedule.

 (5)   PROFIT SHARING AND STOCK OPTION PLANS

       PROFIT SHARING PLAN

       In January 1997, the Corporation instituted a profit sharing plan under
       section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows all
       employees who are over 21 years old to defer a predetermined portion of
       their compensation for federal income tax purposes. Contributions by the
       Corporation are discretionary. For the years ended December 31, 1998 and
       1997, the Corporation made approximately $84,000 and $7,000,
       respectively, of contributions to the plan.

       STOCK OPTIONS

       The Corporation grants options to employees for its common stock. As
       provided by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123, the
       Corporation elected to continue to apply APB Opinion No. 25 and related
       interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>   36

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       During 1995, options for up to 2 percent of total shares issued and
       outstanding were granted for employees who met certain requirements for
       two years. In addition, employees who met certain other requirements for
       two years could purchase up to 5 percent of the total shares issued and
       outstanding. One employee exercised the options in 1997, and purchased 3
       percent of the total shares issued and outstanding. No compensation cost
       was recognized for the options granted.

       During 1996, two employees were granted options, vesting in 1997, to
       purchase up to 2 percent and 1 percent of total shares issued and
       outstanding. The option for 1 percent was exercised in 1997 and resulted
       in the purchase of 40,000 shares. The other option was revoked by the
       employee upon delivery of stock by a shareholder. No compensation cost
       was recognized for the options granted.

       During 1997, three employees were granted options, vesting in 1997, to
       purchase up to 5 percent, 2.5 percent and 1 percent, respectively, of the
       total shares issued and outstanding on the grant date. Two of the options
       were fully exercised during 1997, resulting in the purchase of 140,000
       shares. For the remaining option, one-half of the 5 percent option (or
       2.5 percent) was exercised resulting in the purchase of 100,000 shares.
       The remaining options total 100,000 shares at a price of $0.50 per share
       and expires in September 1999. No compensation cost was recognized for
       the options granted. During 1998, no options were exercised, and no new
       options were granted.

       Had the Corporation recorded compensation expense related to these
       options under the fair value method, compensation expense would have
       increased by approximately $8,000 and $4,000 for the years ended December
       31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Compensation expense was estimated in
       accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board
       Statement No. 123, using a 7.25 percent risk-free rate and an expected
       dividend of 8 percent per year. The compensation expense for each option
       grant was individually calculated.

       A summary of the Corporation's stock option and warrant activity, and
       related information for the years ended December 31, follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1998                         1997                        1996
                                                ----                         ----                        ----
                                                      Weighted                     Weighted                    Weighted
                                                      Average                      Average                     Average
                                                      Exercise                     Exercise                    Exercise
                                        Options        Price         Options        Price        Options        Price
                                        -------       --------      ---------      --------      -------       --------
       <S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
       Outstanding - beginning
       of year                          100,000         $0.50        120,000         $0.10       120,000         $0.10
       Granted                                0         $0.00        459,946         $0.56             0         $0.00
       Exercised                              0         $0.00       (360,000)        $0.49             0         $0.00
       Forfeited                              0         $0.00       (119,946)        $0.36             0         $0.00
       Outstanding - end of year        100,000         $0.50        100,000         $0.50       120,000         $0.10

       Exercisable - end of year        100,000         $0.50        100,000         $0.50       120,000         $0.10
</TABLE>


                                      F-9
<PAGE>   37

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1998                         1997                        1996
                                                ----                         ----                        ----
                                                      Weighted                     Weighted                    Weighted
                                                      Average                      Average                     Average
                                                      Exercise                     Exercise                    Exercise
                                        Warrants       Price        Warrants        Price        Warrants       Price
                                        --------      --------      ---------      --------      --------      --------
       <S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
       Outstanding - beginning
       of year                                0         $0.00              0         $0.00             0         $0.00
       Granted                          112,500         $2.65              0         $0.00             0         $0.00
       Outstanding - end of year        112,500         $2.65              0         $0.00             0         $0.00

       Exercisable - end of year        112,500         $2.65              0         $0.00             0         $0.00
</TABLE>


                                      F-10
<PAGE>   38


 (6)   OFF STATEMENT of FINANCIAL CONDITION RISK

       The Corporation is responsible to its clearing broker for payment of all
       transactions executed both on its behalf and on behalf of its customers.
       Therefore, the Corporation is exposed to off statement of financial
       condition risk in the event a customer cannot fulfill its commitment and
       the clearing broker must purchase or sell a financial instrument at
       prevailing market prices. The Corporation and its clearing broker seek to
       control risk associated with customer transactions through daily
       monitoring to assure margin collateral is maintained under regulatory and
       internal guidelines.

       The Corporation's due from clearing brokers represents amounts on deposit
       with Schroder & Co., Inc. The Corporation is exposed should Schroder &
       Co., Inc. be unable to fulfill its obligations for securities
       transactions. Schroder & Co., Inc. requires the Corporation to maintain
       $100,000 in its account at all times.

       The Corporation deposits its cash with financial institutions.
       Periodically such balances exceed applicable FDIC insurance limits.

       The Corporation had revenues from two accounts which exceeded 10% of
       total revenue during 1996. The Corporation had revenues from three
       accounts which exceeded 10% percent of total revenue during 1997. No
       individual account exceeded 10% percent of total revenue in 1998.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>   39

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (7)   SUBORDINATED DEBT

       The Corporation has $500,000 in debt subordinated to claims of general
       creditors as of December 31, 1998. The subordinated debt is due November
       1, 2001 and bears interest at 11.5 percent. Interest is paid monthly. As
       a condition of the loan agreement, the Corporation issued to the lender
       warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of common capital stock of the
       Corporation, exercisable at a price of $2.65 per share of common stock.
       The warrants expire on November 12, 2003. As of December 31, 1998, none
       of the warrants had been exercised.

       The subordinated borrowings are available in computing net capital under
       the SEC's uniform net capital rule. To the extent that such borrowings
       are required for the Corporation's continued compliance with minimum net
       capital requirements, they may not be repaid. It is the Corporation's
       intention not to renew the secured demand note collateralizing agreements
       due on November 1, 2001.

(8)    RECEIVABLE FROM EMPLOYEE AND STOCKHOLDER

       A $300,000 advance was made during 1995 as an incentive for an employee
       accepting a position with the Corporation. Under the terms of the
       agreement, the advance was forgiven if the employee was still employed
       with the Corporation on certain trigger dates. During 1995, $150,000 of
       the note receivable was forgiven and included in other employee
       compensation and benefits in the accompanying statements of operations.
       The remainder of the receivable was forgiven and expensed during 1996.

       The Corporation makes advances to certain employees in months when their
       commission payout does not meet a predetermined amount. As of December
       31, 1998, approximately $126,500 had been advanced to employees under
       this agreement. As of December 31, 1997 approximately $44,000 had been
       advanced to employees and $219,000 to the Corporation's Chairman of the
       Board under this agreement. These receivables are to be repaid through
       reductions of future commissions.

       During 1998, the Corporation forgave approximately $135,000 in advances
       receivable from its Chairman of the Board and approximately $163,000 in
       advances receivable from employees. The amounts forgiven are included in
       commission expense in the accompanying financial statements.

       The Corporation received a $100,000 note from an employee in
       consideration for the issuance of common stock. The note bears no
       interest and is due and payable on December 31, 1999. This amount has
       been recorded as stock subscriptions receivable in the accompanying
       financial statements. During 1998, the Corporation collected $3,737 of
       the subscriptions receivable, resulting in a balance of $96,263 in
       subscriptions receivable as of December 31, 1998.

(9)   INCOME TAX

       Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 1998 differs from the
       amount computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34
       percent to pretax loss as a result of the following:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
       Computed "expected" benefit                           $ 190,815

       Meals and entertainment                                 (34,325)
       State Franchise tax                                     (14,600)
       Other                                                    22,010
                                                             ---------
                                                             $ 163,900
                                                             =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-12
<PAGE>   40

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant
       portions of the deferred tax assets at December 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
       Deferred tax assets:

       Net operating loss carryforwards                  $ 145,700
       Other                                                32,800
                                                         ---------
       Gross deferred tax assets                           178,500
       Valuation allowance                                    --
                                                         ---------
      Net deferred tax asset                             $ 178,500
                                                         =========
</TABLE>

       There were no significant deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 1998.

       In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management
       considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of
       the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of
       deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable
       income during the periods in which those temporary differences become
       deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax
       liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies
       in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable
       income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which
       the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more
       likely than not the Corporation will realize the benefits of these
       deductible differences net of the existing valuation allowances at
       December 31, 1998.

       At December 31, 1998, the Corporation has net operating loss
       carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $381,000
       which are available to offset future Federal taxable income, if any,
       through 2018. Additionally, the Corporation has state net operating loss
       carryforwards available.

(10)   CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

       The Corporation is involved in various claims and legal actions that have
       arisen in the ordinary course of business. It is management's opinion
       that liabilities, if any, arising from these actions would not have a
       significant adverse effect on the financial condition and results of
       operations of the Corporation.

(11)   INDUSTRY SEGMENT DATA

       The Corporation has two reportable segments: brokerage services and
       investment banking. The primary operating segment, brokerage services,
       includes both sales and trading activities of the broker-dealer and
       encompasses both retail and institutional customer accounts. These
       segments require the commitment of significant human capital and
       financial resources, as well as industry specific skills. The investment
       banking segment participates in underwriting of corporate securities as
       managing underwriter and as a syndicate member.

       The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described
       in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Corporation
       evaluates performance based on profit or loss from operations before
       income taxes.

       The following table presents segment revenues, profits and assets for the
       year ended December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
                                                      Investment
                                     Brokerage         Banking           Total
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
<S>                              <C>               <C>               <C>
       Revenues from external
       customers                 $      6,957,349  $      2,584,770  $ 9,542,119
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Interest revenue                   699,795                 0      699,795
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Interest expense                    65,427                 0       65,427
       ------------------------- ----------------  ---------------- ------------
       Depreciation and
       amortization                        37,995               115       38,110
       ------------------------- ----------------  ---------------- ------------
       Segment profit (loss)           (1,892,566)        1,331,344     (561,222)
       ------------------------- ----------------  ---------------- ------------

       ------------------------- ----------------  ---------------- ------------
       Segment assets                   3,940,960             1,267    3,942,227
       ------------------------- ----------------  ---------------- ------------
       Expenditures for
       segment assets                     187,102             1,382      188,484
       ------------------------- ----------------  ---------------- ------------
</TABLE>

The following table presents segment revenues, profits and assets for the year
ended December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
                                                      Investment
                                     Brokerage         Banking           Total
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
<S>                              <C>               <C>               <C>
       Revenues from external
       customers                 $      5,558,810  $        752,554  $ 6,311,364
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Interest revenue                   185,545                 0      185,545
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Interest expense                    97,219                 0       97,219
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Depreciation and
       amortization                        39,834                 0       39,834
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Segment profit                     225,381           267,662      493,043
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------

       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Segment assets                   1,974,578                 0    1,974,578
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Expenditures for
       segment assets                     140,933                 0      140,933
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
</TABLE>

The following table presents segment revenues, profits and assets for the year
ended December 31, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
                                                      Investment
                                     Brokerage         Banking           Total
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
<S>                              <C>               <C>               <C>
       Revenues from external
       customers                 $      4,217,825  $              0  $ 4,217,825
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Interest revenue                    39,687                 0       39,687
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Interest expense                    12,946                 0       12,946
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Depreciation and
       amortization                        30,783                 0       30,783
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Segment profit (loss)             (206,755)                0     (206,755)
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------

       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Segment assets                   1,945,843                 0    1,945,843
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
       Expenditures for
       segment assets                      82,477                 0       82,477
       ------------------------- ----------------  ----------------  -----------
</TABLE>

(12)   EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

       On August 27, 1999, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and
       among the Corporation, Tejas Securities Group Holding Company, a Texas
       Corporation ("Tejas Holding"), Westech Capital Corp., a New York
       corporation ("Westech"), and Westech Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware
       corporation ("Merger Sub"), the Corporation acquired Westech through a
       reverse merger ( the "Merger") of Tejas Holding and Merger Sub. Tejas
       Holding and Merger Sub were established for the sole purpose of affecting
       this transaction. As a result of the Merger, Tejas Holding became a
       wholly owned subsidiary of Westech. Tejas Holding is the holder of
       approximately 83% of the outstanding common stock issued by the
       Corporation.

       After the completion of the Merger, Westech had 12,536,737 shares of
       common stock issued and outstanding. Earnings (loss) per share
       information is based on pro forma calculations as if the Corporation had
       completed the transaction in 1996, reflecting the additional shares
       issued as part of the Merger. The historical share amounts prior to the
       merger date have been adjusted on a pro forma basis to reflect the
       merger transaction utilizing the same exchange ratio (2.4825 to one)
       effected by the merger.

       Effective January 1, 1998 the Corporation elected to be taxed as a C
       corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. In prior
       years the Corporation had elected S corporation status for Federal
       Income Tax purposes. Accordingly, net income (loss) and earnings (loss)
       per share information for 1997 and 1996 are based on pro forma
       calculations as if the Corporation had been a C corporation for those
       years.

       Pro forma basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock are computed
       by dividing net earnings by the pro forma weighted average number of
       common shares outstanding.

       Pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects dilution from
       contingently issuable shares, which include options and warrants.
       Contingently issuable shares are not included in the pro forma weighted
       average number of shares when the inclusion would increase net income
       per share or decrease the loss per share.

       Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings
       per Share" is effective for financial statements with fiscal years and
       interim periods ending after December 15, 1997 with retroactive statement
       for prior periods. SFAS 128 provides for the calculation of Basic and
       Dilutive earnings per share. Basic earnings per share includes no
       dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to
       common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares
       outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflect
       potential dilutions of securities that could share in the earnings (loss)
       of the Corporation, such as stock options, warrants or convertible
       debentures.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PRO FORMA
                                         --------------------------------------
                                             1998          1997         1996
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>
       BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER
       SHARE

       Net income (loss)                  $  (397,322) $   316,035  $  (140,755)
       Shares                               9,435,429    8,416,728    5,189,072
       Basic earnings (loss) per share    $     (0.04) $      0.04  $     (0.03)

       DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER
       SHARE

       Net income (loss)                  $  (397,322) $   316,035  $  (140,755)
       Effect of dilutive securities:
        Warrants                                    0            0            0
        Options                                     0            0            0
       Diluted earnings (loss) per share  $     (0.04) $      0.04  $     (0.03)
</TABLE>

       Options to purchase 100,000, 100,000 and 120,000 shares of common stock
       at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were not included in the computation
       of diluted earnings (loss) per share because the options' exercise price
       was greater than the estimated market value per share during the period.
       Warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of common stock as of December 31,
       1998 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per
       share because the warrants' exercise price was greater than the estimated
       market value per share of common stock for the period. In addition,
       Management does not consider these to be "nominal value" contingently
       issuable shares and therefore has not considered the amounts in
       disclosing pro forma earnings (loss) per share amounts.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>   41
                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                                            ASSETS                                         1999           1998
                --------------------------------------------------------------         ------------   ------------

<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C>
                Cash and cash equivalents                                              $  3,784,689        210,841
                Receivable from clearing brokers, partially restricted                    7,721,748      1,468,424
                Securities owned, at market value                                        12,435,365      1,539,424
                Furniture and equipment, net                                                340,471        209,431
                Deferred tax assets                                                              --        182,320
                Other assets                                                                747,575        345,136
                                                                                       ------------   ------------

                                   Total assets                                        $ 25,029,848      3,955,576
                                                                                       ============   ============

                                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities               $  3,121,350        579,316
                Securities sold, not yet purchased                                          339,118             --
                Payable to clearing organization                                         13,292,305      1,459,678
                Deferred tax liability                                                    1,387,450             --
                Subordinated debt                                                         1,000,000        500,000
                                                                                       ------------   ------------
                                   Total liabilities                                     19,140,223      2,538,994
                                                                                       ------------   ------------


                Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries                           1,025,102             --

                  Stockholders' equity:
                  Common stock, $.001 par value 50,000,000 shares authorized;
                  12,537,218 issued at September 30, 1999 and 12,537,218 shares
                   issued at December 31, 1998                                               12,537         12,537
                  Capital in excess of par value                                          1,574,858      1,472,303
                  Subscriptions receivable                                                       --        (96,263)
                  Retained earnings                                                       3,277,128         28,005
                                                                                       ------------   ------------
                  Total stockholders' equity                                              4,864,523      1,416,582
                                                                                       ------------   ------------
                  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                           $ 25,029,848      3,955,576
                                                                                       ============   ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-14

<PAGE>   42

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              1999           1998
                                                          ------------   ------------
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>
Revenue:
    Commissions                                             20,327,944      5,358,043
    Underwriting and investment banking income                 220,766      2,309,601
    Net dealer inventory and investment income               4,629,052       (452,356)
    Other income                                               219,871         38,304
                                                          ------------   ------------
        Total revenue                                       25,397,633      7,253,592
                                                          ------------   ------------

Expenses:
    Commissions, employee compensation and                  15,492,833      4,850,291
      benefits
    Clearing and floor brokerage                               341,381        304,734
    Underwriting expenses                                           --        423,125
    Communications and occupancy                               881,410        542,316
    Professional fees                                          855,775        402,177
    Interest                                                   397,656         43,730
    Other                                                    1,381,040        958,002
                                                          ------------   ------------
        Total expenses                                      19,350,095      7,524,375
                                                          ------------   ------------

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    and minority interest                                    6,047,538       (270,783)


Income tax expense (benefit)                                 2,422,324        (54,961)

Minority interest in net income (loss)                         376,091             --
                                                          ------------   ------------

        Net income (loss)                                    3,249,123       (215,822)
                                                          ============   ============


    Basic earnings (loss) per share:
    Net income (loss)                                             0.29          (0.02)
                                                          ============   ============

    Weighted average shares outstanding                     11,350,153      9,172,622
                                                          ============   ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>   43

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                   1999            1998
                                                                              ------------    ------------

<S>                                                                           <C>             <C>
                  Cash flows from operating activities:
                       Net income (loss)                                      $  3,249,123        (215,822)
                       Adjustments  to reconcile  net income (loss) to
                          net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                          Deferred tax expense (benefit)                         1,569,770         (78,664)
                          Depreciation expense                                      50,763          25,319
                          Minority interest in consolidated net                    376,091              --
                          income (loss)
                          Increase in receivable from clearing brokers          (6,253,324)     (2,095,953)
                          Increase in securities owned                         (10,556,823)        (35,467)
                          Increase in other assets                                (402,439)       (177,959)
                          Increase in accounts payable, accrued
                             expenses and other liabilities                      2,542,034         774,061
                          Increase in payable to clearing organization          11,832,627         919,327
                                                                              ------------    ------------
                             Net cash provided (used) by operating activities    2,407,822        (885,158)
                                                                              ------------    ------------
                  Cash flows from investing activities:
                       Purchase of furniture and equipment                        (181,803)       (146,002)
                                                                              ------------    ------------
                             Net cash used by investing activities                (181,803)       (146,002)
                                                                              ------------    ------------

                  Cash flows from financing activities:
                       Proceeds from issuance of notes payable
                          and subordinated debt                                    500,000         500,000
                       Subscriptions collected                                      96,263              --
                       Capital contributions                                       751,566         576,500
                                                                              ------------    ------------
                             Net cash provided by financing activities           1,347,829       1,076,500
                                                                              ------------    ------------

                             Net increase in cash and cash equivalents           3,573,848          45,340

                  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                 210,841         170,474
                                                                              ------------    ------------

                  Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                  $  3,784,689         215,814
                                                                              ============    ============

                  Supplemental disclosures:
                       Interest paid                                          $    397,656          43,730
                       Taxes paid                                             $    856,369          23,737
</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-16

<PAGE>   44


                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               September 30, 1999
                                  (Unaudited)

(1) General

On August 27, 1999, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among
Westech Capital Corp., Tejas Securities Group Holding Company, a Texas
Corporation ("Tejas Holding"), Tejas Securities Group, Inc. ("Tejas
Securities"), and Westech Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Merger
Sub"), Tejas Securities acquired Westech Capital Corp. through a reverse merger
(the "Merger") of Tejas Holding and Merger Sub. Tejas Holding and Merger Sub
were established for the sole purpose of affecting this transaction. As a result
of the Merger, Tejas Holding became a wholly owned subsidiary of Westech Capital
Corp. Tejas Holding is the holder of approximately 83% of the outstanding common
stock issued by the Tejas Securities. Westech Capital Corp. was previously a
"shell public company" and had no substantial operations. Tejas Securities is
the operating enterprise and is the acquiring enterprise for financial reporting
purposes. The historical financial statements of Tejas Securities (accounting
acquirer) are presented as the historical financial statements of the combined
enterprise. The results of operations of the acquired enterprise (Westech
Capital Corp.) are included in the financial statements of the combined
enterprise only from the date of acquisition. Westech Capital Corp. had no
significant operations from the date of acquisition through September 30, 1999.
The equity of Tejas Securities is presented as the equity of the combined
enterprise; however, the capital stock account of Tejas Securities has been
adjusted to reflect the par value of the outstanding stock of Westech Capital
Corp. after giving effect to the number of shares used in the business
combination. The difference between the capital stock account of Tejas
Securities and the capital stock account of Westech Capital Corp. (presented as
the capital stock account of the combined enterprise) has been recorded as an
adjustment to capital in excess of par value of the combined enterprise. For
periods prior to August 27, 1999, the equity of the combined enterprise is the
historical equity of Tejas Securities prior to the merger retroactively restated
to reflect the number of shares received in the business combination. Earnings
(loss) per share for periods prior to the business combination have been
restated to reflect the number of equivalent shares received by Tejas
Securities. The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of
Westech Capital Corp., and subsidiaries including its principal operating
subsidiary, Tejas Securities are collectively referred to as the "Company".

(2) Net Capital

Tejas Securities is subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1, Net Capital Requirements For
Brokers or Dealers (the "Rule"), which establishes minimum net capital
requirements for broker-dealers. The Rule is designed to measure financial
integrity and liquidity in order to assure the broker-dealer's financial
stability within the securities market. The net capital required under the Rule
depends in part upon the activities engaged in by the broker-dealer. As of
September 30, 1999, Tejas Securities' net capital of $2,681,665 was $2,387,170
in excess of the minimum required.


                                      F-17

<PAGE>   45

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                  (UNAUDITED)

(3) Earnings (Loss) Per Share

After the completion of the Merger, the Company had 12,537,218 shares of common
stock issued and outstanding. Prior to the Merger, the Company completed a stock
split in the form of a stock dividend by issuing 2.28767 new shares of the
Company's common stock for each one share of the Company's common stock
outstanding to stockholders of record on August 13, 1999, resulting in 599,981
shares outstanding immediately following the stock split. Under the terms of the
Merger, stockholders of Tejas Holding exchanged their shares for shares of the
Company at a ratio of 2.4825 to one. The effect of this exchange was to issue an
additional 11,937,237 shares of the Company's stock in exchange for 100% of the
outstanding stock of Tejas Holding.

The following calculations of basic earnings (loss) per share are based upon the
weighted average shares outstanding for the nine month periods ended September
30, 1999 and 1998, respectively, giving effect to the Merger on August 27, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1999              1998

               BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

<S>                                                     <C>              <C>
          Net income (loss)                             $  3,249,123     $  (215,822)
          Weighted average shares outstanding             11,350,153       9,172,622
          Basic earnings (loss) per share               $       0.29     $     (0.02)
</TABLE>

There were no contingently issuable shares outstanding for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 and 1998 that would be included in the computation of diluted
earnings (loss) per share. Therefore, the computation of diluted earnings (loss)
per share is not included in the above calculation.

(4) Industry Segment Data

The Company has three reportable segments: brokerage services, investment
banking and market making. The primary operating segment, brokerage services,
includes both sales and trading activities of the broker-dealer and encompasses
both retail and institutional customer accounts. The other operating segments
are strategic units that provide additional services to customers. These
segments require the commitment of significant human capital and financial
resources, as well as industry specific skills. The investment banking segment
participates in underwriting of corporate securities as managing underwriter and
as a syndicate member. The market making segment is utilized to facilitate the
execution of NASDAQ security transactions for the Company's customers. In August
1999, the NASD approved the Company to make markets in NASDAQ securities. The
Company commenced with market making activities subsequent to September 30,
1999. The Company does not rely on any major customers as a source of revenue.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the
summary of significant accounting policies. The Company evaluates performance
based on profit or loss from operations before income taxes.


                                      F-18


<PAGE>   46

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                  (UNAUDITED)


The following table presents segment revenues, profits and assets for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    INVESTMENT            MARKET
                                BROKERAGE             BANKING             MAKING        TOTAL
<S>                            <C>                  <C>                  <C>        <C>
Revenues from external
customers                      $23,867,411          $ 220,766             $  --     $24,088,177
Interest revenue                 1,309,456                 --                --       1,309,456
Interest expense                   397,656                 --                --         397,656
Depreciation and
amortization                        50,763                 --                --          50,763
Segment profit                   5,826,772            220,766                --       6,047,538

Segment assets                  25,029,848                 --                --      25,029,848
Expenditures for segment
assets                             181,803                 --                --         181,803
</TABLE>

The following table presents segment revenues, profits and assets for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    INVESTMENT            MARKET
                                BROKERAGE             BANKING             MAKING        TOTAL
<S>                            <C>                  <C>                  <C>        <C>
Revenues from external
customers                      $ 4,672,833          $2,309,601            $  --     $6,982,434
Interest revenue                   271,158                  --               --        271,158
Interest expense                    43,730                  --               --         43,730
Depreciation and
amortization                        25,319                  --               --         25,319
Segment profit (loss)           (1,557,227)          1,286,444               --       (270,783)

Segment assets                   5,401,897               1,336               --      5,403,233
Expenditures for segment
assets                             144,620               1,382               --        146,002
</TABLE>



                                      F-19

<PAGE>   47

               PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Tejas                             Acquisition          Pro Forma
                         ASSETS                             Securities(1)      Westech (2)      Adjustments(3)        Combined
                                                            -------------      -----------      --------------       -----------
<S>                                                         <C>                <C>              <C>                  <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                                    $   201,312             9,529              --           $   210,841
Receivable from clearing brokers, partially restricted         1,468,424              --                --             1,468,424
Securities owned                                               1,539,424              --                --             1,539,424
Furniture and equipment, net                                     209,431              --                --               209,431
Deferred tax assets                                              178,500              --               3,820 (5)         182,320
Other assets                                                     345,136              --                --               345,136
                                                             -----------       -----------       -----------         -----------
                                                             $ 3,942,227             9,529             3,820         $ 3,955,576
                                                             ===========       ===========       ===========         ===========

         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     $   577,736             1,580              --           $   579,316
Subordinated debt                                                500,000              --                --               500,000
Payable to clearing organization                               1,459,678              --                --             1,459,678
                                                             -----------       -----------       -----------         -----------
        Total liabilities                                      2,537,414             1,580              --             2,538,994
                                                             -----------       -----------       -----------         -----------

Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries                     --                --             240,917 (4)         240,917

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock                                                 --                --                --   (6)            --
    Common stock                                               1,473,071               599        (1,461,134)(6)          12,536
    Capital in excess of par value                                  --               7,350         1,128,757 (6)       1,136,107
    Subscriptions receivable                                     (96,263)             --              96,263 (6)             --
    Retained earnings                                             28,005              --                (983)(6)          27,022
                                                             -----------       -----------       -----------         -----------
        Total stockholders' equity                             1,404,813             7,949          (237,097)          1,175,665
                                                             -----------       -----------       -----------         -----------
                                                             $ 3,942,227             9,529             3,820         $ 3,955,576
                                                             ===========       ===========       ===========         ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-20
<PAGE>   48

                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Tejas                              Acquisition           Pro Forma
                                                          Securities        Westech(2)        Adjustments(3)          Combined
                                                         ------------      ------------       --------------        ------------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>                <C>                   <C>
Revenue:
    Commissions                                          $  7,932,780              --                  --           $  7,932,780
    Underwriting and investment banking income              2,584,770              --                  --              2,584,770
    Net dealer inventory and investment income               (299,166)             --                  --               (299,166)
    Other income                                               23,530              --                  --                 23,530
                                                         ------------      ------------        ------------         ------------
        Total revenue                                      10,241,914              --                  --             10,241,914
                                                         ------------      ------------        ------------         ------------

Expenses:
    Commissions, employee compensation and benefits         5,921,426              --                  --              5,921,426
    Other employee compensation and benefits                2,085,937              --                  --              2,085,937
    General and administrative                              2,692,236            10,753                --              2,702,989
                                                         ------------      ------------        ------------         ------------
        Total expenses                                     10,699,599            10,753                --             10,710,352

Depreciation and amortization                                  38,110              --                  --                 38,110
                                                         ------------      ------------        ------------         ------------

        Operating income                                     (495,795)          (10,753)               --               (506,548)

Interest expense                                               65,427              --                  --                 65,427
                                                         ------------      ------------        ------------         ------------

        Loss before income taxes and minority interest       (561,222)          (10,753)               --               (571,975)

Income taxes                                                 (163,900)              680              (3,820)(5)         (167,040)
Minority interest in loss                                        --                --               (68,141)(4)          (68,141)
                                                         ------------      ------------        ------------         ------------
        Net loss                                         $   (397,322)          (11,433)             71,961         $   (336,794)
                                                         ============      ============        ============         ============
Basic earnings per share:
    Net loss                                                                                                        $      (0.03)
                                                                                                                    ============
    Weighted average shares outstanding                                                                               12,536,737
                                                                                                                    ============
Diluted earnings per share:
    Net loss                                                                                                        $      (0.03)
                                                                                                                    ============
    Weighted average shares outstanding                                                                               12,536,737
                                                                                                                    ============
</TABLE>


                                      F-22
<PAGE>   49
               PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                  JUNE 30, 1999

                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Tejas                             Acquisition           Pro Forma
                        ASSETS                               Securities        Westech(2)       Adjustments(3)         Combined
                                                            ------------      ------------     ----------------      ------------
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>              <C>                   <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                                   $    334,047             6,498               --          $    340,545
Receivable from clearing brokers, partially restricted        11,439,542              --                 --            11,439,542
Securities owned                                              11,545,748              --                 --            11,545,748
Furniture and equipment, net                                     226,933              --                 --               226,933
Other assets                                                     406,152              --                 --               406,152
                                                            ------------      ------------       ------------        ------------
                                                            $ 23,952,422             6,498               --          $ 23,958,920
                                                            ============      ============       ============        ============

        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities    $  2,782,845             3,382               --          $  2,786,227
Securities sold, not yet purchased                             1,050,135              --                 --             1,050,135
Payable to clearing organization                              13,099,946              --                 --            13,099,946
Subordinated debt                                              1,000,000              --                 --             1,000,000
Deferred tax liability                                         1,198,575              --               (1,896)(5)       1,196,679
                                                            ------------      ------------       ------------        ------------
        Total liabilities                                     19,131,501             3,382             (1,896)         19,132,987
                                                            ------------      ------------       ------------        ------------

Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries                     --                --              826,760 (4)         826,760

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, no par value, convertible                      --                --                 --   (6)            --
    Common stock                                               2,200,841               599         (2,188,904)(6)          12,536
    Capital in excess of par value                                  --               2,517          1,581,103 (6)       1,583,620
    Subscriptions receivable                                    (281,675)             --              281,675 (6)            --
    Retained earnings                                          2,901,755              --             (498,738)(6)       2,403,017
                                                            ------------      ------------       ------------        ------------
        Total stockholders' equity                             4,820,921             3,116           (824,864)          3,999,173
                                                            ------------      ------------       ------------        ------------

                                                            $ 23,952,422             6,498               --          $ 23,958,920
                                                            ============      ============       ============        ============
</TABLE>


                                      F-23
<PAGE>   50
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Tejas                              Acquisition           Pro Forma
                                                        Securities          Westech(2)      Adjustments(3)          Combined
                                                        -----------        -----------      --------------         -----------
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>              <C>                    <C>
Revenue:
    Commissions                                         $15,465,352               --                --             $15,465,352
    Underwriting and investment banking income              165,766               --                --                 165,766
    Net dealer inventory and investment income            3,516,592               --                --               3,516,592
    Other income                                             87,065               --                --                  87,065
                                                        -----------        -----------       -----------           -----------
        Total revenue                                    19,234,775               --                --              19,234,775
                                                        -----------        -----------       -----------           -----------

Expenses:
    Commissions                                           9,948,064               --                --               9,948,064
    Other employee compensation and benefits              2,540,501               --                --               2,540,501
    General and administrative                            1,737,909              4,833              --               1,742,742
                                                        -----------        -----------       -----------           -----------
        Total expenses                                   14,226,474              4,833              --              14,231,307

Depreciation and amortization                                29,144               --                --                  29,144
                                                        -----------        -----------       -----------           -----------

        Operating income                                  4,979,157             (4,833)             --               4,974,324

Interest expense                                            239,983               --                --                 239,983
                                                        -----------        -----------       -----------           -----------
        Income (loss) before income taxes and
            minority interest                             4,739,174             (4,833)             --               4,734,341

Income taxes                                              1,865,424               --              (1,896)(5)         1,863,528
Minority interest in income                                    --                 --             492,851 (4)           492,851
                                                        -----------        -----------       -----------           -----------

        Net income (loss)                               $ 2,873,750             (4,833)         (490,955)          $ 2,377,962
                                                        ===========        ===========       ===========           ===========
Basic earnings per share:
    Net income                                                                                                     $      0.19
                                                                                                                   ===========

    Weighted average shares outstanding                                                                             12,536,737
                                                                                                                   ===========

Diluted earnings per share:
    Net income                                                                                                     $      0.19
                                                                                                                   ===========

    Weighted average shares outstanding                                                                             12,536,737
                                                                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-24

<PAGE>   51
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(1)    Balances were obtained from the 1998 audited financial statements of
       Tejas Securities.

(2)    Includes the account balances and results of Westech's operations
       beginning January 1, 1998 prior to the Company's acquisition.

(3)    Includes pro forma adjustments relating to the acquisition of Westech,
       including provisions for income taxes on the consolidated entity,
       restatement of Westech's equity and adjustments to record the minority
       interest in Tejas Securities.

(4)    To reflect the minority interest in Tejas Securities resulting from the
       merger transaction, which approximates 17% of the outstanding common
       stock of Tejas Securities. Of the 5,803,888 shares of common stock issued
       and outstanding for Tejas Securities, 995,333 non accredited
       stockholders' shares were not exchanged for shares of Tejas Holding.
       These remaining 995,333 shares represent the minority interest in Tejas
       Securities. See note 6 below.

(5)    To record the adjustment for the provision for income taxes on the
       combined entity. The pro forma adjustment is based on the income
       (loss) before income taxes and minority interest, and the effective tax
       rate in effect for the period.

(6)    The pro forma acquisition adjustments reflect the exchange of 4,808,555
       shares representing 83% of Tejas Securities common stock for Tejas
       Holding common stock on a one-for-one basis. Concurrently, shareholders
       of Tejas Holding exchanged their 4,808,555 shares of common stock for
       11,937,237 shares of Westech common stock with a par value of $.001 per
       share. As a result of this transaction, Westech's shareholders' pro forma
       equity would be comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
         December 31, 1998:
         Common stock                                                $    12,536
         Capital in excess of par value                                1,136,107
         Retained earnings                                                27,022

         June 30, 1999:
         Common stock                                                $    12,536
         Capital in excess of par value                                1,583,620
         Retained earnings                                             2,403,017
</TABLE>


                                      F-25
<PAGE>   52



    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Dated:  January 28, 2000                     WESTECH CAPITAL CORPORATION




                                            By: /s/ JAY W. VAN ERT
                                            Jay W. Van Ert, President

<PAGE>   53
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 EXHIBIT        PAGE
                 NUMBER        NUMBER    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
                 ------        ------    ---------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>       <C>
                   3.1                   Certificate of Incorporation

                   3.2                   Bylaws

                   4.1                   NASD Subordinated Loan Agreement, Form
                                         SL-1, dated October 13, 1998, between
                                         Clark N. Wilson and the Company

                   4.2                   NASD Subordinated Loan Agreement, Form
                                         SL-1, dated June 4, 1999, between Clark
                                         N. Wilson and the Company

                   4.3                   Shareholder Agreement, dated November
                                         23, 1999, between John Ohmstede, John
                                         Glade,  Michael Hidalgo, Jon McDonald,
                                         Britt Rodgers, Bob Sternberg, Mike
                                         Wolf, Greg Woodby and the Company

                   4.4                   Certificate of Incorporation
                                         incorporated herein by reference

                   4.5                   Bylaws incorporated herein by reference

                  10.1                   Agreement, dated June 5, 1997, with
                                         Schroder Wertheim & Co. Incorporated

                  10.2                   Westech Capital Corp. 1999 Stock Option
                                         Plan

                  10.3                   Form of Incentive Stock Option
                                         Agreement

                  10.4                   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option
                                         Agreement

                  10.5                   Lease Agreement, effective as of
                                         September 30, 1999, by and between
                                         The Company and Desta Two Partnership,
                                         Ltd.

                  21.1                   Registrant's Subsidiaries

                  27.1                   Financial Data Schedule

                  99.1                   Articles of Incorporation of Tejas
                                         Securities Group, Inc.

                  99.2                   Bylaws of Tejas Securities Group, Inc.

                  99.3                   Articles of Incorporation of Tejas
                                         Securities Group Holding Company

                  99.4                   Bylaws of Tejas Securities Group
                                         Holding Company
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                              WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.

                   Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation
                            Law of the State of New York

         The undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under Section
    402 of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, does hereby
    certify as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME

             The name of the Corporation is: Westech Capital Corp.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    Purposes

         The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
    activity for which corporations may be organized under the Business
    Corporation Law of the State of New York. This Corporation is not formed for
    the purpose of engaging in any act or activity requiring the consent or
    approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body
    without such approval or consent first being obtained.

                                   ARTICLE III

                              Office of Corporation

         The office of the Corporation is in the State of New York shall be
    located in the County of New York County.


                                       1

<PAGE>   2



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  Capital Stock

         The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have
    authority to issue is 50,000,000 which shall have a par value of $.001 per
    share. All shares shall be designated as Common Stock. Shareholders shall
    not have pre-emptive rights or be entitled to cumulative voting in
    connection with the shares of the Corporation's Common Stock.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              Designation of Agent

         The Secretary of State of the State of New York is designated as the
    agent of the Corporation upon whom process against the Corporation may be
    served. The address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any
    process against the Corporation served upon him is A. 0. Headman, Jr.,
    Attorney at Law, 257 East 200 South, Suite 850, Salt Lake City, UT 84111.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                Certain Contracts

         No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of
    its directors or officers or between the Corporation and any other
    corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or
    more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a
    financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or
    solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the
    meeting of the board of committee thereof which authorizes the contract or
    transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such
    purpose, if:

         1. The material facts as to his interest and as to the contract or
    transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the
    Committee, and the Board or committee, in good faith, authorizes the
    contract or transaction by a vote sufficient for such purpose without
    counting the vote of the interested director or directors; or

         2. The material facts as to his interest and as to the contract or
    transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote
    thereon, and the contract or

                                    2

<PAGE>   3


    transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
    shareholders; or

         3. The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the
    time it is authorized, approved, or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a
    committee thereof, or the shareholders.

         Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a
    quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which
    authorizes the contract or transaction.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     Bylaws

         The Board of Directors or the Shareholders shall have the power to
    make, adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 Indemnification

         Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a
    party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
    completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of
    the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director,
    officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the
    request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
    against expenses (including attorneys' fee), judgments, fines and amounts
    paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
    with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a
    manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
    of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
    had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination
    of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not,
    of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith
    and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
    best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
    or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
    unlawful.

         2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or
    is threatened to be made a party to any threatened pending or completed
    action or suit by or in the right of the


                                    3

<PAGE>   4


     Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that
     he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or
     is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
     employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
     trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
     actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
     settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner
     he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
     Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of
     any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged
     to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to
     the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such
     action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite
     the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the
     case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
     expenses which shall deem proper.

          3. To the extent that any person referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2
     of this Article VIII has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
     defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to therein or in defense
     of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against
     expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
     him in connection therewith.

          4. Any indemnification under paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article VIII
     (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as
     authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification
     of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances
     because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
     paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. Such determination shall be made
     (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of
     directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b)
     if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of
     disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a
     written opinion, or (c) by the shareholders.

          5. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
     proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
     disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board
     of Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
     behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount
     unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be
     indemnified by the Corporation as provided in this Article VIII.

          6. The indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall not be
     deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification
     may be entitled under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders
     or disinterested directors or

                                     4

<PAGE>   5


    otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
    another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a
    person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall
    inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
    person.

         7. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance
    on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
    of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
    as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
    partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability
    asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising
    out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the
    power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this
    Article VIII.

          8. For the purposes of this section, references to "the corporation"
    include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger
    as well as the resulting or surviving corporation so that any person who is
    or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such a constituent
    corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent
    corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
    corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall
    stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect
    to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would if he had served the
    resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    Amendment

         The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal
    any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner
    now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
    shareholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

         The undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the
    laws of the State of New York, does make, file, and record this Certificate,
    and does affirm that the facts stated herein are true under penalty of
    perjury; and has executed this Certificate of Incorporation this 29 day of
    MAY, 1990.

     /s/ NEIL RAGIN                    134 West 72nd St.
    ------------------------------     New York, NY 10023
    Neil Ragin


                                        5

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.2


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                             a New York Corporation



<PAGE>   2


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
    ARTICLE 1 - Shareholders .........................................  1

         1.1  Place of Meetings ......................................  1

         1.2  Annual Meetings ........................................  1

         1.3  Special Meetings .......................................  1

         1.4  Notice of Meetings .....................................  1

         1.5  Voting List ............................................  2

         1.6  Quorum .................................................  2

         1.7  Adjournments ...........................................  2

         1.8  Voting and Proxies .....................................  2

         1.9  Action at Meeting ......................................  2

         1.10 Action Without Meeting .................................  3

    ARTICLE 2 - Directors ............................................  3

         2.1  General Powers .........................................  3

         2.2  Number; Election and Qualification .....................  3

         2.3. Enlargement of the Board ...............................  3

         2.4  Tenure .................................................  3

         2.5  Vacancies ..............................................  4

         2.6  Resignation ............................................  4

         2.7  Regular Meetings .......................................  4

         2.8  Special Meetings .......................................  4

         2.9  Notice of Special Meetings .............................  4

         2.10 Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls .................  4

         2.11 Quorum .................................................  5

         2.12 Action at Meeting ......................................  5

         2.13 Action by Consent ......................................  5

         2.14 Removal ................................................  5

         2.15 Committees .............................................  5

         2.16 Compensation of Directors ..............................  6

    ARTICLE 3 - Officers .............................................  6

         3.1  General ................................................  6

         3.2  Election ...............................................  6

         3.3  Qualification ..........................................  6

         3.4  Tenure .................................................  7

         3.5  Resignation and Removal ................................  7

         3.6  Vacancies ..............................................  7

         3.7  Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the
              Board ..................................................  7

         3.8  President ..............................................  8

         3.9  Vice Presidents ........................................  8

         3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries ....................  8

         3.11 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .....................  9

         3.12 Salaries ...............................................  9
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
    ARTICLE 4 - Capital Stock ........................................  9

         4.1  Issuance of Stock ......................................  9

         4.2  Certificates of Stock ..................................  9

         4.3  Transfers .............................................. 10

         4.4  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates ................. 10

         4.5  Record Date ............................................ 10

    ARTICLE 5 - Indemnification ...................................... 11

    ARTICLE 6 - General Provisions ................................... 11

         6.1  Fiscal Year ............................................ 11

         6.2  Corporate Seal ......................................... 11

         6.3  Written Notice of Meetings ............................. 12

         6.4  Waiver of Notice ....................................... 12

         6.5  Voting of Securities ................................... 12

         6.6  Evidence of Authority .................................. 12

         6.7  Certificate of Incorporation ........................... 12

         6.8  Transactions with Interested Parties ................... 12

         6.9  Severability ........................................... 12

         6.10 Pronouns ............................................... 12

    ARTICLE 7 - Amendments ........................................... 13

         7.1  By the Board of Directors .............................. 13

         7.2  By the Shareholders .................................... 14
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   4


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.

                            ARTICLE 1 - Shareholders

         1. 1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of shareholders shall be held at
such place within or without the State of New York as may be designated from
time to time by the board of directors or the president or, if not so
designated, at the registered office of the corporation.

         1.2 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of shareholders for the
election of directors and for the transaction of such other business on such
date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. If no annual meeting is held
in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the board of directors may call a
special meeting may be held in lieu of the annual meeting, and any action taken
at that special meeting shall have the same effect as if it had been taken at
the annual meeting, and in such case all references in these Bylaws to the
annual meeting of the shareholders shall be deemed to refer to such special
meeting.

         1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders may be called
at any time by the chairman of the board of directors, by the board of
directors. A Special Meeting of Shareholders shall be called by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors at the request in writing of the holders of not less
than one-fourth (1/4) of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Such
request of shareholders for a Special Meeting shall state the purpose or
purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of
shareholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes
stated in the notice of meeting.

         1.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, written
notice of each meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, shall be
given not less than 10 nor more than 50 days before the date of the meeting to
each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notices of all meetings
shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special
meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called.

                                       1

<PAGE>   5


         1.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of
shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder.

         1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of one-third (1/3) of the shares of
the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding are entitled to
vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

         1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned to any
other time and to any other place at which a meeting of shareholders may be
held under these Bylaws by the shareholders present or represented at the
meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum, or, if no
shareholder is present, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as
secretary of such meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if
after the adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a
notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record
entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

         1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each shareholder shall have one vote for each
share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such shareholder and a
proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided
in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each shareholder of record entitled to
vote at a meeting of shareholders, or to express consent or dissent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, may vote or express such consent
or dissent in person or may authorize another person or persons to vote or act
for him or her by written proxy executed by the shareholder or his or her
authorized agent and delivered to the secretary of the Corporation. A duly
executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if
it is held by any person or the nominee of any person who is enumerated in
Section 609(f) of the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York. No
proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from the date of its
execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

         1.9 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the
holders of a majority of the stock present or represented and voting on a
matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as
separate classes, then in the case of each such class, the holders of a
majority of the stock of that class present or represented and voting on a
matter) shall

                                       2

<PAGE>   6


decide any matter to be voted upon by the shareholders at such meeting, except
when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate
of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Any election by shareholders shall be
determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote
at the election.

         1. 10 Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be
taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be
taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent
in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the holders
of outstanding stock.

                             ARTICLE 2 - Directors


         2.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall
be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors, who may exercise
all of the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. In the event of a vacancy on the
board of directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by
law, may exercise the powers of the full board of directors until the vacancy is
filled.

         2.2 Number; Election and Qualification. The number of directors which
shall constitute the whole board of directors shall be determined by resolution
of the shareholders or the board of directors, but in no event shall be less
than three. The number of directors may be decreased at any time and from time
to time either by the shareholders or by a majority of the directors then in
office, but only to eliminate vacancies existing by reason of the death,
resignation, removal or expiration of the term of one or more directors. The
directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders by such
shareholders as have the right to vote in such election. Directors need not be
shareholders of the corporation.

         2.3 Enlargement of the Board. The number of directors may be increased
at any time and from time to time by the shareholders or by a majority of the
directors then in office.

         2.4 Tenure. Each director shall hold office until the next annual
meeting and until such time as his or her successor is elected and qualified, or
until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.


                                       3

<PAGE>   7


         2.5 Vacancies. Unless and until filled by the shareholders, any
vacancy in the board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy
resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by vote of
a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by
a sole remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be
elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office, and a director
chosen to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors
shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his
successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or
removal.

         2.6 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering his or her
written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the
secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is
specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some
other event.

         2.7 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors may
be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the
State of New York, as shall be determined from time to time by the board of
directors, provided that any director who is absent when such a determination
is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the
board of directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same
place as the annual meeting of shareholders.

         2.8 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may
be held at any time and place, within or without the State of New York,
designated in a call by the chairman of the Board, president or two or more
directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director
in office.

         2.9 Notice of Special meetings. Notice of any special meeting of
directors shall be given to each director by the secretary or one of the
directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (i)
by giving notice to such director in person or by telephone at least 48 hours
in advance of the meeting, (ii) by sending a telegram or telex, or delivering
written notice by hand to his last known business or home address at least 48
hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) by mailing written notice to his last
known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A
notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the board of directors need not
specify the purpose of the meeting.

         2.10 Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls. Directors or any members
of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of
the board of directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in


                                       4

<PAGE>   8


the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

         2.11 Quorum. A majority of the whole board of directors shall
constitute a quorum at all meetings of the board of directors. In the event one
or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the
required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified;
provided, however, that in no case shall less than one-third (1/3) of the whole
board of directors constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such
meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time
to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a
quorum shall be present.

         2.12 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the board of directors at
which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be
sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

         2.13 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee of the board of
directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board of
directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing,
and the written consents are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board
of directors or committee.

         2.14 Removal. Any one or more or all of the directors may be removed,
with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled
to vote at an election of directors, except that (i) the directors elected by
the holders of a particular class or series of stock may be removed without
cause only by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
such class or series and (ii) in the case of a corporation having cumulative
voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be
removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient
to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of
directors.

         2.15 Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board of directors, designate one or more committees,
each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.
The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member of any meeting of
the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee,
the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such
committee, to the extent provided in


                                       5

<PAGE>   9


the resolution of the board of directors and subject to the provisions of the
Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, shall have and may exercise
all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the
business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the
Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such
committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the
Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation,
recommending to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or
substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the
shareholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution,
or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution, Bylaws
or Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provides, no such committee shall
have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of
stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger. Each such committee
shall keep minutes and make such reports as the board of directors may from
time to time request. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine,
any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless
otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be
conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these
Bylaws for the board of directors.

         2.16 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such
compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of
attendance at meetings as the board of directors may from time to time
determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other
capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

                              ARTICLE 3 - Officers

         3.1 General. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a
chairman of the board, a president, a secretary, a treasurer and such other
officers with such other titles as the board of directors may determine,
including a vice chairman of the board, and one or more vice presidents,
assistant treasurers, and assistant secretaries. The board of directors may
appoint such other officers with such other powers and duties as it may deem
appropriate.

         3.2 Election. The chairman of the board, president, treasurer and
secretary shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first
meeting following the annual meeting of shareholders. Other officers may be
appointed by the board of directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

         3.3 Qualification. No officer need by a shareholder. Any two or more
offices may be held by the same person.

                                    6

<PAGE>   10


         3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the
vote choosing or appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or
removal.

         3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his
written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the
president or secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless
it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of
some other event.

         Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote
of a majority of the entire number of directors then in office.

         Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, no officer
who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an
officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to
damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or
by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a
duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

         3.6 Vacancies. The board of directors may fill any vacancy occurring
in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for
such period as it may determine any offices other than those of president,
treasurer and secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the
unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor is elected and
qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

         3.7 Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board. The chairman
of the board of directors shall be the chief executive officer of the
Corporation. Subject to the direction of the board of directors, the chairman
of the board of directors shall have general charge and supervision of the
business of the Corporation, and shall have full authority to take all lawful
actions necessary to implement corporate and business policy established by the
board of directors. In addition, the chairman of the board of directors shall
perform such duties and possess such other powers as are assigned to him by the
board of directors. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the
chairman of the board of directors shall preside at all meetings of the
shareholders and the board of directors. The board of directors may appoint a
vice chairman of the board of directors who may, in the absence or disability
of the chairman, perform the duties and exercise and powers of the chairman and
perform such other duties and possess such other powers as from time to time
are authorized by the board of directors.

                                       7

<PAGE>   11


         3.8 President. The president shall be the chief operating officer of
the Corporation and shall have charge and supervision of the day to day business
operations of the Corporation, subject to the authority of the chairman of the
board of directors and of the board of directors. Unless the board of directors
or chairman of the board of directors shall otherwise direct, all executive
officers of the Corporation shall report, directly or through their immediate
superior officers, to the president. The president shall perform such other
duties and shall have such other powers as the board of directors may from time
to time prescribe.

         3.9 Vice Presidents. The vice president shall perform such duties and
shall have such powers as the board of directors, chairman of the board of
directors or the president may from time to time prescribe. The vice president
shall discharge the duties of the president when the president, for any reason,
cannot discharge the duties of his office. He shall have such other powers and
perform such other duties as shall be prescribed by the directors.

         Any assistant vice presidents shall perform such duties and possess
such powers as the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors,
the president or the vice president may from time to time prescribe.

         3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The secretary shall perform
such duties and shall have such powers as the board of directors, chairman of
the board of directors or the president may from time to time prescribe. In
addition, the secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are
incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation, the duty
and power to give notices of all meetings of shareholders and special meetings
of the board of directors, to attend all meetings of shareholders and the board
of directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger
and prepare lists of shareholders and their addresses as required, to be
custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal, if any, and to affix and
attest to the same on documents.

         Any assistant secretary shall perform such duties and possess such
powers as the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the
president or the secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the
absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary
(or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined
by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of
the secretary.

         In the absence of the secretary or any assistant secretary at any
meeting of shareholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall
designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

                                       8

<PAGE>   12


         3.11 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The treasurer shall perform
such duties and shall have such powers as from time to time be assigned to him
by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors or the
president. In addition, the treasurer shall perform such duties and have such
powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation
the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of
the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories selected in
accordance with these Bylaws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the board of
directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the president or any vice
president of the Corporation so authorized to act by specific authorization of
the board of directors or chairman of the Directors, to make proper accounts of
such funds, and to render, as required by the board of directors, chairman of
the board of directors or president, statements of all such transactions and of
the financial condition of the Corporation.

         The assistant treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such
powers as the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the
president or the treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the
absence, inability or refusal to act of the treasurer, the assistant treasurer
(or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order
determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the treasurer.

         3.12 Salaries. Officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to such
salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time
to time by the board of directors.

                           ARTICLE 4 - Capital Stock

         4.1 Issuance of Stock. Unless otherwise voted by the shareholders and
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any
part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation
or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock
of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or
otherwise disposed of by vote of the board of directors in such manner, for such
consideration and on such terms as the board of directors may determine.

         4.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock of the Corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by
law and by the board of directors, certifying the number and class of shares
owned by him in the Corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in
the name of the Corporation by the chairman or vice chairman, if any,

                                       9

<PAGE>   13


of the board of directors, or the president or a vice president, and the
treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary
of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a
facsimile.

         Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any
restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the
Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of
shareholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have conspicuously
noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the
restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

         4.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and
regulations adopted by the board of directors, and subject to applicable laws,
shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the
surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate
representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written
assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of
authority or the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer
agent may reasonable require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by
the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be
entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner
of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the
right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or
other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the
books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

         4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation may issue
a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions
as the board of directors may prescribe, including the presentation of
reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving such
indemnity as the board of directors may require for the protection of the
Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

         4.5 Record Date. The board of directors may fix in advance a date as a
record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of or
to vote at any meeting of shareholders or to express consent (or dissent) to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment
of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to any
other action to which such record date relates.

                                       10


<PAGE>   14


         If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders
shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is
given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the
day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining shareholders
entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting,
when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day
on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for
determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of
business on the date on which the board of directors adopts the resolution
relating to such purpose.

         A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record
date for the adjourned meeting.

                           ARTICLE 5 - Indemnification

         The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the Business
Corporation Law of the State of New York and the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, as may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify
any director, officer or trustee which it shall have power to indemnify against
any expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by that
Section. The indemnification provided for in this Article (i) shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled
under any bylaw, agreement or vote of shareholders or disinterested directors
or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action
in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee, and (iii) shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person. The Corporation's obligation to provide indemnification under this
Article shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or
any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the
Corporation or any other person.

                         ARTICLE 6 - General Provisions

         6.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
determined by the board of directors.

         6.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form
as shall be approved by the board of directors.

                                       11

<PAGE>   15


         6.3 Written Notice of Meetings. Whenever written notice is required to
be given to any person pursuant to law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, it may be given to such person, either personally or by sending a
copy thereof by first class mail, or by telegram, charges prepaid, to his
address appearing on the books of the Corporation, or to his business or other
address supplied by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. If the
notice is sent by first class mail or by telegraph, it shall be deemed to have
been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States
mail or with a telegraph office for transmission to such person. Such notice
shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special
meeting of the shareholders, the general nature of the business to be
transacted.

         6.4 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be
given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver
of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or
such person's duly authorized attorney, or by telegraph, cable or any other
available method, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or
the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy,
shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

         6.5 Voting of Securities. Except as the directors may otherwise
designate, the president or treasurer may waive notice of, and act as, or
appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this
Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of
shareholders of any other Corporation or organization, the securities of which
may be held by this Corporation.

         6.6 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the secretary, or an
assistant secretary, or a temporary secretary, as to any action taken by the
shareholders, directors, a committee or any officer of representative of the
Corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith
be conclusive evidence of such action.

         6.7 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to
the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

         6.8 Transactions with Interested Parties. No contract or transaction
between the Corporation and one or more of the directors or officers, or
between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or
other organization in which one or more of the directors or officers are
directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable
solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at
or participates in the meeting of the board of

                                       12

<PAGE>   16


directors or a committee of the board of directors which authorizes the
contract or transaction or solely because his or their votes are counted for
such purpose, if:

                  (1) The material facts as to his relationship or interest as
         to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board
         of directors or the committee, and the board of directors or committee
         in good faith authorized the contract or transaction by the
         affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even
         though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum;

                  (2) The material facts as to his relationship or interest and
         as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the
         shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction
         is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or

                  (3) The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
         as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of
         directors, a committee of the board of directors, or the shareholders.

         Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the
presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee
which authorizes the contract or transaction.

         6.9 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws
is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or
invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

         6.10 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to
refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity
of the person or persons may require.

                             ARTICLE 7 - Amendments

         7.1 By the Board of Directors. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or
repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the board of
directors at which a quorum is present.

                                       13

<PAGE>   17


         7.2 By the Shareholders. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or
repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of
a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote at any regular meeting of shareholders, or at
any special meeting of shareholders, provided notice of such alternation,
amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the
notice of such special meeting.

         ADOPTED THIS 20th day of July, 1990.

                                            /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            President

ATTEST:

/s/ ILLEGIBLE
- ---------------------------------
Secretary


                                       14

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1




                         Subordinated Loan Agreement





                                   ---------

                                   FORM SL-1

                                   ---------








                NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECURITIES DEALERS, INC.
                  1735 K STREET, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006

<PAGE>   2

                                      NASD

                          SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT

                                      SL-1

                               AGREEMENT BETWEEN:


Lender                         Clark N. Wilson
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    (Name)

                             5312 Park Hollow Lane
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Street Address)

Austin                                             Texas               78746
- -------------------------------------------  -------------------  --------------
             (City)                               (State)              (Zip)

                                      AND


Broker-Dealer       Tejas Securities Group, Inc.
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     (Name)

1250 Capital of Texas Highway South Bldg. 2 Suite 500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Street Address)

Austin                                             Texas               78746
- -------------------------------------------  -------------------  --------------
             (City)                               (State)              (Zip)

NASD ID NO.:        036705
             -------------------------------------------------------------------

DATE FILED:    October 13, 1998
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   3

                                      NASD
                          SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT
                                      upon
                                      NASD
                                    Approval

         AGREEMENT dated 10-13-98 to be effective ____________ between Clark N.
Wilson, (the "Lender") and Tejas Securities Group, Inc. (the "Broker-Dealer")

         In consideration of the sum of $500,000.00 and subject to the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth, the Broker-Dealer promises to pay to the
Lender or assigns on November 1, 2001, at the principal office of the Broker-
Dealer the aforedescribed sum and interest thereon payable at the rate of 11.5%
percent per annum from the effective date of this Agreement, which date shall be
the date so agreed upon by the Lender and the Broker-Dealer unless otherwise
determined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
This Agreement shall not be considered a satisfactory subordination agreement
pursuant to the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1d unless and until the NASD has
found the Agreement acceptable and such Agreement has become effective in the
form found acceptable.

         The cash proceeds covered by this Agreement shall be used and dealt
with by the Broker-Dealer as part of its capital and shall be subject to the
risks of the business. The Broker-Dealer shall have the right to deposit any
cash proceeds of this Subordinated Loan Agreement in an account or accounts in
its own name in any bank or trust company.

         The Lender irrevocably agrees that the obligations of the Broker-Dealer
under this Agreement with respect to the payment of principal and interest shall
be and are subordinate in right of payment and subject to the prior payment or
provision for payment in full of all claims of all other present and future
creditors of the Broker-Dealer arising out of any matter occurring prior to the
date on which the related Payment Obligation (as defined herein) matures
consistent with the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d, except for
claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same
priority as, or are junior to the claim of the Lender under such subordination
agreements.

I.       PERMISSIVE PREPAYMENTS (OPTIONAL)

         At the option of the Broker-Dealer, but not at the option of the
Lender, payment of all or any part of the "Payment Obligation" amount hereof
prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date may be made by the Broker-Dealer only upon
receipt of the prior written approval of the NASD, but in no event may any
prepayment be made before the expiration of one year from the date this
Agreement became effective. No prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect
thereto (and all payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordination
agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturity of which are
scheduled to fall due either within six months after the date such prepayment is
to occur or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation hereof is
scheduled to mature, whichever date is earlier), without reference to any
projected profit or loss of the Broker-Dealer, either aggregate indebtedness of
the Broker-Dealer would exceed 1000 percent of its net capital or such lesser
percent as may be made applicable to the Broker-Dealer from time to time by the
NASD, or a governmental agency or self-regulatory body having appropriate
authority, or if the Broker-Dealer is operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii)
of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, its net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate
debit items computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as
a futures commission merchant, 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated
pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, (less the
market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to
the rules of a contract market, provided, however, the deduction for each option
customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option
customers account,) if greater, or its net capital would be less than 120
percent of the minimum dollar amount required by 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 or such
greater dollar amount as may be made applicable to the Broker-





NASD FORM SL-1
                                       1
<PAGE>   4
Dealer by the NASD, or a governmental agency or "self-regulatory" body having
appropriate authority.

II.      SUSPENDED REPAYMENTS

         (a) The Payment Obligation of the Broker-Dealer shall be suspended and
shall not mature if, after giving effect to such payment (together with the
payment of any Payment Obligation of the Broker-Dealer under any other
subordination agreement scheduled to mature on or before such Payment
Obligation) the aggregate indebtedness of the Broker-Dealer would exceed 1200
percent of its net capital or such lesser percent as may be made applicable to
the Broker-Dealer from time to time by the NASD, or a governmental agency or
self-regulatory body having appropriate authority, or if the Broker-Dealer is
operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, its net
capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in
accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as a futures commission
merchant, 6 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the
Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, (less the market value
of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules
of a contract market, provided, however, the deduction for each option customer
shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customers
account,) if greater, or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the
minimum dollar amount required by 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, or such greater dollar
amount as may be made applicable to the Broker-Dealer by the NASD, or a
governmental agency or self-regulatory body having appropriate authority.

IV.      ACCELERATED MATURITY OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT UPON THE
         OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF ACCELERATION (OPTIONAL)

         By prior written notice delivered to the Broker-Dealer at its
principal office and to the NASD upon the occurrence of any Event of
Acceleration (as defined herein), given no sooner than six months from the
effective date of this Agreement, the Lender may accelerate such Payment
Obligation to the last business day of a calendar month not less than six
months after the receipt of such notice by both the Broker-Dealer and the NASD.
If, upon such accelerated maturity, the Payment Obligation of the
Broker-Dealer is suspended pursuant to paragraph II of this Agreement, and
liquidation of the Broker-Dealer has not commenced on or prior to such
accelerated maturity date, such Agreement shall mature on the day immediately
following such accelerated maturity date and, in any event, the Payment
Obligations of the Broker-Dealer with respect to all other subordination
agreements then outstanding shall also mature at the same time. Events of
Acceleration which may be included shall be limited to:

         (a) Failure to pay interest or any installment of principal on this
Agreement as scheduled;


NASD FORM SL-1                         2
<PAGE>   5
         (b) Failure to pay when due other money obligations of a specified
material amount;

         (c) Discovery that any material, specified representation or warranty
of the broker-dealer which is included in this Agreement and on which this
Agreement was based or continued was inaccurate in a material respect at the
time made; or

         (d) The following specified and clearly measurable event(s), which the
Lender and Broker-Dealer agree (i) is a significant indication that the
financial position of the Broker-Dealer has changed materially and adversely
from agreed upon specified norms; or (ii) could materially and adversely affect
the ability of the Broker-Dealer to conduct its business as conducted on the
effective date of the subordination agreements; or (iii) is a significant
change in the senior management or in the general business conducted by the
Broker-Dealer from the date this Agreement became effective; or (iv) constitute
continued failure to perform agreed-upon covenants included in this Agreement
relating to the maintenance and reporting by the Broker-Dealer of its financial
position or relating to the conduct of its business.

         The events of Acceleration as discussed in paragraphs (a) through (d)
with respect to this Agreement are enumerated below:

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

V.       ACCELERATED MATURITY OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT UPON THE
         OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT (OPTIONAL)

         (a) If the liquidation of the business of the Broker-Dealer has not
already commenced, the Payment Obligation shall mature, together with accrued
interest or compensation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, as
hereinafter defined.

         (b) Further, if liquidation of the business of the Broker-Dealer has
not already commenced, the rapid and orderly liquidation of the business of the
Broker-Dealer shall then commence upon the happening of an Event of Default,
and the date of said Event of Default shall be the date on which the Payment
Obligations of the Broker-Dealer with respect to all other subordination
agreements then outstanding shall mature.

         Events of Default which may be included shall be limited to:

(i) The filing of an application by the Securities Investor Protection
Corporation for a decree adjudicating that customers of the Broker-Dealer are
in need of protection under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 and
the failure of the Broker-Dealer to obtain the dismissal of such application
within 30 days;

(ii) The aggregate indebtedness of the Broker-Dealer exceeding 1500 percent of
its net capital or, in the case of a Broker-Dealer which has elected to operate
under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of 17 CFR 240.15c-1, its net capital computed in


NASD FORM SL-1                         3
<PAGE>   6

accordance therewith is less than 2 percent of its aggregate debit items
computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as a futures
commission merchant, 4 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant
to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, (less the market
value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the
rules of a contract market, provided, however, the deduction for each option
customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option
customer's account') if greater, throughout a period of 15 consecutive business
days, commencing on the day the Broker-Dealer first determines and notifies the
Lender and the NASD, or the NASD or the Commission first determines and notifies
the Broker-Dealer of such fact;

(iii) Revocation by the Commission of the registration of the Broker-Dealer;

(iv) Suspension by the NASD (without reinstatement within 10 days) or revocation
of the Broker-Dealer's status as a member thereof; and,

(v) Receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor
Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of
creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any
other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the Broker-Dealer.



NASD FORM SL-1                         4
<PAGE>   7
VI.      NOTICE OF MATURITY OR ACCELERATED MATURITY

         The Broker-Dealer shall immediately notify the NASD if, after giving
effect to all payments of Payment Obligations under subordination agreements
then outstanding which are then due or mature within six months without
reference to any projected profit or loss of the Broker-Dealer, either the
aggregate indebtedness of the Broker-Dealer would exceed 1200 percent of its net
capital, or in the case of a Broker-Dealer operating pursuant to paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, its net capital would be less than 5 percent of
aggregate debit items computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, or, if
registered as a futures commission merchant, 6 percent of the funds required to
be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations
thereunder, (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option
customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, provided, however,
the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of
customer funds in such option customer's account), if greater, and in either
case, if its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar
amount required by 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, or such greater dollar amount as may be
made applicable to the Broker-Dealer by the NASD, or a governmental agency or
self-regulatory body having appropriate authority.

VII.     BROKER-DEALERS CARRYING THE ACCOUNTS OF SPECIALISTS AND MARKET MAKERS
         IN LISTED OPTIONS

         A Broker-Dealer who guarantees, endorses, carries or clears specialist
or market-maker transactions in options listed an a national securities
exchange or facility of a national securities association shall not permit a
reduction, prepayment or repayment of the unpaid principal amount if the effect
would cause the equity required in such specialist or market-maker accounts to
exceed 1000 percent of the Broker-Dealer's net capital or such percent as may
be made applicable to the Broker-Dealer from time to time by the NASD or a
governmental agency or self-regulatory body having appropriate authority.

VIII.    BROKER-DEALERS REGISTERED WITH CFTC

         If the Broker-Dealer is a futures commission merchant or introductory
broker as that term is defined in the Commodity Exchange Act, the Organization
agrees, consistent with the requirements of 1.17(h) of the regulations of the
CFTC (17 CFR 1.17(h)), that:

(a) Whenever prior written notice by the Broker-Dealer to the NASD is required
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the same prior written notice
shall be given by the Broker-Dealer to (i) the CFTC at its principal office in
Washington, D.C., attention Chief Accountant of Division of Trading and Markets,
and/or (ii) the commodity exchange of which the Organization is a member and
which is then designated by the CFTC as the Organization's designated
self-regulatory organization the "DSRO");

(b) Whenever prior written consent, permission or approval of the NASD is
required pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Broker-Dealer shall
also obtain the prior written consent, permission or approval of the CFTC
(and/or of the DSRO); and,


NASD FORM SL-1                         5
<PAGE>   8
(c) Whenever the Broker-Dealer receives written notice of acceleration of
maturity pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Broker-Dealer shall
promptly give written notice thereof to the CFTC at the address above stated
and/or to the DSRO.

X.       GENERAL

         This Agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either the
Lender or the Broker-Dealer, and no payment shall be made, nor the Agreement
terminated, rescinded, or modified my mutual consent or otherwise if the effect
thereof would be inconsistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and
240.15c3-1d.

         The Agreement may not be transferred, sold, assigned, pledged, or
otherwise encumbered or otherwise disposed of, and no lien, charge or other
encumbrance may be created or permitted to be created thereon without the prior
written consent of the NASD.

         In the event of the appointment of a receiver or trustee of the
Broker-Dealer or in the event of its insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the
Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment
for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to
bankruptcy laws, or any other marshaling at the assets and liabilities of the
Broker-Dealer, the Payment Obligation of the Broker-Dealer shall mature, and the
holder hereof shall not be entitled to participate or share, ratably or
otherwise, in the distribution of the assets of the Broker-Dealer until all
claims of all other present and future creditors at the Broker-Dealer, whose
claims are senior hereto, have been fully satisfied.

         The Lender irrevocably agrees that the loan evidenced hereby is not
being made in reliance upon the standing of the Broker-Dealer as a member
organization of the NASD or upon the NASD surveillance of the Broker-Dealer's
financial position or its compliance with the By-Laws, rules and practices of
the NASD. The Lender has made such investigation of the Broker-Dealer and its
partners, officers, directors and stockholders as the Lender deems necessary and
appropriate under the circumstances. The Lender is not relying upon the NASD to
provide any information concerning or relating to the Broker-Dealer and agrees
that the NASD has no responsibility to disclose to the Lander any information
concerning or relating to the Broker-Dealer which it may now, or at any future
time, have.


NASD FORM SL-1                         6
<PAGE>   9

         The term "Broker-Dealer" as used in this Agreement shall include the
broker-dealer, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

         The term "Payment Obligation" shall mean the obligation of the
Broker-Dealer to repay cash loaned to it pursuant to this Subordinated Loan
Agreement.

         The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
Broker-Dealer and the Lender and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.

         Any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be
submitted to and settled by arbitration pursuant to the By-Laws and rules of
the NASD. The Broker-Dealer and the Lender shall be conclusively bound by such
arbitration.

         This instrument embodies the entire agreement between the
Broker-Dealer and Lender and no other evidence of such agreement has been or
will be executed without the prior written consent of the NASD.

         This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made under, and shall be
governed by, the laws of the State of Texas in all respects.



NASD FORM SL-1                         7
<PAGE>   10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have set their hands and seal this 13th day of
October 1998.


                                        Tejas Securities Group, Inc
                                        ---------------------------------
                                              (Name of Broker-Dealer)


                                        By /s/ JOHN J. GORMAN, IV  L.S.
                                           -----------------------
                                              (Authorized Person)
                                               JOHN J. GORMAN, IV

                                        /s/ CLARK N. WILSON  L.S.
                                        --------------------
                                              (Lender)
                                            Clark N. Wilson

                                        FOR NASD USE ONLY


                                        ACCEPTED BY  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                    ---------------------
                                                            (Name)

                                                    Associate Director
                                                    ----------------------
                                                            (Title)

                         *EFFECTIVE DATE:  11/12/98
                         LOAN NUMBER:  06-D-SLA-10095


NASD FORM SL-1

                                       8
<PAGE>   11
                          SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT
                              LENDER'S ATTESTATION

         It is recommended that you discuss the merits of this investment with
an attorney, accountant or some other person who has knowledge and experience
in financial and business matters prior to executing this Agreement.

                   1.    I have received and reviewed a reprint of Appendix D
                         of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, and am familiar with its
                         provisions.

                   2.    I am aware that the funds or securities subject to
                         this Agreement are not covered by the Securities
                         Investor Protection Act of 1970.

                   3.    I understand that I will be furnished financial
                         statements pursuant to SEC Rule 17a-5(c).

                   4.    On the date this Agreement was entered into, the
                         broker-dealer carried funds or securities for my
                         account. (State Yes or No) Yes.

                   5.    Lender's business relationship to the broker-dealer
                         is:  client

                   6.    If not a partner or stockholder actively engaged in
                         the business of the broker-dealer, acknowledge receipt
                         of the following:

                         a. Certified audit and accountant's certificate dated
                            12-31-97

                         b. Disclosure of financial and/or operational problems
                            since the last certified audit which required
                            reporting pursuant to SEC Rule 17a-11. (If no such
                            reporting was required, state "none") none

                         c. Balance sheet and statement of ownership equity
                            dated September 30, 1998

                         d. Most recent computation of net capital and aggregate
                            indebtedness or aggregate debit items dated 9-30-97,
                            reflecting a net capital of $1,042,323 and a ratio
                            of 1:1.

                         a. Debt/equity ratio as of 24% of 9-30-98.

                         f. Other disclosures: Possible business combination
                            with EMED


DATED: October 13, 1998              /s/ CLARK N. WILSON           L.S.
                           --------------------------------------
                                          (Lender)
                                       Clark N. Wilson

<PAGE>   12


                              ADDENDUM AGREEMENT

         Reference is hereby made to that certain Subordinated Loan Agreement
dated effective October 13, 1998, between MR. CLARK N. WILSON (the "Lender")
and TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC. (the "Broker-Dealer"), as the same may be
amended or modified from time to time (the "Loan Agreement"). Capitalized terms
used in this Addendum Agreement (the "Addendum"), to the extent not otherwise
defined herein, shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement. The
terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement are incorporated herein by
reference. This Addendum shall constitute additional terms and conditions to
which the Payment Obligation is subject.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the premises herein contained and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the Lender and the Broker-Dealer hereby agree as follows:

1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Loan Agreement,
Broker-Dealer may incur, issue, and permit to exist obligations of the
Broker-Dealer for borrowed money in a principal amount outstanding which shall
not at any time exceed $2,500,000.00, which obligations shall be senior to the
repayment of the Payment Obligation which is the subject of the Loan Agreement.

2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Loan Agreement,
Broker-Dealer may incur, issue, and permit to exist obligations of
Broker-Dealer for borrowed money in a principal amount outstanding at any time
not to exceed $2,000,000.00, which obligations shall rank pari passu with the
Payment Obligation which is the subject of the Loan Agreement and shall bear
terms substantially similar to the Payment Obligation which is the subject of
the Loan Agreement.

3. Broker-Dealer agrees that, so long as the Payment Obligation or any part
thereof is outstanding, the Broker-Dealer shall not pay salary to its
President, Mr. John Gorman IV, in an amount in excess of $360,000.00 per year.
Broker-Dealer shall however be permitted to provide to Mr. John Gorman IV,
President of Broker-Dealer, in addition to such salary, such additional
standard benefits as Broker-Dealer deems necessary or desirable, including
without limitation stock options, the use of a company automobile, insurance,
and other standard benefits.

4. Broker-Dealer agrees that so long as the Payment Obligation or any part
thereof remains outstanding, Broker-Dealer shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Lender, pay any dividends or make any other payment or
distribution in cash on account of its capital stock.

5. Broker-Dealer agrees that, for so long as the Payment Obligation or any part
thereof remains outstanding, the Broker-Dealer shall authorize a representative
of the Lender to maintain a seat on the Board of Directors of Broker-Dealer.

6. As a condition of the Loan Agreement, Broker-Dealer shall issue to the
Lender, on the date of approval of the transaction which is the subject of the
Loan Agreement by the NASD, warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of common
capital stock of the Broker-Dealer, which warrants shall be exercisable at a
price of $2.65 per share of common stock and shall be exercisable for a period
of five (5) years from the date of issuance of such warrants. The terms

<PAGE>   13
of such warrants, whether or not exercised, shall entitle the Lender to
participate in underwriter warrant distributions on the same basis as
shareholders of the Broker-Dealer at any time while the Payment Obligation or
any part thereof remains outstanding, such distributions to be determined on
the basis that each such warrant for the purchase of a share of common stock
equals a single share of common stock.

7. If Broker-Dealer shall fail to perform, observe, or comply with any
covenant, agreement or term contained in this Addendum, and such failure shall
continue for thirty (30) days after the Lender sends to the Broker-Dealer
notice thereof, such failure shall constitute an Event of Acceleration and
shall entitle the Lender to exercise the rights and remedies available to it
under the Loan Agreement.

8. This Addendum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Texas. THIS ADDENDUM, THE LOAN AGREEMENT, AND THE OTHER
DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT
AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS,
AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL,
RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY
EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR
DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE
PARTIES HERETO. The provisions of this Addendum and the Loan Agreement to which
the Broker-Dealer is a party may be amended or waived only by an instrument in
writing signed by the parties hereto.

9. The unenforceability of any provision of this Addendum shall not affect the
enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof.

10. This Addendum may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11. All notices and other communications provided for in this Addendum shall be
given to the parties hereto at the "Address for Notices" specified below its
name on the signature pages hereof; or as to any party at such other address
as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other party given in
accordance with this section. All such communications shall be given or made by
telecopy or in writing, mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or
delivered to the intended recipient, and shall be deemed to have been duly
given when transmitted by telecopy subject to telephone confirmation of receipt
or when personally delivered, or in the case of a mailed notice, when duly
deposited in the mail, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   14

                                      Broker-Dealer:

                                      TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.


                                      By:  /s/ JOHN J. GORMAN, IV
                                          --------------------------------
                                      Name:    John J. Gorman, IV
                                             -----------------------------
                                      Title:   President
                                              ----------------------------


                                      Address for Notices:

                                      1250 Capital of Texas Highway South
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Building II, Suite 500
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Austin, Texas 78746
                                      ------------------------------------

                                      Lender:

                                      Mr. Clark N. Wilson
                                      ------------------------------------

                                      By: /s/ CLARK N. WILSON
                                          --------------------------------
                                      Name: Mr. Clark N. Wilson
                                          --------------------------------

                                      Address for Notices:

                                      5312 Park Hollow Lane
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Austin, Texas 78746
                                      ------------------------------------


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.2


                          SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT






                                 -------------

                                   FORM SL-1

                                 -------------






                NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECURITIES DEALERS, INC.
                  1735 K STREET, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006

<PAGE>   2


                                      NASD

                          SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT

                                      SL-1

                               AGREEMENT BETWEEN:

    Lender         Clark N. Wilson
          ---------------------------------------------------------
                                     (Name)

    5312 Park Hollow Lane
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Street Address)

    Austin                               Texas       78746
- --------------------------             ---------    -------
          (City)                        (State)      (Zip)


                                      AND


    Broker-Dealer        Tejas Securities Group, Inc.
                 --------------------------------------------------
                                     (Name)

    1250 Capital of Texas Highway South Bldg. 2 Suite 500
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Street Address)

    Austin                               Texas       78746
- --------------------------             ---------    -------
          (City)                        (State)      (Zip)

    NASD ID NO.:     036705
                -------------------------------------
    DATE FILED:      June 4, 1999
                -------------------------------------



<PAGE>   3
                                      NASD
                               SUBORDINATED LOAN
                                   AGREEMENT
                                      upon
                                      NASD
                                    Approval

         AGREEMENT dated 6/4/99 to be effective ________ between Clark N. Wilson
(the "Lender") and Tejas Securities Group, Inc. (the "Broker-Dealer")

         In consideration of the sum of $500,000.00 and subject to the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth, the Broker-Dealer promises to pay to the
Lender or assigns on November 1, 2001 at the principal office of the
Broker-Dealer the aforedescribed sum and interest thereon payable at the rate of
11.5% percent per annum from the effective date of this Agreement, which date
shall be the date so agreed upon by the Lender and the Broker-Dealer unless
otherwise determined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
("NASD"). This Agreement shall not be considered a satisfactory subordination
agreement pursuant to the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1d unless and until the
NASD has found the Agreement acceptable and such Agreement has become effective
in the form found acceptable.

         The cash proceeds covered by this Agreement shall be used and dealt
with by the Broker-Dealer as part of its capital and shall be subject to the
risks of the business. The Broker-Dealer shall have the right to deposit any
cash proceeds of this Subordinated Loan Agreement in an account or accounts in
its own name in any bank or trust company.

         The Lender irrevocably agrees that the obligations of the Broker-Dealer
under this Agreement with respect to the payment of principal and interest shall
be and are subordinate in right of payment and subject to the prior payment or
provision for payment in full of all claims of all other present and future
creditors of the Broker-Dealer arising out of any matter occurring prior to the
date on which the related Payment Obligation (as defined herein) matures
consistent with the provisions of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and 240.15c3-1d, except for
claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same
priority as or are junior to the claim of the Lender under such subordination
agreements.

I.       PERMISSIVE PREPAYMENTS (OPTIONAL)

         At the option of the Broker-Dealer, but not at the option of the
Lender, payment of all or any part of the "Payment Obligation" amount hereof
prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date may be made by the Broker-Dealer only upon
receipt of the prior written approval of the NASD, but in no event may any
prepayment be made before the expiration of one year from the date this
Agreement became effective. No prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect
thereto (and all payments of Payment Obligations under any other subordination
agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturity of which are
scheduled to fall due either within six months after the date such prepayment is
to occur or on or prior to the date on which the Payment Obligation hereof is
scheduled to mature, whichever date is earlier), without reference to any
projected profit or loss of the Broker-Dealer, either aggregate indebtedness of
the Broker-Dealer would exceed 1000 percent of its net capital or such lesser
percent as may be made applicable to the Broker-Dealer from time to time by the
NASD, or a governmental agency or self-regulatory body having appropriate
authority, or if the Broker-Dealer is operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii)
of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, its net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate
debit items computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as
a futures commission merchant, 7 percent of the funds required to be segregated
pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, (less the
market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to
the rules of a contract market, provided, however, the deduction for each option
customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option
customers account,) if greater, or its net capital would be less than 120
percent of the minimum dollar amount required by 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 or such
greater dollar amount as may be made applicable to the Broker-



NASD FORM SL-1                         1
<PAGE>   4
Dealer by the NASD, or a governmental agency or "self-regulatory" body having
appropriate authority.

II.      SUSPENDED REPAYMENTS

         (a) The Payment Obligation of the Broker-Dealer shall be suspended and
shall not mature if, after giving effect to such payment (together with the
payment of any Payment Obligation of the Broker-Dealer under any other
subordination agreement scheduled to mature on or before such Payment
Obligation) the aggregate indebtedness of the Broker-Dealer would exceed 1200
percent of its net capital or such lesser percent as may be made applicable to
the Broker-Dealer from time to time by the NASD, or a governmental agency or
self-regulatory body having appropriate authority, or if the Broker-Dealer is
operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, its net capital
would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance
with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, 6
percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity
Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, (less the market value of commodity
options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract
market, provided, however, the deduction for each option customer shall be
limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customers account,) if
greater, or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar
amount required by 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, or such greater dollar amount as may be
made applicable to the Broker-Dealer by NASD, or a governmental agency or
self-regulatory body having appropriate authority.


IV.      ACCELERATED MATURITY OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT UPON THE
         OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF ACCELERATION (OPTIONAL)

         By prior written notice delivered to the Broker-Dealer at its
principal office and to the NASD upon the occurrence of any Event of
Acceleration (as defined herein), given no sooner than six months from the
effective date of this Agreement, the Lender may accelerate such Payment
Obligation to the last business day of a calendar month not less than six
months after the receipt of such notice by both the Broker-Dealer and the NASD.
If, upon such accelerated maturity, the Payment Obligation of the Broker-Dealer
is suspended pursuant to paragraph II of this Agreement, and liquidation of the
Broker-Dealer has not commenced on or prior to such accelerated maturity date,
such Agreement shall mature on the day immediately following such accelerated
maturity date and, in any event, the Payment Obligations of the Broker-Dealer
with respect to all other subordination agreements then outstanding shall also
mature at the same time. Events of Acceleration which may be included shall be
limited to:

         (a) Failure to pay interest or any installment of principal on this
Agreement as scheduled;



                                       2
<PAGE>   5

         (b) Failure to pay when due other money obligations of a specified
material amount;

         (c) Discovery that any material, specified representation or warranty
of the broker-dealer which is included in this Agreement and on which this
Agreement was based or continued was inaccurate in a material respect at the
time made; or,

         (d) The following specified and clearly measurable event(s), which the
Lender and Broker-Dealer agree (i) is a significant indication that the
financial position of the Broker-Dealer has changed materially and adversely
from agreed upon specified norms; or (ii) could materially and adversely affect
the ability of the Broken-Dealer to conduct its business as conducted on the
effective date of the subordination agreements; or (iii) is a significant
change in the senior management or in the general business conducted by the
Broker-Dealer from the date this Agreement became effective; or (iv) constitute
continued failure to perform agreed-upon covenants included in this Agreement
relating to the maintenance and reporting by the Broker-Dealer of its financial
position or relating to the conduct of its business.

         The events of Acceleration as discussed in paragraphs (a) through (d)
with respect to this Agreement are enumerated below:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

V.       ACCELERATED MATURITY OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT UPON THE
         OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT (OPTIONAL)

         (a) If the liquidation of the business of the Broker-Dealer has not
already commenced, the Payment Obligation shall mature, together with accrued
interest or compensation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, as
hereinafter defined.

         (b) Further, if liquidation of the business of the Broker-Dealer has
not already commenced, the rapid and orderly liquidation of the business of the
Broker-Dealer shall then commence upon the happening of on Event of Default,
and the date of said Event of Default shall be the date on which the Payment
Obligations of the Broker-Dealer with respect to all other subordination
agreements then outstanding shall mature.

         Events of Default which may be included shall be limited to:

(i) The filing of an application by the Securities Investor Protection
Corporation for a decree adjudicating that customers of the Broker-Dealer are
in need of protection under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 and
the failure of the Broker-Dealer to obtain the dismissal of such application
within 30 days;

(ii) The aggregate indebtedness of the Broker-Dealer exceeding 1500 percent of
its net capital or, in the case of a Broker-Dealer which has elected to operate
under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of 17 CFR 240.15c-1, its net capital computed in

NASD FORM SL-1                         3
<PAGE>   6
accordance therewith is less than 2 percent of its aggregate debit items
computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c33a, or, if registered as a futures
commission merchant. 4 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant
to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, (less the market
value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the
rules of a contract market, provided, however, the deduction for each option
customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option
customer's account') if greater, throughout a period of 15 consecutive business
days, commencing on the day the Broker-Dealer first determines and notifies the
Lender and the NASD, or the NASD or the Commission first determines and
notifies the Broker-Dealer of such fact;

(iii) Revocation by the Commission of the registration of the Broker-Dealer;

(iv) Suspension by the NASD (without reinstatement within 10 days) or
revocation of the Broker-Dealer's status as a member thereof; and,

(v) Receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor
Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of
creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any
other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the Broker-Dealer.



                                       4
<PAGE>   7

VI.      NOTICE OF MATURITY OR ACCELERATED MATURITY

         The Broker-Dealer shall immediately notify the NASD it, after giving
effect to all payments of Payment Obligations under subordination agreements
then outstanding which are then due or mature within six months without
reference to any projected profit or loss of the Broker-Dealer, either the
aggregate indebtedness of the Broker-Dealer would exceed 1200 percent of its
net capital, or in the case of a Broker-Dealer operating pursuant to paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, its net capital would be less than 5 percent
of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with 17 CFR 240.15c3-3a, or,
if registered as a futures commission merchant, 6 percent of the funds required
to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations
thereunder, (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option
customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, provided, however,
the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of
customer funds in such option customer's account,) if greater, and in either
case, if its net capital would be less than 120-percent of the minimum dollar
amount required by 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, or such greater dollar amount as may be
made applicable to the Broker-Dealer by the NASD, or a governmental agency or
self-regulatory body having appropriate authority.

VII.     BROKER-DEALERS CARRYING THE ACCOUNTS OF SPECIALISTS AND MARKET MAKERS
         IN LISTED OPTIONS

         A Broker-Dealer who guarantees, endorses, carries or clears specialist
or market-maker transactions in options listed an a national securities
exchange or facility of a national securities association shall not permit a
reduction, prepayment or repayment of the unpaid principal amount if the effect
would cause the equity required in such specialist or market-maker accounts to
exceed 1000 percent of the Broker-Dealer's net capital or such percent as may
be made applicable to the Broker-Dealer from time to time by the NASD or a
governmental agency or self-regulatory body having appropriate authority.

VIII.    BROKER-DEALERS REGISTERED WITH CFTC

         If the Broker-Dealer is a futures commission merchant or introductory
broker as that term is defined in the Commodity Exchange Act, the Organization
agrees, consistent with the requirements of 1.17(h) of the regulations of the
CFTC (17 CFR 1.17(h)), that:

(a) Whenever prior written notice by the Broker-Dealer to the NASD is required
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the same prior written notice
shall be given by the Broker-Dealer to (i) the CFTC at its principal office in
Washington, D.C., attention Chief Accountant of Division of Trading and
Markets, and/or (iii) the commodity exchange of which the Organization is a
member and which is then designated by the CFTC as the Organization's
designated self-regulatory organization the "DSRO");

(b) Whenever prior written consent, permission or approval of the NASD is
required pursuant to the provisions at this Agreement, the Broker-Dealer shall
also obtain the prior written consent, permission or approval at the CFTC
(and/or of the DSRO); and,


NASD FORM SL-1
                                       5
<PAGE>   8

(c) Whenever the Broker-Dealer receives written notice of acceleration of
maturity pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Broker-Dealer shall
promptly give written notice thereof to the CFTC at the address above stated
and/or to the OSRO.

X.       GENERAL

         This Agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either the
Lender or the Broker-Dealer, and no payment shall be made, nor the Agreement
terminated, rescinded, or modified my mutual consent or otherwise if the effect
thereof would be inconsistent with the requirements of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1 and
240.15c3-1d.

         The Agreement may not be transferred, sold, assigned, pledged, or
otherwise encumbered or otherwise disposed of, and no lien, charge or other
encumbrance may be created or permitted to be created thereon without the prior
written consent of the NASD.

         In the event of the appointment of a receiver or trustee of the
Broker-Dealer or in the event of its insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the
Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment
for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to
bankruptcy laws, or any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the
Broker-Dealer, the Payment Obligation of the Broker-Dealer shall mature, and
the holder hereof shall not be entitled to participate or share, ratably or
otherwise, in the distribution of the assets of the Broker-Dealer until all
claims of all other present and future creditors of the Broker-Dealer, whose
claims are senior hereto, have been fully satisfied.

         The Lender irrevocably agrees that the loan evidenced hereby is not
being made in reliance upon the standing of the Broker-Dealer as a member
organization of the NASD or upon the NASD surveillance of the Broker-Dealer's
financial position or its compliance with the By-Laws, rules and practices of
the NASD. The Lender has made such investigation of the Broker-Dealer and its
partners, officers, directors and stockholders as the Lender deems necessary
and appropriate under the circumstances. The Lender is not relying upon the
NASD to provide any information concerning or relating to the Broker-Dealer and
agrees that the NASD has no responsibility to disclose to the Lender any
information concerning or relating to the Broker-Dealer which it may now, or at
any future time, have.



NASD FORM SL-1                         6
<PAGE>   9

         The term "Broker-Dealer" as used in this Agreement shall include the
broker-dealer, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

         The term "Payment Obligation" shall mean the obligation of the
Broker-Dealer to repay cash loaned to it pursuant to this Subordinated Loan
Agreement.

         The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
Broker-Dealer and the Lender and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.

         Any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be
submitted to and settled by arbitration pursuant to the By-Laws and rules of
the NASD. The Broker-Dealer and the Lender shall be conclusively bound by such
arbitration.

         This instrument embodies the entire agreement between the
Broker-Dealer and Lender and no other evidence of such agreement has been or
will be executed without the prior written consent of the NASD.

         This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made under, and shall be
governed by, the laws of the State of Texas in all respects.



NASD FORM SL-1                         7
<PAGE>   10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have set their hands and seal this 4th day of
June 1999.

                                            Tejas Securities Group, Inc.
                                        -----------------------------------
                                              (Name of Broker-Dealer)


                                        By: /s/ JOHN J. GORMAN IV      L.S.
                                           ----------------------------
                                               (Authorized Person)
                                                John J. Gorman IV


                                        /s/ CLARK N. WILSON            L.S.
                                        -------------------------------
                                                   (Lender)
                                                Clark N. Wilson


                                        FOR NASD USE ONLY


                                        ACCEPTED BY  /s/ BRAD YOUNG
                                                   --------------------
                                                         (Name)

                                                   Associate Director
                                                   --------------------
                                                         (Title)


                                    *EFFECTIVE DATE: 6/17/99
                                                    -------------------
                                    LOAN NUMBER: 06-D-SLA-10110
                                                -----------------------



NASD FORM SL-1                         8
<PAGE>   11


                          SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT
                              LENDER'S ATTESTATION

         It is recommended that you discuss the merits of this investment with
an attorney, accountant or some other person who has knowledge and experience
in financial and business matters prior to executing this Agreement.

                  1.       I have received and reviewed a reprint of Appendix D
                           of 17 CFR 240.15c3-1, and am familiar with its
                           provisions.

                  2.       I am aware that the funds or securities subject to
                           this Agreement are not covered by the Securities
                           Investor Protection Act of 1970.

                  3.       I understand that I will be furnished financial
                           statements pursuant to SEC Rule 17a-5(c).

                  4.       On the date this Agreement was entered into, the
                           broker-dealer carried funds or securities for my
                           account. (State Yes or No) Yes.
                                                      ---

                  5.       Lender's business relationship to the broker-dealer
                           is: client

                  6.       If not a partner or stockholder actively engaged in
                           the business of the broker-dealer, acknowledge
                           receipt of the following:

                           a.       Certified audit and accountant's
                                    certificate dated 12/31/98

                           b.       Disclosure of financial and/or operational
                                    problems since the last certified audit
                                    which required reporting pursuant to SEC
                                    Rule 17a-11. (If no such reporting was
                                    required, state "none") none

                           c.       Balance sheet and statement of ownership
                                    equity dated 4/30/99

                           d.       Most recent computation of net capital and
                                    aggregate indebtedness or aggregate debit
                                    items dated 4/30/99 reflecting a net
                                    capital of $946,655 and a ratio of 10.95:1.

                           e.       Debt/equity ratio as of 4/30/99 of 1.8:1.

                           f.       Other disclosures:
                                                      -------------------------


    Dated: 6-4-99                      /s/ CLARK N. WILSON             L.S.
                                     ----------------------------------
                                                  (Lender)
                                               Clark N. Wilson




<PAGE>   12

                             NOTE THAT NASDR DOES

                              NOT HAVE AN OPINION

                           ON THIS ADDENDUM AND HAS

                          NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED

                               OF THIS ADDENDUM.




<PAGE>   13

                               ADDENDUM AGREEMENT

         Reference is hereby made to that certain Subordinated Loan Agreement
dated effective June 4, 1999, between MR. CLARK N. WILSON (the "Lender") and
TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC. (the "Broker-Dealer"), as the same may be amended
or modified from time to time (the "Loan Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in
this Addendum Agreement (the "Addendum"), to the extent not otherwise defined
herein, shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement. The terms and
conditions of the Loan Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This
Addendum shall constitute additional terms and conditions to which the Payment
Obligation is subject.

         NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the premises herein contained and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the Lender and the Broker-Dealer hereby agree as follows:

1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Loan Agreement,
Broker-Dealer may incur, issue, and permit to exist obligations of the
Broker-Dealer for borrowed money in a principal amount outstanding which shall
not at any time exceed $2,500,000.00, which obligations shall be senior to the
repayment of the Payment Obligation which is the subject of the Loan Agreement.

2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Loan Agreement,
Broker-Dealer may incur, issue, and permit to exist obligations of
Broker-Dealer for borrowed money in a principal amount outstanding at any time
not to exceed $2,000,000.00, which obligations shall rank pari passu with the
Payment Obligation which is the subject of the Loan Agreement and shall bear
terms substantially similar to the Payment Obligation which is the subject of
the Loan Agreement.

3. Broker-Dealer agrees that, so long as the Payment Obligation or any part
thereof is outstanding, the Broker-Dealer shall not pay salary to its
President, Mr. John Gorman IV, in an amount in excess of $360,000.00 per year.
Broker-Dealer shall however be permitted to provide to Mr. John Gorman IV,
President of Broker-Dealer, in addition to such salary, such additional
standard benefits as Broker-Dealer deems necessary or desirable, including
without limitation stock options, the use of a company automobile, insurance,
and other standard benefits.

4. Broker-Dealer agrees that so long as the Payment Obligation or any part
thereof remains outstanding, Broker-Dealer shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Lender, pay any dividends or make any other payment or
distribution in cash on account of its capital stock.

5. Broker-Dealer agrees that, for so long as the Payment Obligation or any part
thereof remains outstanding, the Broker-Dealer shall authorize a representative
of the Lender to maintain a seat on the Board of Directors of Broker-Dealer.

6. As a condition of the Loan Agreement, Broker-Dealer shall issue to the
Lender, on the date of approval of the transaction which is the subject of the
Loan Agreement by the NASD, warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of common
capital stock of the Broker-Dealer, which warrants shall be exercisable at a
price of $2.65 per share of common stock and shall be exercisable through
November 12, 2003. The terms of such warrants, whether or not exercised,




<PAGE>   14
shall entitle the Lender to participate in underwriter warrant distributions to
shareholders of the Broker-Dealer at any time while the Payment Obligation or
any part thereof remains outstanding, such distributions to be determined on
the basis that each such warrant for the purchase of a share of common stock
equals a single share of common stock.

7. If Broker-Dealer shall fail to perform, observe, or comply with any
covenant, agreement or term contained in this Addendum, and such failure shall
continue for thirty (30) days after the Lender sends to the Broker-Dealer
notice thereof, such failure shall constitute an Event of Acceleration and
shall entitle the Lender to exercise the rights and remedies available to it
under the Loan Agreement.

8. This Addendum shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Texas. THIS ADDENDUM, THE LOAN AGREEMENT, AND THE OTHER
DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT
AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS,
AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL,
RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY
EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR
DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE
PARTIES HERETO. The provisions of this Addendum and the Loan Agreement to which
the Broker-Dealer is a party may be amended or waived only by an instrument in
writing signed by the parties hereto.

9. The unenforceability of any provision of this Addendum shall not affect the
enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof.

10. This Addendum may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11. All notices and other communications provided for in this Addendum shall be
given to the parties hereto at the "Address for Notices" specified below its
name on the signature pages hereof; or as to any party at such other address as
shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other party given in
accordance with this section. All such communications shall be given or made by
telecopy or in writing, mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or
delivered to the intended recipient, and shall be deemed to have been duly
given when transmitted by telecopy subject to telephone confirmation of receipt
or when personally delivered, or in the case of a mailed notice, when duly
deposited in the mail, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.




                                      -2-
<PAGE>   15

                                    EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

                                    Broker-Dealer:

                                    TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.


                                    By: /s/ JOHN J. GORMAN, IV
                                       -------------------------------
                                    Name:  John J. Gorman, IV
                                    Title: President


                                    Address for Notices:
                                    1250 Capital of Texas Highway South
                                    Building II, Suite 500
                                    Austin, Texas 78746

                                    Lender:

                                    Mr. Clark N. Wilson

                                    By: /s/ CLARK N. WILSON
                                       -------------------------------
                                    Name: Mr. Clark N. Wilson

                                    Address for Notices:
                                    5312 Park Hollow Lane
                                    Austin, Texas 78746


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.3


                              SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT


         This Shareholder Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") dated as of the 23rd day
of November, 1999 (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), by and between the undersigned holders
of capital stock (collectively the "SHAREHOLDERS" and individually a
"SHAREHOLDER") of Westech Capital Corp, a New York corporation (the "COMPANY"),
their spouses, and the Company.

                                    RECITALS:

         A. Each Shareholder, as of the date said Shareholder becomes a party to
this Agreement, is, or simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement will
become, the record and beneficial owner of certain shares of capital stock of
the Company. From time to time, the Shareholders may acquire additional shares
which will be subject to the Agreement.

         B. The purpose of this Agreement is to protect the Company and the
Shareholders by regulating the disposition of the Shares (as hereinafter
defined) as further set forth in this Agreement.

                                   AGREEMENT:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                               SHARE CERTIFICATES

         Section 1.1 All shares of the capital stock of the Company not exempted
by Article VI hereof (the "SHARES") shall be held and disposed of by the
Shareholder in accordance with this Agreement. All Shares shall be listed in
column 2 of Exhibit "A" attached hereto and made a part hereof. Column 2 shall
initially reflect all capital stock of the Company owned by the holders (the
"Holders") listed in Exhibit "A" as of the Effective Date. Column 2 shall be
amended as necessary to add additional Holders from time to time and to reflect
any additional capital stock of the Company received by the Holders, except as
provided in Article VI, and to reflect the ownership of record of any
transferees of the capital stock of the Company. Column 2 shall also be amended
as necessary to reflect any reductions in capital stock held by a Holder due to
transfers permitted under this Agreement.

         Section 1.2 On execution of this Agreement, each Shareholder shall
surrender to the Company the certificates representing his Shares, so as to have
placed on those Shares the legend set forth in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

         Section 1.3 Each Shareholder covenants that any certificate
representing capital stock of the Company in which the Shareholder has an
interest will not be held in a street name, nor by a nominee.



<PAGE>   2

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  RESTRICTIONS

         Section 2.1 Except as provided in Section 2.2, or elsewhere in this
Agreement, no Shareholder shall transfer, encumber or in any way voluntarily
dispose of (collectively, "TRANSFER") his Shares. Any attempt to do so shall be
void. Each Shareholder shall have the right to vote his Shares and receive the
dividends paid on them until the Shares are sold or transferred as provided in
this Agreement.

         Section 2.2 Prior to January 1, 2001, no Shares may be Transferred
(except as may otherwise be permitted by this Agreement). During this period,
each Shareholder may subject a maximum number of Shares subject to a lien as
collateral for a bona fide lending transaction (which is not intended to
circumvent the provisions of this Agreement) (the "PLEDGE") of up to one-third
(1/3) of the Shares held of record by said Shareholder as of January 1, 2000.
Between January 1, 2001, and January 1, 2002, each Shareholder may Transfer a
number of Shares equal to the number of Shares held of record by said
Shareholder as of January 1, 2001 multiplied by one-third (1/3). During this
period (01/01/01 - 01/01/02), each Shareholder may Pledge no more than
two-thirds of the Shares held of record by said Shareholder as of January 1,
2001, less the number of Shares said Shareholder Transfers between January 1,
2001, and January 1, 2002 pursuant to this Agreement. Between January 1, 2002,
and January 1, 2003, each Shareholder may Transfer any Shares that were not
Transferred the previous year, but were eligible for Transfer, plus a number of
shares equal to the number of Shares held of record by said Shareholder as of
January 1, 2002 multiplied by one-third (1/3). During this period, each
Shareholder may Pledge Shares without further restriction under this Agreement.
As of January 1, 2003, each Shareholder may Transfer Shares without further
restriction under this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE III
                              INDEPENDENT COMMITTEE

         Section 3.1 The Company shall establish a committee (the "COMMITTEE")
comprised of the independent directors of the Company (i.e. those directors who
are not otherwise employed by the Company). The Committee shall have the
responsibility of administering the provisions of this Agreement, and to resolve
any disputes arising hereunder. The Committee may determine whether or not a
proposed transfer qualifies as a voluntary or involuntary Transfer of Shares.
The Committee may, in its sole discretion, for good cause shown, waive any or
all restrictions provided by this Agreement for any proposed voluntary Transfer
of Shares. All parties hereto agree to be bound by the Committee's final
decision.



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
                                   ARTICLE IV
                               PERMITTED TRANSFERS

         Section 4.1 Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement to the
contrary, any Shareholder may transfer Shares subject to this Agreement to his
spouse, children, or any inter vivos trust for the benefit of his spouse or
children ("PERMITTED TRANSFEREES"). Such transferee(s) shall hold the Shares
subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, as provided in Article V of
this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE V
                           OBLIGATIONS OF TRANSFEREES

         Section 5.1 In the event that a permitted transfer is made in
accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement, the transferred Shares shall
remain subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement and the Permitted
Transferee, or any transferee, shall make no further transfer except as provided
in this Agreement. In the event that a permitted transfer is made in accordance
with Section 3.1 of this Agreement, the transferred Shares shall no longer be
subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 EXEMPTED SHARES

         Section 6.1 This Agreement shall not apply to those shares obtained
either (i) through open market purchases after November 22, 1999, or (ii)
pursuant to a Company-sponsored benefit plan.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                          LEGENDS ON SHARE CERTIFICATES

         Section 7.1 On execution of this Agreement, each Shareholder shall
surrender to the Company the certificates representing his Shares to have
conspicuously endorsed on those certificates the legend set forth in this
Section. Each new certificate issued that represents a Share subject to this
Agreement shall also have endorsed on its face the following legend:

               "Sale, transfer, or hypothecation of the Shares represented by
               this certificate is restricted by the provisions of a Shareholder
               Agreement dated November 22, 1999, among certain of the
               Shareholders, their spouses and the Company, a copy of which may
               be inspected at the principal office of the Company, and all the
               provisions of which are incorporated by reference in this
               certificate."

A copy of this Agreement shall be delivered to the secretary of the Company, and
shall be shown by him to any proper person making inquiry about it.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4



                                  ARTICLE VIII
                            TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

         Section 8.1 This Agreement shall terminate on:

               (a) The written agreement of all parties;

               (b) The dissolution, bankruptcy, or insolvency of the Company; or

               (c) January 1, 2003, whichever is soonest.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                SPOUSE'S CONSENT

         Section 9.1 Spouses of Shareholders acknowledge, by execution of this
Agreement, that they have read the Agreement and that they know and understand
its contents. Spouses of Shareholders hereby approve of the provisions of the
Agreement, and agree that those Shares and their interest in them are subject to
the provisions of the Agreement and that they will take no action at any time to
hinder the operation of the Agreement as it affects those Shares or their
interest in them.

                                    ARTICLE X
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         Section 10.1 Agreement to Perform Necessary Acts. Each party to this
Agreement agrees to perform any further acts and execute and deliver any
documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this
Agreement.

         Section 10.2 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that it
would be impossible to measure in money the damages which would accrue to a
party hereto by reason of a failure to perform any of the obligations under this
Agreement. Therefore, if any party hereto is forced to institute any action or
proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, any person against whom such action
or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense that the party
instituting such action has an adequate remedy at law and such person shall not
urge in any such action that an adequate remedy at law exists.

         Section 10.3 Amendments. The provisions of this Agreement may be
waived, altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, only on the written
consent of all parties to this Agreement, or by action of the Committee to
release specific Shares.

         Section 10.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding
on, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties to it and their respective
heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

         Section 10.5 Validity of Agreement. It is intended that each Section of
this Agreement shall be viewed as separate and divisible, and in the event that
any Article, Section, or Paragraph shall be


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

held to be invalid, the remaining Articles, Sections or Paragraphs shall
continue to be in full force and effect.

         Section 10.6 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other
communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the party to
whom notice is to be given, if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be
given, by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and
properly addressed to the party.

         Section 10.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Texas.

         Section 10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Section 10.9 Prior Agreements. This Agreement supersedes any and all
prior agreements among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

         Section 10.10 Addendum Agreement. From time to time, in the Company's
sole discretion, any person who is to obtain capital stock of the Company from
the Company may be required to simultaneously execute an addendum agreement.
Such person and his spouse shall become parties to this Agreement by the
execution of the Addendum Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "B",
which Addendum Agreement shall bind them to, and grant them the benefits of,
this Agreement as though they were original parties hereto. For this purpose all
the Shareholders hereby appoint the Company as their agent and attorney-in-fact
to execute such Addendum Agreement on their behalf and expressly bind themselves
to the Addendum Agreement by the Company's execution of that Agreement without
further action on their part.

         Section 10.11 Interests in Shares. Provisions of this Agreement dealing
with Shares include any interest in or right to Shares.



                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

                                         WESTECH CAPITAL CORP, a New
                                         York Corporation

                                         By:
                                            ---------------------------
                                            Name:
                                                 ----------------------
                                            Title:
                                                  ---------------------


SPOUSES:                                 SHAREHOLDERS:



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------



- -----------------------------            --------------------------------

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                                   EXHIBIT "A"


                                  Shareholders


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Column 1                               Column 2                            Column 3
     --------                               --------                            --------

     Holder                        Number of Shares of Company            Number of shares of
                                    subject to this Agreement             Company not subject
                                                                           to this Agreement
<S>                               <C>                                <C>
John Ohmstede                       789,435                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
John Glade                          248,250                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
Michael Hidalgo                     248,250                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
Jon McDonald                        248,250                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
Britt Rodgers                       248,250                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
Bob Sternberg                       248,250                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
Mike Wolf                           248,250                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
Greg Woodby                         248,250                            0
- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------

- ---------------------------         --------------------------         --------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   8

                                  EXHIBIT "B"


                               Addendum Agreement


         Addendum Agreement made this _____ day of _______________, ___, by and
between ______________________________________________________ (the "NEW
SHAREHOLDER") and _________________________________________________________ (the
"NEW SHAREHOLDER'S SPOUSE"), Westech Capital Corp, a New York corporation (the
"COMPANY"), and the other shareholders (the "SHAREHOLDERS") of the Company, who
are parties to that certain Agreement dated November 22, 1999 (the "AGREEMENT"),
between the Company and its Shareholders.

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholders and their respective spouses
entered into the Agreement to impose certain restrictions and obligations upon
themselves and the shares of stock (the "SHARES") of the Company;

         WHEREAS, the New Shareholder is desirous of becoming a shareholder of
the Company; and

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholders have required in the
Agreement that all persons acquiring Shares must enter into an Addendum
Agreement binding the New Shareholder and his spouse to the Agreement to the
same extent as if they were original parties thereto, so as to promote the
mutual interests of the Company, the Shareholders and the New Shareholder by
granting the same benefits and imposing the same restrictions and obligations on
the New Shareholder and the Shares to be acquired by him as were granted to and
imposed upon the Shareholders under the Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties
and as a condition of the purchase or other acquisition of Shares in the
Company, the New Shareholder and the New Shareholder's spouse acknowledge that
they have read the Agreement. The New Shareholder and the New Shareholder's
spouse shall be bound by, and shall have the benefit of, all the terms and
conditions set out in the Agreement to the same extent as if they were a
Shareholder and a Shareholder's spouse for purposes of the Agreement. This
Addendum Agreement shall be attached to and become a part of the Agreement.



<PAGE>   9




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum Agreement
as of the date first above written.



                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        New Shareholder



                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Spouse of New Shareholder


         Agreed to on behalf of the Shareholders and the Company pursuant to
Section 10.10 of the Agreement.


                                     WESTECH CAPITAL CORP,
                                     a New York corporation


                                     By:
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                             -------------------------
                                        Title:
                                              ------------------------
ATTEST:


By:
   -----------------------------
   Name:
        ------------------------
   Title:
         -----------------------

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1



                                   AGREEMENT


         This agreement, made this 5th day of June, 1997 (the "Agreement")
between SCHRODER WERTHEIM & CO. INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation
("Schroder" or the "Clearing Firm"), and Tejas Securities Group, Inc. (the
"Introducing Firm").

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

         WHEREAS, the Introducing Firm desires to avail itself of the clearing
services of Schroder as more fully set forth herein, and

         WHEREAS, Schroder desires to extend such clearing services to the
Introducing Firm;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
set forth and other good and valuable considerations the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

I.       SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY SCHRODER.

A. Schroder will carry individually on its books on a fully disclosed basis the
securities accounts on behalf of the Introducing Firm's customers whose
accounts have been introduced by the Introducing Firm and are accepted by
Schroder and will similarly carry all of the Introducing Firm's firm accounts
(collectively the "Introduced Accounts") commencing with the trade date of
_________.



<PAGE>   2


B. Schroder will prepare and mail to the Introduced Accounts confirmations of
purchases and sales of securities imprinted "Upon Instructions of" the
Introducing Firm and monthly statements of account (or quarterly statements
where appropriate due to inactivity) imprinted "In account with" the Introducing
Firm and bearing the name of Schroder and reflecting all transactions reported
to Schroder as having been executed by the Introducing Firm for the Introduced
Accounts pursuant to paragraph I.A. above.

C. Schroder shall be responsible for establishing and implementing procedures
for the transmission or execution of orders for the Introduced Accounts.

D. Schroder will settle all transactions reported to it pursuant to paragraph
I.B. above and all related contracts.

E. Schroder will perform all cashiering functions in connection with
transactions reported to it by the Introducing Firm for the Introduced Accounts
including, but not limited to, the receipt, transfer and delivery of securities
purchased, sold, borrowed and loaned, making and receiving payment therefore,
and if requested by the Introducing Firm, holding in custody and safekeeping
all securities and cash so received.

F. Schroder will process warrants, exchange offers, rights offerings, tender
offers and redemptions for securities which are held by Schroder in the same
manner such offers and redemptions are processed for Schroder's own accounts,
or as mutually agreed between Schroder and the Introducing Firm.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3


G. Schroder will forward all annual reports, proxy materials, proxies and other
reports with respect to securities which are held by Schroder in accordance
with applicable rules and regulations, to the extent such material is provided
on a timely basis to Lewco Securities Corp. by the applicable company.

H. Schroder will accept and remit dividends and interest for securities which
are held by Schroder (or in its name of any subsidiary or nominee) for
Introduced Accounts.

I. In accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") and all the national securities exchanges and associations having
jurisdiction over such activities, Schroder will prepare, maintain and preserve
for the required periods books, records and documentation of all transactions
with respect to which it has performed clearance or cashiering services for the
Introduced Accounts. Provided, however, that Schroder shall not be responsible
for the filing of any regulatory reports required of the Introducing Firm by the
SEC, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), or any
national securities, commodities or other exchange, which shall be the sole
responsibility of the Introducing Firm.

J. Schroder will maintain appropriate stock inventory records for securities
which are deposited with Schroder in connection with transactions cleared by
Schroder for the Introduced Accounts.

K. Schroder will prepare and deliver to the Introducing Firm duplicate
confirmations and statements with respect to transactions cleared for the
Introduced Accounts and daily and monthly computer summaries of all
transactions cleared by Schroder for the Introduced Accounts on the same
schedule as comparable reports are prepared for Schroder's own accounts, or as
mutually agreed.



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

L. Schroder will comply with all applicable rules and regulations governing the
handling of accounts for employees or officers of member organizations and
self-regulatory organizations including, but not limited to, sending duplicate
confirmations to the proper employer for all transactions executed by or
cleared through Schroder for all Introduced Accounts so identified to Schroder.

M. Schroder expressly disclaims any obligation to furnish investment advice to
any Introduced Account. The furnishing of investment advice is to be the
responsibility of the Introducing Firm or any third party investment adviser
who may be employed by the customer.

N. For purposes of the Securities Investor Protection Act and the Securities
and Exchange Commission's financial responsibility rules, Introduced Accounts
are accounts of the Clearing Firm, and not the Introducing Firm.

II.      CHARGES.

A. For the services to be performed by Schroder hereunder, the Introducing Firm
agrees to pay the charges listed on Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part
hereof.

B. In the event that the Introducing Firm or any customer of the Introducing
Firm shall direct any securities transactions (other than those referred to
above) to Schroder during the term of this Agreement, Schroder may either, as
mutually agreed, (i) give appropriate recognition thereto by the reduction of
one or more amounts payable by the Introducing Firm to Schroder hereunder or
(ii) provide additional compensation to the Introducing Firm.



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

III.     OPENING OF ACCOUNTS.

A. At the opening of each Introduced Account, the Introducing Firm shall
furnish Schroder with all customary information concerning its customer which
Schroder requests. At the time of the opening of an Introduced Account,
Schroder shall cause to be delivered to and solicit the return from the
customer, Customers' Agreements on Schroder's forms (or assignments, in form
satisfactory to Schroder, of existing agreements between the customer and the
Introducing Firm) and such other documents as Schroder shall deem necessary
with respect to the account. Schroder's failure to receive any of the above
documents required to be executed and returned shall not be deemed a waiver of
the above requirements. Schroder shall also inform the customer of the
existence of this Agreement pursuant to Rule 382(c) of the New York Stock
Exchange. In addition, on Schroder's request, the Introducing Firm shall
furnish Schroder with any other documents, letters and/or agreements which may
be reasonably requested by Schroder in connection with the opening, operating
or maintaining of any Introduced Account.

B. The Introducing Firm and Schroder shall each have the right to reject any
account. Schroder shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any
account accepted by the Introducing Firm which is then referred to Schroder,
and the right to terminate any account previously accepted by it. Any such
action will be discussed in advance with the Introducing Firm. Any account
previously accepted by Schroder may not be terminated by the Introducing Firm
except by written notice to Lewco Securities Corp., 2 Broadway, New York, NY
10004, on a form provided by Lewco Securities Corp. in order to permit the
closing of all open transactions.




                                       5
<PAGE>   6

IV.      INTEREST.

         Schroder will charge interest on debit balances of Introduced
Accounts, whether cash or margin, in accordance with Schroder's cash or margin
account agreement then in use, with Schroder's letter to customers regarding
Credit Charges and Margin Requirements and with Regulation T of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other applicable laws, rules and
regulations. Consistent with the foregoing, the Introduced Accounts shall be
charged interest at such rates as shall be mutually agreed by the parties
hereto. Schroder shall be responsible for compliance with Regulation T of the
Federal Reserve Board and New York Stock Exchange regulation, with respect to
any margin accounts accepted by it.

V.       TRANSACTIONS AND MARGIN.

A. Schroder will advise the Introducing Firm promptly of initial and maintenance
margin deposits by Introduced Accounts required by law, rule or regulation or in
accordance with Schroder's Margin Account Agreement. The Introducing Firm shall
be responsible for assuring that any initial margin so required is deposited on
or before the settlement date for each margin transaction and that full payment
is made on the settlement date for each cash transaction. In addition, the
Introducing Firm will use its best efforts to assist Schroder in obtaining the
deposit of any maintenance margin so required. The maintenance margin required
by Schroder for the Introduced Accounts shall be the same that Schroder requires
of its own customers. This requirement, which may be changed at any time in
Schroder's sole discretion, shall initially be 35%.



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

B. In the event any such deposit is not timely made, Schroder will inform the
Introducing Firm of such situation and discuss with the Introducing Firm
appropriate action; provided, however, that whenever Schroder deems action
appropriate pursuant to the applicable margin agreement, it may, after notice
to the Introducing Firm, exercise any and all rights granted to it under said
margin agreement.

C. The Introducing Firm shall be responsible, and hereby agrees to indemnify
Schroder, for any loss or expense, including interest expense, suffered by
Schroder because of the failure of any Introduced Account, without fault on the
part of Schroder, after prior notice to such Introduced Account and the
Introducing Firm, (i) to pay for securities purchased for its account by
settlement date; (ii) to promptly deliver securities sold or otherwise disposed
of for such account in proper negotiable form; (iii) to deposit by settlement
date sufficient and adequate initial margin in connection with any margin
transactions; or (iv) to promptly deposit sufficient and adequate maintenance
margin upon Schroder's request to the Introducing Firm. The Introducing Firm
agrees to pay promptly any loss or expense as determined by Schroder under this
paragraph V.C., such determination shall be in a manner consistent with that
charged both internal Schroder departments and all other clearing firms.

D. In the event any designated officer of the Introducing Firm requests in
writing that Schroder withhold contemplated actions to "sell out" or "buy in"
on Introduced Accounts for a specified period of time and Schroder complies in
full or in part with such request, the Introducing Firm agrees to reimburse
Schroder promptly for any loss or expenses (including but not limited to
interest on any such loss or expense) sustained by any total or partial
compliance with such request.



                                       7
<PAGE>   8


E. Where the Introducing Firm designates the contra broker in any transaction
executed by Schroder on the Introducing Firm's instruction, the Introducing
Firm shall assume the risk of default by the contra broker and shall indemnify
Schroder for any loss or expense including loss or expense resulting from
failure or liquidation of the contra broker which latter loss or expense shall
be shared in the same ratio as commissions are shared hereunder. Schroder shall
similarly indemnify the Introducing Firm if Schroder designates the contra
broker on any transaction it executes.

VI.      SUPERVISION.

A. The Introducing Firm shall maintain an organized program of supervision and
compliance, consistent with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., if applicable, and any applicable
national securities exchanges. Such program shall include, but not be
necessarily limited to, the following types of procedures:

         (i) Inquiry review, verification and approval of all new accounts for
the purpose of establishing the identity, capacity to contract, reputability,
financial condition, credit worthiness, investment objectives and needs of each
prospective client for whom it is proposed to open an Introduced Account (and,
if applicable, essential information concerning his agent).

         (ii) Review and approval of the basis for any suitability of all stock,
bond or option recommendations.



                                       8
<PAGE>   9


         (iii) Establish and implement procedures for the transmission and
execution of orders received by the Introducing Firm and from its customers or
initiated by the Introducing Firm pursuant to discretionary authority or power
of attorney.

         (iv) Screen all orders transmitted and all transactions reported by
the Introducing Firm to Schroder prior to execution and all transactions prior
to settlement.

         (v) Review of all daily transactions and monthly account statements on
a timely basis.

         (vi) Review and approval of all restricted or insider securities
transactions, with prior notification of such transactions to and clearance by
the Compliance Department of Schroder and such other persons as shall, from
time to time, be designated by Schroder.

         (vii) Review and approval of all discretionary account trading
authorizations and all discretionary transactions.

         (viii) Review and approval of all customer purchases of new and
secondary issues.

         (ix) Registration of the Introducing Firm as a broker/dealer and of
its sales personnel in all states in which the Introducing Firm conducts
business and such registration is required.



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

B. The Introducing Firm represents that one or more of its officers has been
designated as having supervisory responsibility for all of the Introduced
Accounts and that the Introducing Firm has established, and will implement on a
continuous basis, written supervisory procedures to assure that all
transactions cleared by Schroder for Introduced Accounts are in compliance with
applicable Federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of
the NASD and applicable exchanges.

C The Introducing Firm further represents that it is in compliance with the
applicable net capital requirements of the SEC, the NASD, if applicable, and
any applicable securities exchanges and that it will provide to persons
designated by Schroder copies of each Statement of Financial Condition
contained in a Financial and Operational Uniform Single ("FOCUS") Report filed
by the Introducing Firm with the SEC, and any other applicable regulatory
authority simultaneous with the filing thereof.

D. The Introducing Firm shall be responsible, and hereby agrees to indemnify
Schroder, for any loss, liability, damage and expense, including reasonable
fees and expenses of legal counsel, which Schroder may incur or sustain because
of the failure of the Introducing Firm or any of its officers to perform the
supervision provided in this paragraph VI.



                                      10
<PAGE>   11

VII.     PAYMENT

A. Payment for services hereunder, and reimbursement to the Introducing Firm
for commissions received on its behalf by Schroder shall be made in the
following manner:

         (i) On the 15th day of each month (or the next business day if the
15th day is not a business day) the Introducing Firm shall be paid 90% of the
net amount due it hereunder for transactions settled through the end of the
last complete calendar week ending prior to such 15th day:

         (ii) On the last business day of each month the Introducing Firm shall
be paid 90% of the net amount due it hereunder for transactions settled through
the end of the last complete calendar week ending prior to such last business
day (less any amounts paid pursuant to paragraph (i) immediately above); and

         (iii) On the 15th day of each month (or the next business day if such
15th day is not a business day) the Introducing Firm shall be paid the net
balance due it for all transactions settled through the last business day of
the preceding calendar month and not previously paid to it pursuant to
paragraphs (i) and (ii) immediately above.

B. Schroder shall deliver to the Introducing Firm a monthly reconciliation
summarizing the calculation of such amounts on the 15th of each month during
the term hereof.

C. All payments to be made by Schroder to the Introducing Firm hereunder shall
be by funds wired to the bank designated by the Introducing Firm or by a
transfer of funds to one or more accounts of the Introducing Firm at Schroder.



                                      11
<PAGE>   12

VIII.    ERRORS, CONTROVERSIES AND INDEMNITIES.

A. Errors, misunderstandings or controversies, except those specifically
otherwise covered in this Agreement, with Introduced Accounts which shall arise
out of the acts or omissions of the Introducing Firm or its employees when not
at the direction of Schroder, without fault on the part of Schroder, shall be
the responsibility and liability of the Introducing Firm. In the event, however,
that by reason of such error, misunderstanding or controversy, the Introducing
Firm in its discretion deems it advisable to commence an action or proceeding
against an Introduced Account, the Introducing Firm shall provide prior notice
to Schroder of such commencement and shall indemnify and hold the Clearing Firm
harmless from any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense (including but not
limited to fees and expenses of legal counsel) which the Clearing Firm may incur
or sustain in connection therewith or under any settlement thereof.

B. Errors, misunderstandings or controversies, except those specifically
otherwise covered in this Agreement, with Introduced Accounts which shall arise
out of the acts or omissions of Schroder or its employees when not at the
direction of the Introducing Firm, without fault on the part of the Introducing
Firm, shall be the responsibility and liability of Schroder. In the event,
however, that by reason of such error, misunderstanding or controversy,
Schroder in its discretion deems it advisable to commence an action or
proceeding against an Introduced Account, Schroder shall provide prior notice
to the Introducing Firm of such commencement and shall indemnify and hold the
Introducing Firm harmless from any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense
(including, but not limited, to fees and expenses of legal counsel), which the
Introducing Firm may incur or sustain in connection therewith or under any
settlement thereof.



                                      12
<PAGE>   13

Schroder recognizes that it would be desirable to resolve any such errors,
misunderstandings or controversies without litigation, and, if possible, by
negotiation between Schroder and the Introducing Firm. To this end, Schroder
will give the Introducing Firm as much prior notice before commencing an action
or proceeding against an Introduced Account as Schroder deems consistent with
adequate protection of its interests.

C.       (i) Schroder shall have the right to take whatever action it deems
necessary to promptly effect a mitigation of damages or mitigation of losses
arising out of a controversy or misunderstanding between Schroder and an
Introduced Account without obtaining the consent of the Introducing Firm,
provided such action shall be without prejudice to the rights of either party
hereunder. Schroder recognizes the Introducing Firm's desire to preclude
Schroder's direct contact with the client with respect to any such action
referred to above, without initially contacting the Introducing Firm whenever
such contact is possible, consistent with Schroder's protection of its
interests.

         (ii) If any error, controversy or misunderstanding shall result in the
bringing of an action or proceeding against the Introducing Firm or Schroder by
an Introduced Account, the party against whom such action or proceeding is
brought shall give written notice to the other party to this Agreement if a
claim is intended to be asserted against such other party with respect to any
loss, liability, damage or expense arising out of such action or proceeding,
and such other party shall be entitled to participate in the defense thereof at
its own expense.



                                      13
<PAGE>   14

D. Schroder and the Introducing Firm each agrees to indemnify the other and
hold the other harmless from and against any loss, liability, damage, cost or
expense (including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of legal
counsel) arising out of or resulting from any failure by the indemnifying party
or any of its employees to carry out fully the duties and responsibilities
assigned to the indemnifying party herein or any breach of any representation
or warranty made herein by the indemnifying party.

E. The indemnification provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited
to those in paragraphs V., VI., VIII.A., VIII.B., VIII.C. and VIII.D. above
shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of the
termination of this Agreement, and shall survive any such termination.

IX.      CUSTOMER COMPLAINTS.

         Each of the Introducing Firm and Schroder shall notify the other of
any complaints and regulatory inquiries received. In the event, however, that
by reason of any such complaint or inquiry, either the Introducing Firm or
Schroder deems it advisable to settle the complaint, the settling party shall
(provided the non-settling party is without fault with respect thereto)
indemnify and hold the other harmless from any loss, liability, damage, cost or
expense (including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of legal
counsel) which it may incur or sustain in connection therewith or any
settlement thereof.



                                      14
<PAGE>   15

X.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

A. The Introducing Firm represents and warrants as follows:

         (i) The Introducing Firm is in compliance, and during the term of this
Agreement will remain in compliance with (a) the capital requirements of the
SEC, the NASD, if applicable, and all applicable Exchanges and (b) the capital
requirements of every state in which the Introducing Firm is licensed as a
broker/dealer.

         (ii) The Introducing Firm will immediately notify Schroder should it
be in violation of the net capital rules and regulations of any regulatory or
self-regulatory organization to whose jurisdiction the Introducing Firm is
subject.

         (iii) The Introducing Firm is a member in good standing of the NASD.
The Introducing Firm will promptly notify Schroder of any changes in its
exchange or association memberships or affiliations.

         (iv) The Introducing Firm is and during the term of this Agreement
will remain duly registered or licensed and in good standing as a broker/dealer
under all applicable Federal and state laws, rules and regulations as well as
under the constitutions, rules and regulations of all applicable
self-regulatory organizations.

         (v) The Introducing Firm shall keep confidential any information it
may acquire as a result of this Agreement regarding the business and affairs of
the Clearing Firm, which requirement shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.


                                      15
<PAGE>   16

B.       Schroder represents and warrants as follows:

         (i) Schroder is in compliance, and during the term of this Agreement
will remain in compliance with (a) the capital and financial reporting
requirements of every national securities exchange and national securities
brokers or dealers association of which it is a member, (b) the capital
requirements of the SEC, and (c) the capital requirements of every state in
which it is licensed as a broker/dealer.

         (ii) Schroder will immediately notify the Introducing Firm should it
be in violation of the net capital rules and regulations of any regulatory or
self-regulatory organization to whose jurisdiction Schroder is subject.

         (iii) Schroder is a member in good standing of the NYSE, the Chicago
Board Options Exchange and the Boston, Midwest and Philadelphia Stock
Exchanges, AMEX, and the NASD. Schroder will promptly notify the Introducing
Firm of any changes in its exchange memberships or affiliations.

         (iv) Schroder is and during the term of this Agreement will remain
duly registered or licensed and in good standing as a broker/dealer under all
applicable laws, rules and regulations as well as under the constitutions,
rules and regulations of all applicable self-regulatory organizations.



                                      16
<PAGE>   17

         (v) The names and addresses of the Introducing Firm's customers which
have or which may come to Schroder's attention in connection with the clearing
and related functions it has assumed under this Agreement are confidential and
shall not be utilized by Schroder except in connection with the functions
performed by Schroder pursuant to this Agreement.

         (vi) Schroder shall keep confidential any information it may acquire
as a result of this Agreement regarding the business, affairs and Introduced
Accounts (unless required by legal process) of the Introducing Firm which
requirement shall survive termination of this Agreement, and shall provide to
the Introducing Firm reasonable access to Schroder's records pertaining to the
Introduced Accounts.

XI.      TERMINATION - EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

         Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement, the occurrence of any
of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this
Agreement:

         (1) Either Schroder or the Introducing Firm shall fail to perform or
observe any term, covenant or condition to be performed or observed by it
hereunder and such failure shall continue to be unremedied for a period of
thirty (30) days after written notice from the non-defaulting party to the
defaulting party specifying the failure and demand that the same be remedied;
or

         (2) any representation or warranty made by either Schroder or the
Introducing Firm herein shall prove to be incorrect at any time in any material
respect; or


                                      17
<PAGE>   18

         (3) a receiver, liquidator or trustee of Schroder or the Introducing
Firm or any of the property of either, is appointed by court order and such
order remains in effect for more than 30 days; or Schroder or the Introducing
Firm is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or any of the property of either is
sequestered by court order and such order remains in effect for more than 30
days; or a petition is filed against Schroder or the Introducing Firm under any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt,
dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in
effect, and is not dismissed within 30 days after such filing; or

         (4) Schroder or the Introducing Firm files a petition in voluntary
bankruptcy or seeking relief under any provision of any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, or
consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law; or

         (5) Schroder or the Introducing Firm makes an assignment for the
benefit of its creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts
generally as they become due, or consents to the appointment of a receiver,
trustee or liquidator of Schroder or the Introducing Firm or of all or any part
of its property.

         Upon the occurrence of any such Event of Default, the nondefaulting
party may, at its option, by written notice to the defaulting party declare
that this Agreement shall be thereby terminated and such termination shall be
effective as of the date such notice has been received by the defaulting party.
Upon the termination of this Agreement, whether pursuant to this paragraph XI.,
paragraph XIII. hereof or otherwise, Schroder shall cause the Introduced
Accounts to be transferred to the Introducing Firm or its designee.



                                      18
<PAGE>   19

XII.     REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

         The enumeration herein of specific remedies shall not be exclusive of
any other remedies. Any delay or failure by any party to this Agreement to
exercise any right, power, remedy or privilege herein contained, or now or
hereafter existing under any applicable statute or law, shall not be construed
to be a waiver of such right, power, remedy or privilege or to limit the
exercise of such right, power, remedy or privilege. No single, partial or other
exercise of any such right, power, remedy or privilege shall preclude the
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or
privilege.

XIII.    MISCELLANEOUS.

A. This Agreement may be cancelled by either party upon sixty (60) days written
notice. Notice shall be effective only upon receipt. Notice shall be given at
the addresses listed below or such other address as shall be specified in a
written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Notices to Schroder shall be
delivered to Michael F. Dura and Patrick J. Borruso, at the office of Schroder
Wertheim & Co. Incorporated, Equitable Center, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY
10019. Notice to the Introducing Firm shall be delivered to:



                               John J. Gorman IV
                          Tejas Securities Group, Inc.
                      1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South
                            Building Two, Suite 500
                              Austin, Texas 78746



                                       19
<PAGE>   20

B. This Agreement shall be submitted to and effective only upon approval by any
national securities exchange or regulatory or self-regulatory body having
authority to approve this Agreement.

C. Any dispute or controversy between parties to this Agreement relating to or
arising out of this Agreement, including but not limited to matters reserved
for mutual agreement, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the
rules then obtaining of (i) the NYSE if NYSE arbitration is available and (ii)
the American Arbitration Association in all other cases. The award of the
arbitrators hereunder shall be final, and judgment upon the award rendered may
be entered in any court having jurisdiction and the parties hereto submit
themselves and their personal representatives to the jurisdiction of any such
court for the purpose of such arbitration and the entering of such judgment.

D. Any assignment of this Agreement shall be subject to the requisite review
and/or approval of any regulatory or self-regulatory agency or body whose review
and/or approval must be obtained prior to the effectiveness and validity of such
assignment. No assignment of this Agreement shall be valid unless the
non-assigning parties consent to such an assignment in writing. Anything herein
to the contrary notwithstanding, Schroder shall have the right unilaterally to
assign this agreement as part of the sale of all or substantially all of the
assets or a majority interest in Schroder.

E. Neither this Agreement nor any operation hereunder is intended to be, shall
not be deemed to be, and shall not be treated as a general or limited
partnership, association or joint venture or agency relationship between the
Introducing Firm and Schroder.



                                      20
<PAGE>   21

F. Whenever hereinabove reference is made to services to be rendered by or
rights or indemnification of Schroder, such references shall be deemed to
include Schroder's subsidiary Lewco Securities Corp. which may perform services
contemplated hereby at the direction of Schroder, but the performance of
services by Lewco Securities Corp. shall in no way affect Schroder's
obligations to the Introducing Firm hereunder and, for the purposes of this
Agreement, any services performed by Lewco Securities Corp. shall be deemed to
have been performed by Schroder.

G. The construction and effect of every provision of this Agreement, the rights
of the parties hereunder and any questions arising out of the Agreement shall
be subject to the statutory and common law of the State of New York.

H. The headings preceding the text and paragraphs hereof have been inserted for
convenience and reference only and shall not be construed to affect the
meaning, construction or effect of this Agreement.

I. If any provision or condition of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid
or unenforceable by any court, or regulatory or self-regulatory agency or body,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or
condition. The validity of the remaining provisions and conditions shall not be
affected thereby and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid
or unenforceable provision or condition were not contained herein.



                                      21
<PAGE>   22

J. Schroder will make available money market funds or other investment vehicles
as mutually agreed, for investment of credit balances of the Introduced
Accounts, and, with regard to money market funds, will provide automatic
features for the investment of cash and the liquidation of shares of such funds
to pay for purchases of other securities. These features will be made available
for other investment vehicles to the extent legally permissible.

K. Schroder will reserve the right to pass along to the Introducing Firm
applicable costs associated with a deconversion.



                                      22
<PAGE>   23

Made and executed at New York, New York on the date first hereinabove set forth.

                                     SCHRODER WERTHEIM & CO. INCORPORATED

                                     BY: /s/ MICHAEL F. DURA
                                        ---------------------------------
                                         Michael F. Dura
                                         Managing Director

AGREED & ACCEPTED:

TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

BY: /s/ JOHN J. GORMAN IV
   ------------------------------------
    John J. Gorman IV
    President



                                      23

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2


                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.

                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

         SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT. Westech Capital Corp., a New York
corporation (and any successor thereto, the "Company"), hereby establishes the
Westech Capital Corp. 1999 Stock Option Plan (as amended from time to time, the
"Plan") for employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and its
Subsidiaries. Options granted to an optionee under the Plan shall be either
Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

         SECTION 2. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to strengthen the
ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract, motivate, compensate,
and retain employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and its
Subsidiaries by providing a means for such persons to acquire a proprietary
interest in the Company and to participate in the growth of the Company through
ownership of common stock of the Company. The Plan furnishes additional
incentives to those persons responsible for the success of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, and thereby serves as an incentive for long and short-term
performance intended to enhance stockholders' investment in the Company.

         SECTION 3. DEFINITIONS.

                  (a) "Award" means the grant of an Option pursuant to the
         Plan.

                  (b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (c) "Change of Control" shall have the meaning set forth in
         Section 11(b).

                  (d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
         amended from time to time.

                  (e) "Committee" means the Committee established by the Board
         to administer the Plan, as such Committee may be constituted from time
         to time; provided, however, membership on the Committee shall be
         limited to "Non-Employee Directors" (as that term is defined in Rule
         16b-3 (or any successor to such rule) promulgated under the Exchange
         Act) who are also "outside directors," as required pursuant to Section
         162(m) of the Code and such Treasury regulations as may be promulgated
         thereunder; and provided further, the Committee will consist of not
         less than two (2) directors. All members of the Committee will serve
         at the pleasure of the Board.

                  (f) "Company" means Westech Capital Corp., a New York
         corporation, and any successor thereto.

                  (g) "Date of Grant" means the date on which an Award is
         granted as determined in accordance with the rules set forth in
         Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-7(c).


                                      -1-
<PAGE>   2

                  (h) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
         as amended.

                  (i) "Fair Market Value" means the fair market value of the
         Stock, determined as follows:

                         (i) if the Stock is actively traded on any national
                  securities exchange or is included on the National Market
                  System of the National Association of Securities Dealers
                  Automated Quotation System, Fair Market Value shall be the
                  average of the high and low prices of the Stock as reported
                  for the date the Award is granted or, if no sale of the Stock
                  shall have been made on that day, the next preceding day on
                  which there was a sale of Stock; or

                         (ii) if the price for the Stock is not reported in the
                  manner described in subsection (i) above, Fair Market Value
                  shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that
                  with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Fair Market Value
                  must be determined in accordance with Section 422 of the
                  Code.

                  (j) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option granted under
         the Plan which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock
         option and which complies with the requirements of Section 422 of the
         Code, as amended from time to time.

                  (k) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an Option granted under
         the Plan which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

                  (l) "Option" means an award granted under the Plan in the
         form of a right to purchase Stock, evidenced by a Stock Option
         Agreement containing such provisions as the Committee may establish.

                  (m) "Plan" means this Westech Capital Corp. 1999 Stock Option
         Plan, as amended from time to time.

                  (n) "Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $.001 per
         share, of the Company and any shares of capital stock or other
         securities hereafter issued or issuable upon, in respect of, or in
         substitution or exchange for, shares of such Common Stock.

                  (o) "Stock Option Agreement" means the agreement, entered
         into between the Company and an optionee, evidencing an Option.

                  (p) "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary" of the Company as
         such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

                  (q) "Ten Percent Owner" means a person who, on the Date of
         Grant of an Incentive Stock Option, owns stock possessing more than
         ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of
         stock of the Company, its parent corporation (as defined in



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         Section 424(e) of the Code), or a Subsidiary, applying the ownership
         attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code.

         SECTION 4. ADMINISTRATION. The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee, which shall have the following powers:

                  (a) As to each Award, the Committee shall have the full and
         final authority and discretion to determine: (i) the persons to whom
         Awards are to be granted; (ii) whether an Option shall be an Incentive
         Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option or both; (iii) the number
         of shares of Stock subject to each Award; (iv) the time or times at
         which Awards shall be granted; (v) the exercise or purchase price of
         the shares of Stock subject to each Award; and (v) the time or times
         when each Option shall become exercisable and the duration of the
         exercise period, which shall not exceed the maximum period specified
         in Section 7.

                  (b) As to the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority
         (i) to exercise all of the powers granted to it under the Plan; (ii)
         to construe, interpret and implement the Plan and any Stock Option
         Agreements; (iii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
         regulations relating to the Plan; (iv) to make all determinations
         necessary or advisable in administering the Plan; and (v) to correct
         any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the
         Plan.

                  (c) Without limiting the Board's right to amend the Plan
         pursuant to Section 12, the Board may take all actions authorized by
         this Section 4, including, without limitation, granting such Awards
         pursuant to the Plan as the Board deems desirable.

                  (d) The determination of the Committee (or the Board) on all
         matters relating to the Plan or any Stock Option Agreement shall be
         conclusive. Proceedings by the Board with respect to this Plan will be
         conducted in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
         of the Company. A majority of the Committee members shall constitute a
         quorum for action by the Committee. All determinations of the
         Committee shall be made by not less than a majority of its members. In
         the event of a conflict between any decision of the Committee and of
         the Board, the decision of the Board shall be controlling.

         SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY. Eligibility for participation in the Plan
shall be confined to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company and
its Subsidiaries who are designated by the Committee (or the Board). In making
any determination as to the persons to whom Awards are granted, the type of
Award, and/or the number of shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to the Award,
the Committee (or the Board) shall consider the position and responsibilities
of the person; the importance of the person to the Company; the duties of the
person; the past, present, and potential contributions of the person to the
growth and success of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and such other factors
as the Committee (or the Board) may deem relevant in accomplishing the purposes
of the Plan.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

         SECTION 6. STOCK AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN.

                  (a) The aggregate number of shares of Stock for which Awards
         may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 shares,
         unless increased or decreased by reason of changes in the
         capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 10 or by
         amendment of the Plan. The shares of Stock issued pursuant to the Plan
         may be, at the discretion of the Committee, authorized but unissued
         shares or previously issued and reacquired shares of Stock held by the
         Company as treasury shares.

                  (b) If an Option granted under this Plan shall expire or
         terminate unexercised as to any shares of Stock covered thereby, such
         shares shall thereafter be available for the granting of other Awards
         under this Plan.

         SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. Each Option granted under
the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement in such form as is
consistent with the Plan and as the Committee shall determine; provided that
each Stock Option Agreement shall clearly and separately identify Incentive
Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options and that the substance of the
following terms and conditions shall be included therein:

                  (a) Exercise Price. The price at which each share of Stock
         covered by such Option may be purchased shall be determined by the
         Committee (or the Board). With respect to Incentive Stock Options, the
         exercise price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of
         the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Date of Grant. With respect
         to Incentive Stock Options awarded to Ten Percent Owners, the exercise
         price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the
         Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Date of Grant.

                  (b) Term of Options. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
         contrary, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten
         (10) years from its Date of Grant or from such earlier time as is
         provided in the Stock Option Agreement. Notwithstanding anything
         herein to the contrary, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option
         granted to a Ten Percent Owner, such Option shall not be exercisable
         after the expiration of five (5) years from its Date of Grant or from
         such earlier time as is provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

                  (c) Exercise of Option by an Employee. Subject to Subsections
         (d) and (e) below, an Option awarded to an employee of the Company or
         a Subsidiary and any right related thereto, if exercisable by the
         optionee, may be exercised (subject however, to the provisions of
         Subsection (g) below) only if the optionee has been an employee of the
         Company or a Subsidiary at all times during the period beginning with
         the Date of Grant of the Option and ending on the date that is three
         months before the date of such exercise; provided however, that in the
         case of an optionee who terminates employment with the Company due to
         total and permanent disability, the three-month period shall be
         extended to six (6) months. An optionee's employment relationship with
         the Company or a Subsidiary will be considered to continue during a
         leave of absence to the extent so provided in the personnel policies
         of the Company or Subsidiary; provided that with respect to an
         Incentive Stock Option, such


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
         employment relationship shall not be considered continued for a period
         exceeding that set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-7(h)(2).

                  (d) Death of Optionee who is an Employee. In the event of the
         death of an optionee while the optionee is in the employ of the
         Company or a Subsidiary (or within three months after the optionee's
         termination of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary), any
         Option then held by the optionee shall, subject to the provisions of
         Subsection (g) below, be exercisable during the six-month period
         immediately following such death. In such case, the Option may only be
         exercised by the executor or administrator of the optionee's estate or
         by the person or persons to whom the optionee's rights under the
         Option pass by the optionee's will or the laws of descent and
         distribution; provided that in no event shall an Option be exercisable
         more than ten (10) years after its Date of Grant.

                  (e) Termination of Employment for Cause. In the event that
         any optionee who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary shall
         be dismissed from the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary for any
         reason which, in the opinion of the Board (or the Committee if so
         authorized by the Board), shall constitute good cause for dismissal,
         any Option held by such person at such time shall automatically
         terminate and shall not be exercisable as of such dismissal. The
         decision of the Board (or the Committee if so acting) as to what shall
         constitute good cause for dismissal shall be final and binding upon
         all concerned.

                  (f) Exercise of Option by Consultant or Non-Employee
         Director.

                           (i) Subject to Subsections (f)(ii) and (f)(iii)
                  below, an Option awarded to a consultant or non-employee
                  director of the Company or a Subsidiary and any right related
                  thereto, if exercisable by the optionee, may be exercised
                  (subject, however, to the provisions of Subsection (g) below)
                  only if the optionee has had a director or consultant
                  relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary at all times
                  during the period beginning with the Date of Grant of the
                  Option and ending on the date that is three months before the
                  date of such exercise; provided, however, that in the case of
                  an optionee who terminates such relationship with the Company
                  due to total and permanent disability, the three-month period
                  shall be extended to six (6) months.

                           (ii) In the event of the death of an optionee while
                  the optionee is a consultant or non-employee director of the
                  Company or a Subsidiary (or within three months after the
                  optionee's termination of such a relationship with the
                  Company or a Subsidiary), any Option then held by the
                  optionee shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection (g)
                  below, be exercisable during the six-month period immediately
                  following such death. In such case, the Option may only be
                  exercised by the executor or administrator of the optionee's
                  estate or by the person or persons to whom the optionee's
                  rights under the Option passed by the optionee's will or the
                  laws of descent and distribution; provided that in no event
                  shall an Option be exercisable more than ten (10) years after
                  its Date of Grant.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

                           (iii) In the event that any optionee who is a
                  consultant or non-employee director of the Company or a
                  Subsidiary shall be dismissed from such relationship with the
                  Company or a Subsidiary for any reason which, in the opinion
                  of the Board (or the Committee if so authorized by the
                  Board), shall constitute good cause for dismissal, any Option
                  held by such person at such time shall automatically
                  terminate and shall not be exercisable as of such dismissal.
                  The decision of the Board (or the Committee if so acting) as
                  to what shall constitute good cause for dismissal shall be
                  final and binding upon all concerned.

                  (g) Execution of Stock Option Agreement. After the effective
         date of the Plan, the Committee (or the Board) may grant Options
         pursuant to the Plan at any time. Within thirty (30) days after the
         Date of Grant, the Company shall notify the optionee of the grant of
         the Option, and submit to the optionee a Stock Option Agreement duly
         executed by and on behalf of the Company, with the request that the
         optionee execute and return the Stock Option Agreement within thirty
         (30) days thereafter. If the optionee shall fail to return the
         executed Stock Option Agreement within such thirty (30) day period,
         such person's Option shall automatically terminate and no longer be
         exercisable.

                  (h) Periods of Exercise. An Option shall be exercisable in
         whole or in part at such times as may be determined by the Committee
         (or the Board) and stated in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee
         shall have the authority to prescribe upon the granting of an Option
         the schedule (if any) under which Options will become exercisable by
         each optionee and the conditions of any such exercise. Except as
         provided otherwise in this Section 7, to the extent that any
         installment of an Option has become exercisable it may be exercised
         thereafter, until termination of the Option, in whole or in part at
         any time or from time to time.

                  (i) Notice of Exercise. An Option shall be exercised by
         written notice of exercise, in the form prescribed by the Committee,
         delivered to the Company in such manner as the Committee may
         designate. The notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock for
         which the Option is being exercised and whether the Option being
         exercised is an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.
         Each such notice of exercise shall be irrevocable when given.

                  (j) Payment. An Option shall be exercisable for the purchase
         of shares of Stock only upon payment to the Company of the full
         exercise price of the Stock with respect to which the Option is
         exercised. Payment for shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of an
         Option shall be in either cash or other consideration deemed
         acceptable by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, without
         limitation, shares of Stock (including shares retained out of the
         shares of Stock being acquired through the exercise of the Option),
         promissory notes, or the proceeds of loans made or guaranteed by the
         Company or a Subsidiary. If shares of Stock are used to pay the
         exercise price of an Option, such shares shall have an aggregate fair
         market value equal to the number of shares with respect to which such
         Option is exercised multiplied by the exercise price per share;
         provided, that the Committee may,


                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
         in the Stock Option Agreement, impose whatever restrictions it deems
         necessary or desirable with respect to the payment for shares by the
         delivery of Stock already owned by the optionee. The fair market value
         of Stock delivered in payment of the Option price shall be determined
         in the same manner as set forth in Section 3(i), except that such
         determination shall be made on the date of exercise of the Option. An
         Option shall be deemed exercised on the date such payment and the
         written notice of exercise are received by the Committee.

                  (k) Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to
         issue any fractional shares upon exercise of any Option, but in lieu
         thereof, the Company shall pay cash equal to the same fraction of the
         Fair Market Value of one share of Stock (determined as provided in
         Section 3(i) on the date such Option is exercised).

         SECTION 8. LIMITATION ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.

                  (a) Limitation on Eligibility. Incentive Stock Options may
         only be granted to persons who are employees of the Company or a
         Subsidiary on the Date of Grant. Incentive Stock Options shall not be
         granted to consultants or non-employee directors of the Company and/or
         its Subsidiaries.

                  (b) Limitation on Grant. The aggregate Fair Market Value
         (determined as of the Date of Grant) of Stock with respect to which
         Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an
         optionee during any calendar year (under all such plans of the Company
         and its parent and Subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed One
         Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). In the event the limits of this
         Subsection (b) would otherwise be exceeded, such Option to the extent
         of such excess, shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

                  (c) Limitation on Disposition. To maintain special tax
         treatment for Incentive Stock Options, to the extent required by
         Section 421 of the Code, an optionee may not dispose of the Stock
         acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within
         two years after the Date of Grant nor within one year after the
         optionee receives the Stock following exercise of the Incentive Stock
         Option. This limitation on disposal does not apply to Stock acquired
         pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option after an
         optionee's death by his or her estate or heirs, as applicable.

                  (d) Recharacterization of Incentive Stock Options. To the
         extent that any Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option does
         not qualify as such (whether because of its provisions, the failure of
         the stockholders of the Company to authorize the issuance of Incentive
         Stock Options, the timely manner of its exercise, or otherwise), such
         Option, or the portion thereof which does not qualify, shall be deemed
         to constitute a Nonqualified Stock Option.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8

         SECTION 9. OTHER CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS.

                  (a) No Employment or Similar Rights. Nothing contained in
         this Plan or any Stock Option Agreement shall confer upon any person
         any right to continue an employment, director, or consultant
         relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor interfere in any
         way with the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries to terminate a
         person's employment at will or change the person's compensation at any
         time.

                  (b) Nontransferable. Awards shall not be transferable,
         otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution,
         without the written consent of the Committee or the Board (which
         consent may be granted or withheld at the sole discretion of the
         Committee or the Board). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incentive
         Stock Options shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the
         laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be exercised, during the
         lifetime of the recipient, only by the recipient or by the recipient's
         duly appointed guardian or personal representative. Any attempted
         assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of
         an Award contrary to the provisions hereof, or the levy of any
         execution, attachment, or similar process upon an Award shall be null
         and void and without effect.

                  (c) Stockholder Rights. No holder of an Option shall, by
         virtue of holding such Option, be entitled to any rights of a
         stockholder in the Company. An optionee shall not be considered a
         record holder of any shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the
         exercise of an Option for any purpose until the date on which such
         Stock is registered in such optionee's name upon the stock records of
         the Company.

                  (d) Issuance of Certificates and Withholding. The Company
         shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares
         of Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option prior to: (i) the
         obtaining of any approval from any governmental agency which the
         Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or
         advisable; (ii) the completion of any registration or other
         qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling
         or regulation of any governmental body which the Company shall, in its
         sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (iii) the
         determination by the Committee that the optionee has tendered to the
         Company (in cash, shares of Stock, or such other consideration as is
         acceptable to the Committee) any federal, state or local tax owed by
         the optionee as a result of the Award, if the Company has or may have
         a legal liability to satisfy such tax. In addition, if Stock reserved
         for issuance upon the granting of an Award shall not then be
         registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company may, upon
         exercise of an Option, require the holder thereof to represent in
         writing that the shares being acquired are for investment and not with
         a view to distribution thereof, and may mark the certificate(s) for
         the shares with a legend restricting transfer and may issue stop
         transfer orders relating to such certificate(s) to the transfer agent.
         The Company shall not be liable for damages due to delay in the
         issuance or delivery of any Stock certificate for any reason
         whatsoever. Furthermore, the Company shall not be liable to any
         optionee for refusing to deliver shares of Stock if such refusal is
         based upon the provisions of this Subsection (d).


                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9

         SECTION 10. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

                  (a) In the event that the outstanding shares of Stock are
         hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a
         different number of shares or kind of shares or other securities of
         the Company or of another corporation, by reason of reorganization,
         merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, Stock
         split, combination of shares, or a dividend payable in Stock, the
         number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, but
         not yet covered by an Award, shall be automatically adjusted to
         reflect such change. In addition, there shall be an appropriate
         adjustment in the number and kind of shares then subject to any Award,
         to the end that the Award recipient's proportionate interest shall be
         maintained as before the occurrence of such event, and such adjustment
         of outstanding Awards shall be made with a corresponding adjustment in
         the exercise price or purchase price per share; provided, however,
         that each such adjustment in the number and kind of shares subject to
         outstanding Awards, including any adjustment in the exercise price,
         shall be made in such manner as not to constitute a modification as
         defined in Section 424 of the Code. The determination of any
         adjustment by the Committee shall be conclusive.

                  (b) The grant of an Award shall not affect in any way the
         right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications,
         reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to
         merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer
         all or any part of its business or assets.

         SECTION 11. CHANGES OF CONTROL; ACCELERATION OF RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

                  (a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Stock Option
         Agreement to the contrary, in the event a Change of Control occurs,
         each Option shall become exercisable, during the period beginning on
         the date of the occurrence of such Change of Control and ending on the
         sixtieth (60th) day following such date, with respect to the full
         number of shares of Stock subject to such Option.

                  (b) "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of
         the following events:

                           (i) any "person" or "group" of persons, as such
                  terms are used in Sections 13 and 14 of the Exchange Act,
                  other than (A) any employee benefit plan sponsored by the
                  Company or (B) John J. Gorman and any of his "affiliates" as
                  such term is used in Rule 405 adopted pursuant to the
                  Securities Act of 1933, becomes the "beneficial owner," as
                  such term is used in Section 13 of the Exchange Act, of fifty
                  percent (50%)" or more of the outstanding shares of the
                  Company's stock entitled to vote for the election of
                  directors; or

                           (ii) any shares of any class of the Company's stock
                  are purchased pursuant to a tender or exchange offer other
                  than an offer by the Company; or


                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10

                           (iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company
                  or the consummation of any merger or consolidation of the
                  Company or any sale or other disposition of all or
                  substantially all of its assets, if the stockholders of the
                  Company immediately before such transaction own, immediately
                  after consummation of such transaction, equity securities
                  (other than options and other rights to acquire equity
                  securities) possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the
                  voting power of the surviving or acquiring corporation.

         SECTION 12. PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION.

                  (a) Plan Amendment and Termination. The Board may terminate
         the Plan or make such amendments thereto at any time as it shall deem
         advisable and in the best interests of the Company, without further
         action on the part of the stockholders of the Company, provided,
         however, that no such termination or amendment shall, without the
         consent of the individual to whom any Award shall theretofore have
         been granted, affect or impair the rights of such individual under
         such Award, and provided, further, any amendment shall be approved by
         the stockholders of the Company if the amendment would:

                           (1) increase the number of shares for which
                  Incentive Stock Options may be issued under the Plan; or

                           (2) modify the requirements as to eligibility to
                  receive Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.

                  (b) Expiration of Plan. No Awards shall be granted under the
         Plan after ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is
         adopted or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the
         Company.

                  (c) Amendment of Awards. The Committee may amend, modify, or
         terminate any outstanding Award with the Participant's consent at any
         time prior to payment or exercise in any manner that is consistent
         with the terms of the Plan, including, without limitation, (i) to
         change the date or dates as of which and/or the terms and conditions
         pursuant to which an Option becomes exercisable; (ii) to amend the
         terms of any outstanding Option to provide an exercise price per share
         which is higher or lower than the then current exercise price per
         share of such outstanding Option; or (iii) to cancel an Award and
         grant a new Award in substitution therefor under such different terms
         and conditions as the Committee determines in its sole discretion to
         be appropriate, including, but not limited to, having an exercise
         price or purchase price per share which may be higher or lower than
         the exercise price per share of the canceled Award. The Committee may
         also make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria
         included in, agreements evidencing Awards in recognition of unusual or
         nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements
         of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or
         accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such
         adjustments are appropriate to prevent reduction or enlargement of the
         benefits or potential benefits intended to be made


                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
         available pursuant to this Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of this
         Plan or any agreement regarding an Award to the contrary, the
         Committee may cause any Award granted to be canceled in consideration
         of a cash payment or alternative Award made to the holder of such
         canceled Award equal in value to the Fair Market Value of such
         canceled Award. The determinations of value pursuant to this Section
         shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

         SECTION 13. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan shall become effective as of
October 15, 1999, pursuant to its adoption by the Board; provided, however, no
Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan is approved
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company
present and entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum
is present within one year before or after the Plan's approval by the Board. If
the required stockholder approval is not received within such time period, any
Incentive Stock Options awarded in the intervening period shall be deemed to be
Nonqualified Stock Options.

         SECTION 14. NO LIABILITY FOR GOOD FAITH DETERMINATIONS. Neither the
members of the Board nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for any
act, omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the
Plan or any Option.

         SECTION 15. NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION. The granting of an
Option shall impose no obligation on the optionee to exercise such Option.

         SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW. The validity, construction, and effect of
this Plan and any rules and regulations relating to this Plan shall be
determined in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, without giving
effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

         SECTION 17. CONSTRUCTION.

                  (a) Severability. If any provision of this Plan or any Award
         is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in
         any jurisdiction or as to any individual or Award, or would disqualify
         this Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the
         Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to
         conform to applicable law, or if it cannot be construed or deemed
         amended without, in the sole determination of the Committee,
         materially altering the intent of this Plan or the Award, such
         provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, individual, or
         Award, and the remainder of this Plan and any such Award shall be
         remain in full force and effect.

                  (b) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and
         Subsections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate
         reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or
         relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Plan or any
         provisions thereof.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12

         SECTION 18. RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.

         The provisions of this Section 18 shall apply only to those executive
officers (i) whose compensation is required to be reported in the Company's
proxy statement pursuant to Item 402(a)(3)(i) and (ii) (or any successor
thereto) of Regulation S-K (or any successor thereto) under the general rules
and regulations under the Exchange Act and (ii) whose total compensation is
determined by the Board to possibly be subject to the limitations on deductions
imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code ("Named Executive Officers"). In the
event of any inconsistencies between this Section 18 and the other Plan
provisions as they pertain to Named Executive Officers, the provisions of this
Section 18 shall control.

                  (a) No amendment of this Plan with respect to any Named
         Executive Officer may be made which would (i) increase the maximum
         amount that can be paid to any one Participant pursuant to this Plan
         or (ii) modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in
         this Plan, unless the Company's stockholders have first approved such
         amendment in a manner which would permit the deduction under Section
         162(m) (or any successor thereto) of the Code of such payment in the
         fiscal year it is paid. The Board shall amend this Section 18 and such
         other provisions as it deems appropriate, to cause amounts payable to
         Named Executive Officers to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m)
         (or any successor thereto) and the Treasury regulations promulgated
         thereunder.

                  (b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan (including the
         provisions of this Section 18) to the contrary, the amount of
         compensation which a Named Executive Officer may receive with respect
         to Options which are granted hereunder is based solely on an increase
         in the value of the applicable shares of Stock after the date of grant
         of such Award. Thus, no Option may be granted hereunder to a Named
         Executive Officer with an exercise price less than the Fair Market
         Value of the shares of Stock on the date of grant. Furthermore, the
         maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which Options may be
         granted hereunder to any Named Executive Officer during any calendar
         year may not exceed three million (3,000,000) shares, subject to
         adjustment as provided in Section 10 hereunder.


                                      -12-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3


                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN


         THIS INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made this
_____ day of _____________, _____, between WESTECH CAPITAL CORP., a New York
corporation (the "Company") and_______________________, an employee of the
Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries (the "Employee"). All capitalized
terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the
Westech Capital Corp. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to carry out the purposes of the Plan by
affording Employee the opportunity to purchase shares of Stock;

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Employee the right
and option (the "Option") to purchase an aggregate of _____________ shares (the
"Shares") of Stock, such Shares being subject to adjustment as provided in
Paragraph 7 hereof, on the terms and conditions herein set forth. The Option is
intended to constitute an Incentive Stock Option, and subject to the terms of
the Plan and applicable law, this Agreement shall be construed so that the
Option shall qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

         2. Purchase Price. The purchase price of the Shares shall be $______
per Share which is the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date first set forth
above (the "Date of Grant").

         3. Exercise of Option. Unless expired as provided in Paragraph 5
below, this Option may be exercised from time to time after the date first set
forth above (the "Date of Grant") to the extent of Shares that have vested in
accordance with the vesting schedule set forth below. The Employee's right to
exercise the Option accrues only in accordance with the following vesting
schedule and, except as otherwise provided herein, only to the extent that the
Employee remains in the continuous employ or service of the Company or a
Subsidiary.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Percentage of Shares that Are Vested On and After
                   Vesting Date                   the Vesting Date and Before the Next Vesting Date
                   ------------                   -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>
                                                                            %
                 ---------------                                       -----

                                                                            %
                 ---------------                                       -----

                                                                            %
                 ---------------                                       -----
</TABLE>



                                      -1-
<PAGE>   2

         4.       Manner of Exercise, Payment of Purchase Price.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
         the Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company at its
         principal office. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the
         Option and specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice
         of exercise shall be signed by Employee and shall be irrevocable when
         given.

                  (b) The notice of exercise shall be accompanied by full
         payment of the purchase price for the Shares to be purchased. The
         purchase price may be paid in cash or certified funds, by cashless
         exercise (deducting from the number of Shares to be delivered upon
         exercise of the Option the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value
         equal to the purchase price of the Shares purchased upon exercise of
         the Option), by the surrender (or deemed surrender) of stock
         certificates representing Stock or of other securities of the Company
         or a Subsidiary already owned by Employee having an aggregate Fair
         Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the purchase price of
         the Shares, or by a combination of any of the methods described above;
         provided, however, that the Committee may limit the availability of
         the above methods of payment (other than the cash or certified funds
         method) in its sole discretion. In the event Employee wishes to pay
         all or any portion of the purchase price by any of the above methods,
         Employee shall, not less than fourteen (14) days prior to the date of
         exercise, give written notice to the Secretary of the Company
         requesting approval of such payment method, setting forth the
         particulars of the proposed payment method. The Committee shall
         approve, disapprove or modify (to the extent consistent with the above
         options) the proposed payment method within fourteen (14) days of its
         receipt of the request.

                  (c) Upon receipt of the purchase price, and subject to the
         terms of Paragraph 10, the certificate or certificates representing
         the Shares purchased shall be registered in the name of the person or
         persons so exercising the Option. If the Option shall be exercised by
         Employee and, if Employee shall so request in the notice exercising
         the Option, the Shares shall be registered in the name of Employee and
         another person as joint tenants with right of survivorship, and shall
         be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the
         person or persons exercising the Option. All Shares that shall be
         purchased upon the exercise of the Option as provided herein shall be
         fully paid and nonassessable.

         5. Expiration of Option. The Option shall expire and become null and
void upon the first to occur of the following: (a) the expiration of three (3)
months after Employee ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries for any reason other than termination for cause or due to death or
total and permanent disability; (b) a period of six (6) months shall have
elapsed since Employee's death or total and permanent disability; (c) a period
of five (5) years shall have elapsed since the Date of Grant; or (d) Employee's
employment shall have been terminated for cause as determined by the Committee
or the Board of Directors of the Company.



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3


         6. Acceleration of Exercise Dates. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Paragraph 3 hereof:

                  (a) Upon Employee's death or total disability, this Option
         shall be immediately exercisable, until the expiration date provided
         in Paragraph 5 above, for the entire number of Shares covered hereby;

                  (b) Upon Employee's retirement from service with the Company
         and its Subsidiaries on or after the attainment of age 65, this Option
         shall be immediately exercisable, until the expiration date provided
         in Paragraph 5 above, for the entire number of shares covered hereby;
         and

                  (c) Upon a Change of Control, this Option may be immediately
         exercised pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan for the entire number of
         Shares covered hereby.

         7. Adjustments of Shares Subject to Option. The Shares subject to the
Option shall be adjusted from time to time as set forth in Section 10 of the
Plan. The determination of any such adjustment by the Committee shall be final,
binding and conclusive.

         8. No Contract. This Agreement does not constitute a contract for
employment and shall not affect the right of the Company to terminate
Employee's employment for any reason or no reason whatsoever.

         9. Rights as Stockholder. This Option shall not entitle Employee to
any rights of a stockholder of the Company or to any notice of proceedings of
the Company with respect to any Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option
unless and until the Option has been exercised for such Shares and such Shares
have been registered in the Employee's name upon the stock records of the
Company.

         10. Restriction on Issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be
required to issue or deliver any certificates for Shares purchased upon the
exercise of an Option prior to: (a) the obtaining of any approval from any
governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine
to be necessary or advisable; (b) the completion of any registration or other
qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling or
regulation of any governmental body which the Company shall, in its sole
discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (c) the determination
by the Committee that Employee has tendered to the Company any federal, state
or local tax owed by Employee as a result of exercising the Option when the
Company has a legal liability to satisfy such tax. In addition, if the Stock
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of Options shall not then be registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company may upon Employee's exercise of
an Option, require Employee or his permitted transferee to represent in writing
that the Shares being acquired are for investment and not with a view to
distribution, and may mark the certificate for the Shares with a legend
restricting transfer and may issue stop transfer orders relating to such
certificate to the Company's transfer agent (if applicable).



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

         11. Lapse of Option. This Agreement shall be null and void in the
event Employee shall fail to sign and return a counterpart hereof to the
Company within thirty (30) days of its delivery to Employee.

         12. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs,
executors, administrators, and successors of the parties hereto.

         13. Governing Instrument and Entire Agreement. This Option and any
Shares issued hereunder shall in all respects be governed by the terms and
provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this
Agreement and the terms of the Plan (a copy of which is attached), the terms of
the Plan shall control. There are no oral agreements between the parties
relating to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement and the terms of the
Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement
executed by the Company and Employee.


                                                  COMPANY

                                                  WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.


                                                  By:
                                                     --------------------------
                                                      Name:
                                                           --------------------
                                                      Title:
                                                            -------------------


Accepted and Agreed:

EMPLOYEE:


                                                      Date:
- --------------------------                                 --------------------
Name:
     ---------------------



                                      -4-

<PAGE>   1


                      NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                             WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.
                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN


         THIS NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is
effective this ____ day of ______________, _____, between WESTECH CAPITAL
CORP., a New York corporation (the "Company") and ______________________, an
employee, consultant, or non-employee director of the Company or one or more of
its Subsidiaries (the "Optionee"). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Westech Capital Corp. 1999 Stock
Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to carry out the purposes of the Plan by
affording the Optionee the opportunity to purchase shares of Stock;

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Optionee the right
and option (the "Option") to purchase an aggregate of _______________ shares
(the "Shares") of Stock, such Shares being subject to adjustment as provided in
Paragraph 7 hereof, on the terms and conditions herein set forth. The Option is
a Nonqualified Stock Option and is not intended to be an Incentive Stock
Option.

         2. Purchase Price. The purchase price of the Shares shall be
$_________ per Share.

         3. Exercise of Option. Unless expired as provided in Paragraph 5
below, this Option may be exercised from time to time after the date first set
forth above (the "Date of Grant") to the extent of Shares that have vested in
accordance with the vesting schedule set forth below. The Optionee's right to
exercise the Option accrues only in accordance with the following vesting
schedule and, except as otherwise provided herein, only to the extent that the
Optionee remains in the continuous employ or service of the Company or a
Subsidiary.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Percentage of Shares that Are Vested On and After
                   Vesting Date                   the Vesting Date and Before the Next Vesting Date
                   ------------                   -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>

                                                                            %
                  ---------------                                      -----

                                                                            %
                  ---------------                                      -----

                                                                            %
                  ---------------                                      -----
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   2



         4.       Manner of Exercise, Payment of Purchase Price.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
         the Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company at its
         principal office. Such notice shall state the election to exercise the
         Option and specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice
         of exercise shall be signed by Optionee and shall be irrevocable when
         given.

                  (b) The notice of exercise shall be accompanied by full
         payment of the purchase price for the Shares to be purchased. The
         purchase price may be paid in any form permitted by the Plan. In the
         event Optionee wishes to pay all or any portion of the purchase price
         in any form other than cash or certified funds, Optionee shall, not
         less than fourteen (14) days prior to the date of exercise, give
         written notice to the Secretary of the Company requesting approval of
         such payment method, setting forth the particulars of the proposed
         payment method. The Committee shall approve, disapprove or modify the
         proposed payment method within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of
         the request.

                  (c) Upon receipt of the purchase price, and subject to the
         terms of Paragraph 10, the certificate or certificates representing
         the Shares purchased shall be registered in the name of the person or
         persons so exercising the Option. If the Option shall be exercised by
         Optionee and, if Optionee shall so request in the notice exercising
         the Option, the Shares shall be registered in the name of Optionee and
         another person as joint tenants with right of survivorship, and shall
         be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the
         person or persons exercising the Option. All Shares that shall be
         purchased upon the exercise of the Option as provided herein shall be
         fully paid and nonassessable.

         5. Expiration of Option. The Option shall expire and become null and
void upon the first to occur of the following: (a) the expiration of three (3)
months after Optionee ceases to be employed by or retained in the service of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason other than termination
for cause or due to death or total and permanent disability; (b) a period of
six (6) months shall have elapsed since Optionee's death or total and permanent
disability; (c) a period of five (5) years shall have elapsed since the Date of
Grant; or (d) Optionee's employment or service shall have been terminated for
cause as determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company.

         6. Acceleration of Exercise Dates. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Paragraph 3 hereof:

                  (a) Upon Optionee's death or total disability, this Option
         shall be immediately exercisable, until the expiration date provided
         in Paragraph 5 above, for the entire number of Shares covered hereby;

                  (b) Upon Optionee's retirement from service with the Company
         and its Subsidiaries on or after the attainment of age 65, this Option
         shall be immediately exercisable, until the expiration date provided
         in Paragraph 5 above, for the entire number of shares covered hereby;
         and



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

                  (c) Upon a Change of Control, this Option may be immediately
         exercised pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan for the entire number of
         Shares covered hereby.

         7. Adjustments of Shares Subject to Option. The Shares subject to the
Option shall be adjusted from time to time as set forth in Section 10 of the
Plan. The determination of any such adjustment by the Committee shall be final,
binding and conclusive.

         8. No Contract. This Agreement does not constitute a contract for
employment or service and shall not affect the right of the Company to
terminate Optionee's employment or service for any reason or no reason
whatsoever.

         9. Rights as Stockholder. This Option shall not entitle Optionee to
any rights of a stockholder of the Company or to any notice of proceedings of
the Company with respect to any Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option
unless and until the Option has been exercised for such Shares and such Shares
have been registered in the Optionee's name upon the stock records of the
Company.

         10. Restriction on Issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be
required to issue or deliver any certificates for Shares purchased upon the
exercise of an Option prior to: (a) the obtaining of any approval from any
governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine
to be necessary or advisable; (b) the completion of any registration or other
qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling or
regulation of any governmental body which the Company shall, in its sole
discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (c) the determination
by the Committee that Optionee has tendered to the Company any federal, state
or local tax owed by Optionee as a result of exercising the Option when the
Company has a legal liability to satisfy such tax. In addition, if the Stock
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of Options shall not then be registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company may upon Optionee's exercise of
an Option, require Optionee or his permitted transferee to represent in writing
that the Shares being acquired are for investment and not with a view to
distribution, and may mark the certificate for the Shares with a legend
restricting transfer and may issue stop transfer orders relating to such
certificate to the Company's transfer agent (if applicable).

         11. Lapse of Option. This Agreement shall be null and void in the
event Optionee shall fail to sign and return a counterpart hereof to the
Company within thirty (30) days of its delivery to Optionee.

         12. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs,
executors, administrators, and successors of the parties hereto.

         13. Governing Instrument and Entire Agreement. This Option and any
Shares issued hereunder shall in all respects be governed by the terms and
provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this
Agreement and the terms of the Plan (a copy of which is attached), the terms of
the Plan shall control. There are no oral agreements between the parties
relating to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement and the terms of the
Plan constitute the



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This
Agreement may not be amended except by written agreement executed by the
Company and Optionee.

                                            COMPANY

                                            WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.


                                            By:
                                               -----------------------------
                                               Name:
                                                    ------------------------
                                               Title:
                                                     -----------------------

Accepted and Agreed:

OPTIONEE:


                                                     Date:
- -----------------------------                             ------------------
Name:
     ------------------------



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5


                     --------------------------------------


                                 LEASE AGREEMENT


                                 BY AND BETWEEN


                           DESTA TWO PARTNERSHIP, LTD.


                                  AS LANDLORD,


                                       AND


                              WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.



                                    AS TENANT

                     --------------------------------------


<PAGE>   2


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
ARTICLE I - LEASED PREMISES..............................................................................1
         Section 1.01      Leased Premises...............................................................1
         Section 1.02      Lease Grant...................................................................1
         Section 1.03      Building Core and Shell.......................................................2

ARTICLE II - LEASE TERM..................................................................................2
         Section 2.01      Lease Term....................................................................2
         Section 2.02      Holding Over..................................................................3

ARTICLE III - RENT.......................................................................................3
         Section 3.01      Minimum Rent..................................................................3
         Section 3.02      Additional Rent...............................................................3
         Section 3.03      Rent Payments.................................................................8


ARTICLE IV - UTILITIES AND SERVICES......................................................................8
         Section 4.01      Services to be Provided.......................................................8
         Section 4.02      Additional Services..........................................................10
         Section 4.03      Tenant's Obligations.........................................................10
         Section 4.04      Service Interruptions........................................................10

ARTICLE V - USE AND OCCUPANCY...........................................................................11
         Section 5.01      Use and Occupancy............................................................11
         Section 5.02      Rules and Regulations........................................................13
         Section 5.03      Quiet Enjoyment..............................................................13

ARTICLE VI - REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS.......................................................13
         Section 6.01      Repair and Maintenance by Tenant.............................................13
         Section 6.02      Alterations and Additions by Tenant..........................................14
         Section 6.03      Mechanics' Liens - Tenant's Obligations......................................15
         Section 6.04      Maintenance and Repair by Landlord...........................................15

ARTICLE VII - INSURANCE, FIRE AND CASUALTY..............................................................16
         Section 7.01      Tenant's Insurance...........................................................16
         Section 7.02      Landlord's Insurance.........................................................16
         Section 7.03      Fire or Other Casualty.......................................................17
         Section 7.04      Waiver of Subrogation........................................................18

ARTICLE VIII - CONDEMNATION.............................................................................18
</TABLE>

                                       1
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATIONS AND WAIVER................................................................19
         Section 9.01      Limitations on Liability of Landlord: Waiver.................................19
         Section 9.02      Tenant's Indemnification of Landlord; Assumption; Employees'Claims...........20
         Section 9.03      Landlord's Indemnification of Tenant.........................................21
         Section 9.04      No Implied Waiver............................................................21
         Section 9.05      Waiver by Tenant.............................................................21
         Section 9.06      Hazardous Materials..........................................................22

ARTICLE X - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING...................................................................23
         Section 10.01  No Assignment or Subletting Without Consent.....................................23

ARTICLE XI - DEFAULT....................................................................................24
         Section 11.01     Default......................................................................24
         Section 11.02     Landlord's Lien..............................................................27
         Section 11.03     Mitigation of Damages........................................................28

ARTICLE XII - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..................................................................29
         Section 12.01     Rights Reserved by Landlord..................................................29
         Section 12.02     Taxes on Tenant's Property...................................................31
         Section 12.03     Attorneys' Fees and Legal Expenses...........................................32
         Section 12.04     Subordination................................................................33
         Section 12.05     Estoppel Certificates........................................................33
         Section 12.06     Financial Statements.........................................................34
         Section 12.07     Notices......................................................................34
         Section 12.08     Business Purpose.............................................................34
         Section 12.09     Severability.................................................................34
         Section 12.10     No Merger....................................................................35
         Section 12.11     Force Majeure................................................................35
         Section 12.12     Gender.......................................................................35
         Section 12.13     Joint and Several Liability..................................................35
         Section 12.14     No Representations...........................................................35
         Section 12.15     Entire Agreement; Amendments.................................................36
         Section 12.16     Section Headings.............................................................36
         Section 12.17     Binding Effect...............................................................36
         Section 12.18     Counterparts.................................................................36
         Section 12.19     Rental Tax...................................................................36
         Section 12.20     No Personal Liability of Landlord............................................37
         Section 12.21     Authority to Sign Lease......................................................37
         Section 12.22     Execution and Approval of Lease..............................................37

ARTICLE XIII - ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS....................................................................37

ARTICLE XIV - EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS..................................................................38
</TABLE>


                                       2

<PAGE>   4

                              BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

LANDLORD:                     Desta Two Partnership, Ltd., a Texas limited
                              partnership

LANDLORD'S ADDRESS:           6 Desta Drive, Suite 6500
                              Midland, Texas  79705
                              Attn: Mr. L. Paul Latham
                              Telephone No. (915) 6888-3212
                              Fax No. (915) 688-3247

                              WITH COPY TO:
                              Desta Two Partnership, Ltd.
                              2600 Via Fortuna, Suite 140
                              Austin, Texas  78746
                              Attn: Mr. Rod Arend
                              Telephone No. (512) 306-9093
                              Fax No. (512) 306-9112

TENANT:                       Westech Capital Corp., a New York Corporation

TENANT'S ADDRESS:             PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT DATE:
                              1250 Capital of Texas Highway S. #500
                              Austin, Texas 78746
                              Telephone No.    (512) 306-5225
                              Fax No. (512) 306-1528

                              AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT DATE:
                              2700 Via Fortuna, Suite 400
                              Austin, Texas 78746
                              Telephone No. (512)
                                                 ---------------
                              Fax No. (512)
                                           ----------------

                              with copy to:
                              Christian & Smith
                              2302 Fannin #500
                              Houston, Texas 77002
                              Attn: James W. Christian
                              Telephone No. (713)659-7617
                              Fax No. (713)659-7641

BUILDING:                     The land described on Exhibit A attached
                              hereto, together with all improvements now
                              or hereafter constructed thereon, including
                              the office building and related parking
                              garage locally known or to be known as
                              Terrace II, 2700 Via Fortuna, Austin, Texas
                              78746.



                                       1

<PAGE>   5


LEASED PREMISES:              Suite 400 on the fourth (4th) floor of the
                              Building, which is generally depicted on the floor
                              plan which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. As
                              more fully set forth in Section 1.01, the Rentable
                              Area of the Leased Premises includes not only the
                              useable floor area of the Leased Premises, but
                              also, an allocation of a portion of the Common
                              Area of the Building. For the purposes of this
                              Lease the Leased Premises shall comprise 24,963
                              square feet of Rentable Area. Tenant shall also
                              have the use of ancillary areas common for use of
                              all Tenants of the Building.

TOTAL BUILDING AREA:          114,635 square feet of Rentable Area.

MINIMUM RENT:                 Beginning on the Commencement Date, Minimum Rent
                              under this Lease will be payable during the
                              applicable months of the Lease Term specified in
                              the "Lease Months" column hereinbelow, at an
                              annual rate determined by multiplying the
                              applicable dollar amounts set out in the "Annual
                              Rate" column hereinbelow by the number of square
                              feet of Rentable Area in the Leased Premises. The
                              Minimum Rent will be payable in monthly
                              installments in the amounts set out in the
                              "Monthly Installments" column hereinbelow.

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>                   <C>
       Lease Months             Annual Rate        Monthly Installments
- -------------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
          1 - 2                    - 0 -                  - 0 -
- -------------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
  3 (March 1,2000) - 60           $17.50              $36,404.38$
- -------------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
         61 - 87                  $18.50              $38,488.63$
- -------------------------- --------------------- ------------------------
</TABLE>

RENT:                         The Minimum Rent, Additional Rent (hereinafter
                              defined), and all other amounts payable by Tenant
                              to Landlord under this Lease.

TENANT'S PERCENTAGE:          21.78%

EFFECTIVE DATE:               September 30, 1999.

COMMENCEMENT DATE:            As defined in Section 2.01 of the lease which is
                              projected to be December 15, 1999.

LEASE TERM:                   Eighty-seven (87) months, commencing on the
                              Commencement Date and subject to the option to
                              extend set forth on Exhibit H.

BUILDING STANDARD HOURS:      7:00 A.M. to 7:00 P.M. on each Monday through
                              Friday (excluding  Building Holidays) and 8:00
                              A.M. to 5:00 P.M. on each Saturday (excluding
                              Building Holidays).


                                       2

<PAGE>   6

BUILDING HOLIDAYS:            New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day,
                              Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

LANDLORD'S BROKER:            Colliers Oxford Commercial, Inc.
                              1500 Nations Bank Tower
                              515 Congress Avenue
                              Austin, Texas 78701

TENANT'S BROKER:              R. K. Neblett Interests
                              2121 Sage Road #350
                              Houston, Texas 77056

PARKING:                      Tenant shall be entitled to no more than one
                              hundred eleven (111) parking spaces at no
                              cost to Tenant during the term of this
                              Lease, of which fifteen (15) are reserved
                              spaces the location of which is shown on
                              Exhibit B-1 attached hereto.

PERMITTED USE:                General office, including but not limited to,
                              facilities for brokerage services (including a
                              trading floor) and associated ancillary uses.

The Basic Lease Provisions set forth hereinabove are hereby incorporated into
and made a part of the Lease Agreement which is attached hereto (the "Lease").
Each reference in the Lease to any of the provisions or definitions set forth in
these Basic Lease Provisions shall mean and refer to the provisions and
definitions hereinabove set forth and shall be used in conjunction with the
provisions of the Lease. In the event of any direct conflict between these Basic
Lease Provision and the Lease, these Basic Lease Provisions shall control;
provided, however, that those provisions in the Lease (including all exhibits
and attachments thereto) which expressly require an adjustment or modification
to any of the matters set forth in these Basic Lease Provisions shall supersede
the adjusted or modified provisions of these Basic Lease Provisions.




                                       3

<PAGE>   7

EXECUTED by the undersigned in multiple originals as of the Effective Date set
out hereinabove.

LANDLORD:                   DESTA TWO PARTNERSHIP, LTD.,
                            a Texas limited partnership


                            By:      DESTA TWO MANAGEMENT CORP.,
                                     a Texas corporation, its General Partner

                            By:
                                     L. Paul Latham, President

TENANT:
                            WESTECH CAPITAL CORP.,
                            a New York Corporation

                            By:   /s/ JAY W. VAN ERT
                               -----------------------------------------------

                            Name: Jay W. Van Ert
                                  --------------------------------------------

                            Title: President
                                   -------------------------------------------




                                       4

<PAGE>   8

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT


     This Lease Agreement ("Lease") is entered into as of the Effective Date
specified in the Basic Lease Provisions by and between Landlord and Tenant. The
Basic Lease Provisions attached hereto and the defined terms set out therein are
hereby incorporated herein by reference.

                           ARTICLE I - LEASED PREMISES

Section 1.01   Leased Premises

     (a)  The Leased Premises are depicted generally on Exhibit B and are or
          will be bounded by the inside surface of the window wall(s) and the
          centerline of walls separating the Leased Premises from areas leased
          to or held for lease to other tenants or from Common Areas as
          described herein. No deduction from usable area will be made for
          columns or projections necessary to the Building or for special
          stairs, elevators or other vertical penetrations which are for the
          specific use of Tenant.

     (b)  The term "Rentable Area", as used herein with respect to the Leased
          Premises, refers to the sum of (i) the usable floor area of the Leased
          Premises, estimated to be 23,863 plus (ii) Tenant's share of all
          common use: corridors, lobbies, elevator foyers, restrooms, as well as
          all mechanical and electrical rooms, janitor's closets and other
          similar facilities of the Building (such areas being herein referred
          to as "Common Areas"). "Rentable Area" as used herein with respect to
          the Building, includes all space occupied or to be occupied by
          Tenants, together with the Common Areas. Upon the completion of
          construction of improvements to the Leased Premises, useable floor
          area of the Leased Premises, but not the Common Area, may be
          re-measured at the request of either party. The cost of re-measurement
          shall be borne by the party requesting re-measurement. If it is
          determined that the useable floor area of the Leased Premises varies
          from the estimate set forth above, then the Rentable Area of the
          Leased Premises will be appropriately adjusted. If neither party
          requests a re-measurement within thirty (30) days after the
          Commencement Date, then it will be presumed for all purposes under
          this Lease that the information in the Basic Lease Provisions with
          respect to the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Leased
          Premises is correct, and such number will be a stipulated number which
          will be utilized for all relevant purposes under this Lease.

Section 1.02   Lease Grant

     For the consideration and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions
     set out below, Landlord lets and leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from
     Landlord the Leased Premises and the right to use all areas commonly held
     for use by tenants of the Building and located on the Land described on
     Exhibit A.



                                       1

<PAGE>   9

Section 1.03   Building Core and Shell

     Landlord will provide the improvements which are listed and described on
     Exhibit C which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference
     (the "Building Core and Shell"). If improvements are to be constructed by
     Landlord within the Leased Premises, then all of Landlord's agreements with
     respect thereto are set forth in a tenant work letter which is attached to
     this Lease (the "Tenant Work Letter").

                             ARTICLE II - LEASE TERM

Section 2.01   Lease Term

     (a)  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease,
          or in any exhibit attached hereto, the primary term of this Lease
          shall commence on the earlier of (i) the Completion Date or (ii) the
          date Tenant occupies all or part of the Leased Premises, (such earlier
          date being the "Commencement Date") and shall expire on the last day
          of the eighty-seventh (87th) month after the Commencement Date. The
          "Lease Term" of this Lease shall be the primary term specified in this
          Section 2.01, as renewed or otherwise extended or earlier terminated
          pursuant to the terms and provisions set forth herein.

     (b)  As used herein, "Completion Date" means the date Tenant's leasehold
          improvements are Substantially Completed (as defined below). If the
          Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the
          Lease Term will be extended and will be calculated as if the
          Commencement Date were the first day of the next full calendar month
          and the Rent hereunder will be prorated for the first partial month.

     (c)  The Leased Premises shall be deemed Substantially Completed when: (i)
          Landlord's architect has certified to Tenant the Leased Premises are
          complete with all the improvements identified in the Tenant Work
          Letter and change orders, if any, completed in accordance with
          Tenant's plans and specifications (except for minor "punch list"
          items, which must be completed by Landlord within thirty (30) days
          after Tenant's submission of such "punch list" to Landlord); and (ii)
          Landlord has delivered to Tenant a copy of a Temporary Certificate of
          Occupancy for the Leased Premises approving the work and lawfully
          permitting Tenant's intended uses (as such term is defined below) of
          the Leased Premises. Tenant's agents shall have reasonable access to
          the Leased Premises on a rent-free basis to make any installations of
          telephone systems, equipment, fixtures and furnishings; provided,
          however, if Tenant's agents cause the date of Substantial Completion
          to be after March 1, 2000, then for each day of such delay after March
          1, 2000, Tenant shall be obligated to pay one day's Minimum Rent to
          Landlord for each day of delay.



                                       2

<PAGE>   10

     (d)  By its execution of the Lease, Landlord hereby consents to Tenant's
          plans and specifications for initial improvements, copies of which,
          initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, are in the possession of
          both parties (the "Plans").

     (e)  After the Completion Date, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly, upon
          the request of either of them, execute and deliver to each other an
          agreement setting forth the Commencement and Expiration Dates.

Section 2.02    Holding Over

     Should Tenant hold the Leased Premises after termination of this Lease, by
     lapse of time, default, or otherwise, such holding over shall be construed
     as a tenancy at sufferance only, and Tenant shall pay in advance, as Rent,
     for each day of such holding, a per diem amount equal to 1/30 of one
     hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent payable for the last month of the
     Lease Term. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after termination
     of this Lease shall reinstate or extend this Lease, or affect any prior
     notice given by Landlord to Tenant, and no extension shall be valid unless
     in writing, signed by Landlord and Tenant. The foregoing shall not be
     construed as Landlord's consent for any such holding over, and Landlord
     reserves the right to proceed against Tenant for any damages caused
     thereby.

                               ARTICLE III - RENT

Section 3.01    Minimum Rent

     Tenant shall pay the Minimum Rent to Landlord in monthly installments in
     advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Lease
     Term beginning on the later of (i) sixty (60) days after the date of
     Substantial Completion or (ii) March 1, 2000, subject to any Landlord delay
     as defined in the Tenant Work Letter.

Section 3.02    Additional Rent

     (a)  For purposes of this Lease "Operating Expenses" means all of
          Landlord's reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred in owning,
          operating, managing and maintaining the Building for a particular
          calendar year or portion thereof, including by way of illustration but
          not limitation: (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges of
          any kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed against the
          Building, excluding penalties, interest and attorney's fees assessed
          due to non-payment; (ii) any and all assessments levied by the planned
          unit development owner's association; (iii) all normal and customary
          premiums for any and all insurance maintained in connection with the
          ownership, operation, maintenance, and/or management of the Building
          (including but not limited to property and liability coverage); (iv)
          water, sewer, electrical and other utility charges (but excluding any
          of such items paid separately by other Tenants of the Building); (v)
          service and other charges incurred in the operation and maintenance of
          the


                                       3

<PAGE>   11

          elevators and the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system;
          (vi) cleaning and other janitorial services; (vii) tools and supplies;
          (viii) repair costs to the Building that are not capitalized; (ix)
          landscape installation and maintenance costs (other than original
          installation); (x) security services; (xi) license, permit and
          inspection fees other than that required for Tenant's interior
          improvements; (xii) reasonable management fees which are earned
          relating exclusively to management functions for the Building; (xiii)
          wages and related benefits payable to employees who render services to
          or for the benefit of the Building or tenants of the Building; (xiv)
          legal and accounting fees; (xv) trash removal; (xvi) garage
          maintenance and operating costs; (xvii) the cost of electrical surveys
          (xviii) costs associated with building amenities; (xviv) capital
          improvements costing less than five thousand dollars ($5,000) and, in
          general, all other costs and expenses which would generally be
          regarded as operating and maintenance costs and expenses, including
          those which would normally be amortized over a period not to exceed
          five (5) years employing Generally Accepted Accounting Principals.
          Also included in Operating Expenses is the cost of any capital
          improvement made to the Building by Landlord after the date of this
          Lease that is required under governmental law or regulation not
          applicable to the Building at the time the Building was constructed,
          amortized employing Generally Accepted Accounting Principals together
          with an amount equal to interest at the rate of ten (10) percent per
          annum on the unamortized balance.

          All references in this Section 3.02(a) to Operating Expenses mean
          actual Operating Expenses; provided, however, for any calendar year or
          partial calendar year in which the rentable area of the Building is
          not one hundred percent (100%) occupied with all tenants in occupancy
          and paying full rent, variable Operating Expenses for that period
          shall be calculated in a manner, and in the amount, that would have
          been incurred had the Building been one hundred percent (100%)
          occupied with all tenants in occupancy and paying full rent the result
          of which is Tenant not being assessed in excess of Tenant's
          Percentage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding
          sentence, in no event will Landlord bill tenants of the Building, or
          collect from tenants of the Building, amounts for reimbursement of
          Operating Expenses which exceed, in the aggregate, after all
          adjustments to correct and conform any estimated billings to actual
          expenses, the actual amount of Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord
          in any calendar year.

          If Landlord installs any device, improvement or equipment which will
          improve the operating efficiency of any system within the Building
          (e.g. solar collectors) or reduce Operating Expenses, or any device or
          equipment that is required to be installed by any government or
          governmental agency having authority to order that it be installed,
          then Landlord may add to the Operating Expenses each year during the
          useful life of the installed device, improvement, or equipment (as the
          useful life is determined by Landlord) an amount equal to the annual
          amortization of the cost of the installed device, improvement, or
          equipment, calculated in accordance with



                                       4

<PAGE>   12

          Generally Accepted Accounting Principals but in no event more than the
          actual cost saved as a result of the installation thereof.

     (b)  Operating Costs shall not include costs for (i) repair, replacements
          and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or
          other third parties; (ii) interest, amortization or other payments on
          loans to Landlord; (iii) leasing commissions; (iv) legal or accounting
          expenses for services, other than those that benefit the Building
          tenants generally (e.g., tax disputes); (v) renovating or otherwise
          improving space for occupants of the Building or vacant space in the
          Building other than Common Areas; (vi) the costs incurred by Landlord
          to bring the Building, the Land or any equipment maintained therein in
          compliance with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements,
          directives, guidelines and orders in effect and applicable to the
          Building as of the date of this Lease; (vii) the cost of any services
          or materials supplied to other tenants and not to Tenant; (viii) the
          cost of any services or materials for which Landlord receives
          reimbursement or payment from other sources; (ix) depreciation on the
          Building; (x) federal income taxes imposed on or measured by the
          income of Landlord from the operation of the Building; (xi) repairs,
          alternations, additions, improvements, replacements made to rectify or
          correct any defect in the original design, materials or workmanship of
          Building or Common Areas other than repairs, alterations, additions,
          improvements or replacements made as a result of ordinary wear and
          tear; (xii) damage and repairs attributable to fire or other casualty;
          (xiii) damage and repairs necessitated by the negligence or willful
          misconduct of Landlord, Landlord's employees, contractors or agents;
          (xiv) executive salaries or salaries of service personnel to the
          extent that such the services of such persons do not relate to the
          management, operation, repair or maintenance of the Building; (xv)
          Landlord's general overhead expenses not related to the Building;
          (xvi) costs including permit, license and inspection fees incurred in
          renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or painting or altering
          space for tenants or other occupants or of vacant space (excluding
          Common Areas) in the Building; (xvii) costs incurred due to a
          violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the Building of the terms
          and conditions of a lease; and (xviii) cost of any service provided to
          Tenant or other occupants of the Building for which Landlord is
          reimbursed has received reimbursement from another source.

          For the purposes of calculating Tenant's obligation for the payment of
          Additional Rent under this Article, if any tenants of the Building are
          billed separately for any category of Operating Expense (e.g.,
          separately metered utilities) the amount of the separately billed
          Operating Expenses will not be included in Operating Expenses. For any
          category of Operating Expense for which one or more tenants of the
          Building make(s) separate payments, Tenant's Percentage will be
          adjusted for that category of Operating Expense by excluding from the
          denominator thereof the Rentable Area of all tenants making separate
          payments with respect to such category.



                                       5

<PAGE>   13

          Further, with regards to all operating expenses, Landlord shall, at
          its sole cost and expense: (a) competitively bid all services, the
          charges for which are passed to Tenant under the definition of
          Operating Expenses (so that the result of the same is services or
          items provided at comparable prices for like buildings); (b) contest
          unreasonable increases in ad valorem taxes, assessments, utilities, or
          the like; (c) see that, with respect to all accounting and related
          treatment decisions, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles are
          used; and (d) cause any company related to Landlord to render such
          service at competitive prices comparable to like services for like
          buildings.

     (c)  In addition to the Minimum Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as
          Additional Rent for the Leased Premises, in each calendar year, or
          partial calendar year, during the Lease Term, an amount equal to
          Tenant's Percentage of the Operating Expenses for the calendar year or
          portion of the calendar year; provided, however, Tenant shall not be
          required to pay Additional Rent during the period of time of abatement
          of Minimum Rent as set forth in paragraph 3.01; nor shall Tenant be
          required to pay Additional Rent in excess of $8.00 per rentable square
          foot for the calendar year 2000.

     (d)  Landlord shall estimate Tenant's Additional Rent for each subsequent
          calendar year, and give written notice thereof to Tenant as soon as
          reasonably possible. For each calendar year (or partial calendar year)
          Tenant shall pay to Landlord each month, at the same time the Minimum
          Rent is due, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated
          annual Additional Rent due provided that Landlord agrees that in
          calendar year 2002 and subsequent calendar years Operating Expenses
          which may be controlled by Landlord shall not increase more than six
          percent (6%) in any one (1) calendar year. For these purposes,
          Operating Expenses over which Landlord has no control shall include,
          but not be limited to (i) taxes, assessments and governmental charges
          or impositions of any kind or nature whatsoever; (ii) premiums for any
          and all property, casualty, worker's compensation and/or other
          insurance maintained in connection with the ownership, operation,
          maintenance or management of the Building; or (iii) impositions,
          charges or fees of whatever kind or nature for water, sewer, gas,
          electric or other utilities. For any year during which Additional Rent
          is due for less than the entire calendar year, Tenant shall pay to
          Landlord each calendar month during such year, one-twelfth of the
          estimated Additional Rent that would have been due if Additional Rent
          had been due throughout that calendar year.

     (e)  If Operating Expenses increase during a calendar year, Landlord may
          revise the estimated Additional Rent during such year by giving Tenant
          written notice to that effect, and thereafter Tenant shall pay to
          Landlord, in each of the remaining months of that calendar year, an
          additional amount equal to the amount of the increase in the estimated
          Additional Rent divided by the number of months remaining in the year.



                                       6

<PAGE>   14

     (f)  Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar
          year, or as soon thereafter as figures are reasonably available,
          Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a statement showing
          Tenant's actual Additional Rent for that calendar year. Within thirty
          (30) days after receipt of each statement, Tenant shall pay to
          Landlord, or Landlord shall credit against the next Additional Rent
          payment or payments due from Tenant, as the case may be, the
          difference between Tenant's actual Additional Rent for the preceding
          calendar year and the estimated Additional Rent paid by Tenant during
          the year. If Tenant is owed money after the termination of this Lease,
          Landlord shall pay such overpayment to Tenant within thirty (30) days.

     (g)  Tenant will have the right, for a period of two (2) years after the
          expiration of any calendar year (but not thereafter) to audit
          Landlord's books, at Tenant's cost and expense, to verify the
          Operating Expenses for such calendar year. If Tenant does not request
          an audit within two (2) years after the expiration of any particular
          calendar year, then Tenant will be deemed to have waived any right it
          may have to an adjustment to Tenant's Percentage of any Operating
          Expenses for such calendar year.

     (h)  Tenant's right to verify Operating Expenses shall be subject to the
          following limitations and conditions: (i) Tenant shall have no right
          to verify Operating Expenses if Tenant has committed a monetary Event
          of Default or if an event has occurred which, with the giving of
          notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute a monetary
          Event of Default on the part of Tenant (ii) Tenant shall have provided
          Landlord with timely written notice of its desire to verify Operating
          Expenses and specified a date for such verification not less than
          fourteen (14) nor more than thirty (30) from the delivery of the
          notice to Landlord; (iii) such review or verification shall take place
          in Landlord's offices in Austin, Texas; and (iv) Tenant and any third
          party auditor, reviewer, attorney or accountant employed by Tenant
          shall execute and deliver to Landlord a confidentiality agreement
          acceptable to Landlord and which shall include, among other terms, the
          agreement of Tenant and such third party not to disclose to any other
          person the existence of the review, the results of the review and the
          agreement of any third party not to solicit or conduct verifications
          or reviews on the part of any other tenant of the Building or the
          Project.

     (i)  In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the
          appropriate resolution of any dispute relating to Operating Expenses,
          the sole and exclusive remedy of Tenant shall be to submit the
          appropriate determination of Operating Expenses to binding arbitration
          in Travis County, Texas in accordance with the rules of the American
          Arbitration Association for commercial disputes. In the event Landlord
          and Tenant can not agree on a panel of arbiters within ten (10) days
          after either party notifies the other of its election to submit the
          matter to arbitration, then Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint an
          arbitrator and the two arbitrators selected shall appoint the third.
          All arbitrators selected or appointed for resolution


                                       7

<PAGE>   15

          of the dispute shall be unaffiliated with the parties and shall have
          at least ten (10) years experience in commercial real estate leasing
          in Travis County, Texas as either an attorney or a licensed real
          estate broker. The arbitration panel shall render a decision within
          ninety (90) days of appointment.

     (j)  If (i) an arbitration panel determines, or (ii) Landlord agrees that
          Tenant's audit results in a finding that Tenant was overcharged in an
          amount in excess of five percent (5%) of the actual costs incurred by
          Landlord for the Operating Expenses, then in such event, Landlord
          shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs of the audit, as well
          as refund the overpayment plus interest at the rate of ten percent
          (10%) per year. Landlord agrees to make such payment within thirty
          (30) days.

Section 3.03    Rent Payments

     (a)  All Rent is payable by Tenant at the times and in the amounts
          specified in this Lease in legal tender of the United States of
          America to Landlord at Landlord's management office in the Building,
          or to any other person or at any other address as Landlord may from
          time to time designate by notice to Tenant.

     (b)  Rent is payable by Tenant without notice, demand, abatement,
          deduction, or set-off except as expressly specified in this Lease.
          Tenant's obligation to pay Rent is independent of any obligation of
          Landlord under this Lease. If any installment of Rent is not paid
          within ten (10) days after it is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a
          late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent
          installment of Rent when it pays the delinquent installment. In
          addition, if Tenant fails to pay any Rent when the same is due (and
          which represents amounts not already specified as bearing interest
          under other provisions of this Lease) then Tenant shall also pay to
          Landlord interest on the unpaid Rent from the due date until the date
          paid at the highest rate lawfully permitted to be contracted for,
          charged or received pursuant to a written contract under applicable
          federal or state law (whichever is higher) or such lower rate as may
          be assessed by Landlord (the "Interest Rate").

                       ARTICLE IV - UTILITIES AND SERVICES

Section 4.01    Services to be Provided

     Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord shall furnish or
     cause to be furnished to the Leased Premises, the utilities and services
     described below, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the
     standards set forth herein:

     (a)  Landlord shall provide not less than one (1) automatic elevator
          service to the Leased Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven
          (7) days per week.

     (b)  During Building Standard Hours, Landlord agrees to ventilate the
          Leased Premises and furnish heat or air conditioning, at such
          temperatures and in such amounts as


                                       8

<PAGE>   16

          is necessary and appropriate for the comfortable occupancy of the
          Leased Premises, reasonably consistent with the standards of "Class A"
          office buildings in Austin, Texas. Landlord's obligations to provide
          heating and air conditioning are subject to any governmental
          requirements or standards relating to, among other things, energy
          conservation. Upon reasonable request (in both time and manner) from
          Tenant, Landlord shall make available at Tenant's expense heat or air
          conditioning at times other than Building Standard Hours. The minimum
          charge and the hourly rate for the use of after hours heat or air
          conditioning shall be determined from time to time by Landlord and
          confirmed in writing to Tenant. Until further notice is given by
          Landlord to Tenant, the hourly rate for such after hours heart or air
          conditioning shall be Eight Dollars ($8.00) per hour for one-half hour
          service or Sixteen Dollars ($16.00) per hour for full hour service.
          Such charge shall not exceed Landlord's costs to provide such service.

     (c)  Electric lighting for the Common Areas of the Building.

     (d)  Toilet facilities and hot and cold water for lavatory purposes (at
          temperatures prescribed by applicable law).

     (e)  Replacement, as necessary, of all lamps and ballasts in the H Building
          Standard light fixtures within the Leased Premises and Common Areas.

     (f)  Window washing of exterior windows not less than once each year.

     (g)  Professional landscaping services for all landscaped areas from time
          to time on the Land.

     (h)  Display, throughout the Term, on all Building directories of Tenant's
          name and suite number. At Tenant's request, Landlord shall provide at
          no cost to Tenant not less than twenty percent (20%) of the space on
          the Building directory.

     (i)  Janitorial services at times and comparable and reasonably consistent
          in quality to those being provided by other Class A office buildings
          in Austin, Texas.

     (j)  Landlord shall furnish to the Leased Premises at all times, subject to
          interruptions beyond Landlord's control and temporary interruptions
          necessary or appropriate for Building maintenance or equipment
          installation, electricity sufficient to operate normal office lighting
          and equipment. Tenant shall not install or operate in the Leased
          Premises any electrically operated machinery or equipment which
          requires high electricity consumption for operation without the prior
          written consent of Landlord. In no event may Tenant's use of
          electricity exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the
          risers or wiring installation. Electrical consumption in the Leased
          Premises, or in any portion of the Leased Premises in which excess
          electricity is consumed, may, at Landlord's option, be separately
          metered after written notice to Tenant. Tenant shall pay within thirty
          (30) days of invoicing


                                       9

<PAGE>   17

          from Landlord all costs associated with any separate metering required
          by Landlord, including but not limited to installation of any separate
          metering devices and the costs of all electrical consumption in any
          areas which are separately metered. The obligation of Landlord to
          provide or cause to be provided electricity is subject to the rules
          and regulations of the supplier of electricity and of any municipal or
          other governmental authority regulating the business of providing
          electricity. Landlord is not liable or responsible to Tenant for any
          loss, damage or expense Tenant sustains or incurs if either the
          quality or character of the electricity is changed or is no longer
          available or no longer suitable for Tenant's requirements. At any time
          when Landlord is furnishing electricity to the Leased Premises under
          this subsection, Landlord may, at its option, upon not less than
          thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, discontinue the
          furnishing of electricity. If Landlord gives a notice of
          discontinuance, Landlord shall make all reasonably necessary
          arrangements with the public utility supplying the electricity to the
          Building with respect to connecting electrical service to the Leased
          Premises, but Tenant shall contract directly with the public utility
          with respect to supplying the electrical service.

          Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall not be allowed to
          discontinue electrical service without providing (and assisting with
          causing Tenant to contract with) an additional electrical service. In
          this regard, Landlord shall allow Tenant (and the new service
          provider) to use all facilities reasonably necessary to install and
          provide such electricity.

Section 4.02      Additional Services

     Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for heating, ventilating and air
     conditioning provided by Landlord at any time other than the Building
     Standard Hours or for any use beyond what Landlord agrees to furnish or
     because of special electrical, cooling, and ventilating needs created by
     Tenant's telephone equipment, computers, and other equipment or uses.

Section 4.03      Tenant's Obligations

     Tenant shall reasonably cooperate at all times with Landlord and abide by
     all regulations and requirements Landlord may prescribe for the use of all
     utilities and services and which Landlord has notified Tenant of in
     writing.

Section 4.04      Service Interruptions

     (a)  Landlord does not warrant that the services provided by Landlord will
          be free from any slow-down, interruption, or stoppage by governmental
          bodies, regulatory agencies, utility companies, and others supplying
          services or caused by the maintenance, repair, replacement, or
          improvement of any equipment involved in the furnishing of the
          services or caused by changes of services, alterations, strikes,


                                       10

<PAGE>   18

          lock-outs, labor controversies, fuel shortages, accidents, acts of
          God, the elements, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of
          Landlord. Landlord shall use due diligence to resume the service upon
          any slow-down, interruption, or stoppage.

     (b)  No slow-down, interruption, or temporary stoppage of the services may
          be construed as an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant. If all
          of the services provided by Landlord are interrupted to such an extent
          that the Leased Premises are not usable by Tenant for a period of five
          (5) consecutive days, then Tenant, as its exclusive remedy, shall be
          entitled to a rental abatement to a fair and equitable extent until
          such services are reinstated. Except for such abatement of rent, no
          slowdown, interruption or temporary stoppage of the services to be
          provided by Landlord hereunder will in any manner or for any purpose
          relieve Tenant from its obligations under this Lease. Landlord is not
          liable for damage to persons or property, or in default under this
          Lease, as a result of any slow-down, interruption, or temporary
          stoppage. If the services provided by Landlord are interrupted to such
          an extent that the Leased Premises are not usable by Tenant for a
          period of thirty (30) consecutive days and reasonable accommodation
          (including all costs associated with a move) has not been made by
          Landlord for Tenant to continue to operate Tenant's business in an
          adjacent building, then Tenant may terminate this Lease and thereafter
          be released from all future obligations under this Lease.

                          ARTICLE V - USE AND OCCUPANCY

Section 5.01   Use and Occupancy

     (a)  The Leased Premises may be used and occupied by Tenant only for
          general business offices, including, but not limited to, facilities
          for brokerage services (including a trading floor) and associated
          ancillary uses and for no other purpose. Tenant shall use and maintain
          the Leased Premises in a clean, careful, safe, and proper manner and
          shall comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and
          requirements of any kind imposed by any governmental authority (state,
          federal, county and municipal) applicable to or having jurisdiction
          over the use, occupancy, operation, and maintenance of the Leased
          Premises and the Building, including without limitation, all
          applicable environmental laws and the Americans With Disabilities Act
          of 1990 (ADA) (those laws, ordinances, orders, rules, decisions, and
          regulations hereafter referred to as "Applicable Law" or "Applicable
          Laws"). Landlord shall comply with all applicable Laws relating to the
          use, condition, access to and occupancy of the Building. Landlord
          represents that to the best of its knowledge on the Commencement Date
          the Leased Premises (if planned and by Landlord's architect and
          constructed by a contractor selected by Landlord) and the Building
          shall comply with Title III of the Americans With Disabilities Act and
          if the Premises do not so comply, then Landlord shall cause the
          Premises and the Building to so comply within a reasonable time
          thereafter.



                                       11

<PAGE>   19



     (b)  Tenant may not deface or injure the Leased Premises or the Building or
          any part thereof or overload the floors of the Leased Premises. Tenant
          may not commit waste or permit waste to be committed or cause or
          permit any nuisance on or in the Leased Premises or the Building.
          Tenant shall pay Landlord as Rent, after written notice and a
          reasonable opportunity to cure, for any damage to the Leased Premises
          or to any other part of the Building caused by any negligence or
          willful act or any misuse or abuse (whether or not the misuse or abuse
          results from negligence or willful acts) by Tenant or Tenant's
          employees.

     (c)  Tenant may not use or allow the Leased Premises to be used for any
          purpose prohibited by any Applicable Law applicable to the Building.
          Tenant and each of Tenant's employees shall conduct its business and
          occupy the Leased Premises so as not to create any material nuisance
          or interfere with, annoy, or disturb any other tenants in the Building
          or Landlord in its management of the Building (or its occupancy of
          portions of the Building).

     (d)  Tenant shall not erect, place, or allow to be placed any sign, symbol,
          advertising matter, stand, booth, or showcase in or upon the
          doorsteps, vestibules, halls, corridors, doors, walls, windows, or
          pavement of the Building visible outside the Leased Premises (except
          for lettering on the door or doors to the Leased Premises as allowed
          by the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit D) without the
          prior consent of Landlord.

     (e)  Tenant may not use or allow or permit the Leased Premises to be used
          in any way or for any purpose that:

          (1)  is hazardous on account of the possibility of fire or other
               casualty, or hazardous substances;

          (2)  increases the rate of fire or other insurance for the Building or
               its contents or in respect of the operation of the Building; or

          (3)  renders the Building uninsurable at normal rates by responsible
               insurance carriers authorized to do business in the State of
               Texas or renders void or voidable any insurance on the Building.

          If insurance premiums are increased because of Tenant's use of the
          Leased Premises, then, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may
          have, Tenant shall pay the amount of the increase to Landlord as Rent
          within thirty (30) days after written notice of such increase from
          Landlord. If Tenant's use of the Leased Premises is modified,
          resulting in a reduction of the insurance premiums, Landlord agrees to
          then reduce the additional rent accordingly.


                                       12

<PAGE>   20
Section 5.02   Rules and Regulations

     Tenant and its employees, agents and licensees shall comply with the rules
     and regulations (as changed from time to time as hereinafter provided)
     attached as Exhibit D (the "Rules and Regulations"). Landlord may at any
     time make reasonable changes to the Rules and Regulations or promulgate
     other Rules and Regulations as Landlord deems advisable for the safety,
     care, cleanliness, or orderliness of the Building. No changes are effective
     until a copy of the changes is delivered to Tenant. Tenant is responsible
     for the compliance with the Rules and Regulations by Tenant's employees.
     Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce compliance by all other
     tenants with the Rules and Regulations from time to time in effect, but
     Landlord is not responsible to Tenant for failure of any person to comply
     with the Rules and Regulations.

Section 5.03  Quiet Enjoyment

     If Tenant pays the Rent when due and timely performs all other obligations
     of Tenant under this Lease, then Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the
     Leased Premises during the Lease Term without any disturbance from Landlord
     or from any other person claiming by, through, or under Landlord, subject
     to the terms of this Lease and of the deeds of trust, mortgages, ground
     leases, ordinances, leases, utility easements, agreements and other matters
     to which this Lease may be subordinate.

                ARTICLE VI - REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS

Section 6.01  Repair and Maintenance by Tenant

     (a)  Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises and all fixtures installed by or
          on behalf of Tenant in good and tenantable condition, normal wear and
          tear excepted. Tenant shall promptly make all necessary non-structural
          repairs and replacements thereto except those caused by fire or other
          casualty covered by Landlord's insurance on the Building, or resulting
          from Landlord or Landlord's employees or contractors negligence or
          willful misconduct, all at Tenant's expense and with the approval of
          Landlord. All repairs and replacements must be equal in quality to the
          original work, and all contractors and subcontractors performing such
          repairs and replacements must comply with the conditions specified in
          Section 6.02(a) hereinbelow. Without diminishing this obligation of
          Tenant, if Tenant fails to make any repairs and replacements within
          thirty (30) days after the occurrence of the damage or injury,
          Landlord may at its option after written notice make the repairs and
          replacements and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand as Rent the costs
          incurred by Landlord plus an administrative fee equal to ten (10)
          percent of the costs.

     (b)  Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs and replacements due to damage or
          injury to the Building or any part thereof caused by any of Tenant's
          employees or by any malfunction or misuse of any equipment installed
          by or on behalf of Tenant unless improperly installed by Landlord's
          contractor. This amount is payable by Tenant to Landlord as Rent
          within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord. If


                                       13

<PAGE>   21

          Tenant requests Landlord to perform any maintenance or repairs to the
          Leased Premises, over and above the services required to be performed
          by Landlord pursuant to Article IV, Tenant shall pay the actual cost
          thereof, plus an administrative fee equal to ten (10) percent of the
          actual cost thereof, to Landlord as Rent within thirty (30) business
          days after demand.

Section 6.02   Alterations and Additions by Tenant

     (a)  Tenant may not make or permit any alterations, improvements or
          additions in or to the Leased Premises or the Building without
          Landlord's prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably
          withheld. All alterations, additions and improvements made to, or
          fixtures or other improvements placed in or upon, the Leased Premises,
          whether temporary or permanent in character, by either party (except
          only Tenant's movable trade fixtures, office furniture and equipment)
          are a part of the Building and are the property of Landlord when they
          are placed in the Leased Premises. Alterations, improvements and
          additions in and to the Leased Premises requested by Tenant must be
          made in accordance with plans and specifications approved in advance
          in writing by Landlord. All work must be performed at Tenant's expense
          either by Landlord or by contractors and subcontractors approved in
          advance by Landlord. If the work is not performed by Landlord, then
          all work performed by Tenant's contractors and subcontractors is
          subject to the following conditions:

          (1)  Each contractor and subcontractor must deliver evidence
               reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the insurance specified
               by Landlord is in force prior to commencing work.

          (2)  Tenant shall insure that all workers are cooperative with
               Building personnel and comply with all Building Rules and
               Regulations.

          (3)  Tenant must deliver to Landlord evidence that Tenant has obtained
               all necessary governmental permits and approvals, if any are
               required, for the improvements or alterations prior to starting
               any work.

          (4)  All construction must be done in a good and workmanlike manner
               and is subject to approval by Landlord during and after
               construction, in its reasonable discretion.

          (5)  Lien releases from each contractor and subcontractor must be
               submitted to Landlord within five days after completion of the
               work performed by the contractor or subcontractor.

          (6)  Within thirty (30) days after completion of any improvements or
               alterations, Tenant, at its cost, shall deliver to Landlord two
               reproducible copies of "as-built" plans and specifications (1/8"
               scale) for each floor where alterations or improvements were
               made.


                                       14

<PAGE>   22

          (b)  All alterations and improvements must comply with all Applicable
               Laws. If Tenant's use of the Leased Premises causes Landlord to
               make any alterations or improvements to the Building to comply
               with the provisions of ADA or any other Applicable Laws, Tenant
               shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the alterations or
               improvements within thirty (30) days after written notice.
               Neither Landlord's approval of Tenant's plans and specifications
               for the alterations or improvements nor Landlord's acceptance of
               Tenant's as-built plans is a confirmation or agreement by
               Landlord that the improvements and alterations comply with
               Applicable Laws.

          (c)  Within thirty (30) days after Tenant installs any telephone or
               data cables, whether or not in connection with an alteration or
               addition to the Leased Premises, Tenant, at its cost, shall
               deliver to Landlord two reproducible copies of "as-built" plans
               and specifications (1/8" scale) showing the location of the
               telephone and data cables.

Section 6.03   Mechanics' Liens - Tenant's Obligations

          Tenant may not cause or permit any mechanic's or materialman's lien to
          be placed upon Landlord's interest in the Building or the Leased
          Premises or any part thereof or against Landlord's interest under this
          Lease by any architect, contractor, subcontractor, laborer, or
          materialman performing any labor or furnishing any materials to Tenant
          for any improvement, alteration, or repair of or to the Leased
          Premises, the Building, or any part thereof. If any lien is filed on
          Landlord's interest in the Building or Tenant's interest in the Leased
          Premises, Tenant shall cause the same to be discharged of record
          within thirty (30) days after filing, or post a bond reasonably
          satisfactory to Landlord pending such discharge. If Tenant does not
          discharge the lien within the thirty (30) day period or post the bond,
          then, in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord, Landlord
          may, but is not obligated to, discharge the lien by paying the amount
          claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge of the lien by deposit
          in court or bonding. Any amount paid by Landlord relating to any lien
          not caused by Landlord, and all reasonable legal and other expenses of
          Landlord, including reasonable attorneys' fees, in defending any
          action or in procuring the discharge of any lien, with interest
          thereon at the Interest Rate from date of payment by Landlord until
          paid by Tenant, is payable by Tenant to Landlord on demand as Rent.

Section 6.04   Maintenance and Repair by Landlord

          (a)  Landlord shall maintain the Building in a clean, and operable
               condition, and shall not permit or allow to remain any waste or
               damage to any portion of the Building. Landlord shall keep or
               cause to be kept (i) the roof, exterior walls, foundations,
               exterior canopies, gutters and water spouts, truck loading
               facilities and structural components of the Building, utility
               services extending to the service connections within the Leased
               Premises and those improvements located on the exterior of the
               Leased Premises, (ii) the Common Areas and (iii) all other
               improvements in a neat,



                                       15

<PAGE>   23

               clean and orderly condition (including repair and replacement),
               reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall promptly repair any
               damage to such improvements.

          (b)  Landlord shall pay the cost of repairs and replacements due to
               damage or injury to the Leased Premises or Tenant's personal
               property located therein resulting from the negligence or willful
               misconduct of Landlord, or Landlord's employees, agents or
               contractors. Any amounts due Tenant pursuant to this paragraph
               6.04(b) shall be payable within thirty (30) days after written
               notice from Tenant to Landlord.

                   ARTICLE VII - INSURANCE, FIRE AND CASUALTY

Section 7.01        Tenant's Insurance

          (a)  Tenant shall, at its expense, maintain at all times a policy or
               policies of insurance insuring Tenant against all liability for
               injury to or death of a person or persons and for damage to or
               destruction of property occasioned by or arising out of or in
               connection with the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises or by
               the condition of the Leased Premises (including Tenant's
               contractual liability to indemnify and defend Landlord) with a
               combined single limit of $1,000,000 for bodily injury and
               property damages, or with increased limits as may be required
               from time to time by Landlord by giving notice to Tenant.
               Tenant's policies must be written by an insurance company or
               companies satisfactory to Landlord and licensed to do business in
               the State of Texas with Landlord and Landlord's manager named as
               additional insureds without restriction. If Tenant has an
               umbrella or excess policy, Tenant shall name Landlord and
               Landlord's manager as additional insureds without restriction on
               all layers of umbrella or excess policies. Tenant shall obtain a
               written obligation on the part of each insurance company to
               notify Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to cancellation
               of the insurance.

          (b)  Tenant shall deliver copies of its insurance policies or duly
               executed certificates of insurance to Landlord prior to occupying
               any part of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall deliver
               satisfactory evidence of renewals of the insurance policies to
               Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of
               the respective policies. If Tenant fails to comply with these
               insurance requirements, Landlord may obtain the insurance and
               Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as additional Rent the
               premium cost thereof plus interest at the Interest Rate from the
               date of payment by Landlord until paid by Tenant.

          (c)  Tenant shall use its best efforts to insure that all contractors,
               subcontractors, moving companies and others performing work of
               any type for Tenant in the Building shall comply with the
               insurance requirements set out on Exhibit E attached hereto and
               incorporated herein by reference, as such requirements may be
               revised from time to time by Landlord.




                                       16
<PAGE>   24

Section 7.02   Landlord's Insurance

          Landlord shall, at all times during the Lease Term, maintain a policy
          of insurance insuring the Building against loss or damage by fire,
          explosion or other hazards and contingencies in amounts determined by
          Landlord. Tenant agrees that all personal property upon the Leased
          Premises shall be at the risk of Tenant only that the Landlord shall
          not be liable for any damage thereto or theft thereof. Tenant will not
          permit anything to be done which will in any way increase the rate of
          fire and casualty insurance on the Building or contents. If by reason
          of any act or conduct of business of Tenant there shall be any
          increase in the rate of insurance on the Building or contents created
          by Tenant's acts or conduct of business, such act or conduct shall
          constitute an event of default under this Lease and Tenant agrees to
          pay Landlord the amount of such increase on demand.

Section 7.03   Fire or Other Casualty

          (a)  If the Leased Premises or any part thereof are damaged by fire or
               other casualty, Tenant shall give prompt notice thereof to
               Landlord. If the Building is so damaged by fire or other casualty
               that, in Landlord's reasonable opinion and discretion,
               substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Building is
               required or desirable (whether or not the Leased Premises are
               damaged) or if any mortgagee under a mortgage or deed of trust
               covering the Building requires that the insurance proceeds
               payable as a result of the fire or other casualty be used to
               retire the mortgage debt, Landlord may, at its sole option,
               terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice of termination
               within sixty (60) days after the date of the damage. If Landlord
               terminates this Lease under this Section, the Rent shall abate as
               of the date of the damage.

          (b)  If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord
               shall, within seventy-five (75) days after Landlord's receipt of
               insurance proceeds relating to the damage, commence to repair and
               restore the Building (except that Landlord is not responsible for
               delays outside its control) to substantially the same condition
               in which it was immediately prior to the casualty. Landlord is
               not required to rebuild, repair, or replace any part of Tenant's
               furniture or furnishings or fixtures and equipment removable by
               Tenant under the provisions of this Lease. Landlord is not liable
               for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or any Tenant's
               employees or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any
               way from casualty damage or the repairs; provided, during the
               time and to the extent the Leased Premises are unfit for
               occupancy, Landlord shall either furnish Tenant with comparable
               office space at prevailing market rates or a fair diminution of
               Rent, the choice of which is at Landlord's sole discretion.

          (c)  If the damages are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct
               of Tenant or Tenant's employees, Rent does not abate. Any
               insurance carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to
               the Building or to the Leased Premises is for the sole benefit of
               the party carrying the insurance and under its sole control.


                                       17

<PAGE>   25

Section 7.04   Waiver of Subrogation

          Each party waives all claims that arise or may arise in its favor
          against the other party, or anyone claiming through or under them, by
          way of subrogation or otherwise, during the Lease Term or any
          extension or renewal thereof, for all losses of, or damage to, any of
          its property (whether or not the loss or damage is caused by the fault
          or negligence of the other party or anyone for whom the other party is
          responsible), which loss or damage is covered by valid and collectible
          fire and extended coverage insurance policies, to the extent that the
          loss or damage is recovered under the insurance policies. These
          waivers are in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other waiver
          or release in this Lease with respect to any loss or damage to
          property of the parties. Since these mutual waivers preclude the
          assignment of any claim by way of subrogation (or otherwise) to an
          insurance company (or any other person), each party shall immediately
          give each insurance company issuing to it policies of fire and
          extended coverage insurance written notice of the terms of these
          mutual waivers, and have the insurance policies properly endorsed, if
          necessary, to prevent the invalidation of the insurance coverages by
          reason of these waivers.

                           ARTICLE VIII - CONDEMNATION

          (a)  If all or substantially all of the Building is taken for any
               public or quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance
               or regulation or by right of eminent domain or is sold to the
               condemning authority in lieu of condemnation, then this Lease
               will terminate as of the date when physical possession of the
               portion of the Building is taken by the condemning authority. If
               less than all or substantially all of the Building is taken or
               sold, Landlord (whether or not the Leased Premises are affected)
               may terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant within sixty
               (60) days after the right of election accrues, in which event
               this Lease will terminate as of the date when physical possession
               of the portion of the Building is taken by the condemning
               authority.

          (b)  If this Lease is not terminated upon any taking or sale of less
               than all or substantially all of the Building:

               (1)  The Rent will be reduced by an amount representing that part
                    of the Rent properly allocable to the portion of the Leased
                    Premises taken or sold, if any; and

               (2)  Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole expense, restore the
                    Building to substantially its former condition to the extent
                    reasonably deemed feasible by Landlord, but:

                    (A)  Landlord's restoration obligation does not exceed the
                         scope of the work done by Landlord in originally
                         constructing the Building and installing Tenant finish
                         improvements in the Leased Premises; and


                                       18

<PAGE>   26

                    (B)  Landlord is not required to spend for the work an
                         amount in excess of the amount received by Landlord as
                         compensation or damages (over and above amounts going
                         to the mortgagee of the property taken) for the part of
                         the Building so taken.

          (c)  Landlord is entitled to receive all of the compensation awarded
               upon a taking of any part or all of the Building, including any
               award for the value of the unexpired Lease Term. Tenant is not
               entitled to and expressly waives all claim to any compensation;
               provided, Tenant is entitled to make a claim against the
               condemning authority and to receive any award from the condemning
               authority for moving costs and damages to Tenant's personal
               property, fixtures, loss of business and business interruption.

                    ARTICLE IX - INDEMNIFICATIONS AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01   LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF LANDLORD: WAIVER

          (a)  LANDLORD IS NOT LIABLE TO ANY TENANT, AND TENANT WAIVES ANY
               LIABILITY OF LANDLORD, FOR:

               (1)  ANY INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY DUE TO THE
                    CONDITION OR DESIGN OF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, THE BUILDING THAT
                    EXISTS NOW OR OCCURS IN THE FUTURE, EXCEPT FOR LANDLORD'S
                    GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT;

               (2)  ANY INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY DUE TO THE
                    BUILDING OR RELATED IMPROVEMENTS OR APPURTENANCES BEING OUT
                    OF REPAIR, OR DEFECTS IN OR FAILURE OF PIPES OR WIRING, OR
                    BACKING UP OF DRAINS, OR THE BURSTING OR LEAKING OF PIPES,
                    FAUCETS AND PLUMBING MIXTURES, OR GAS, WATER, STEAM,
                    ELECTRICITY, OR OIL LEAKING, ESCAPING, OR FLOWING INTO THE
                    LEASED PREMISES, UNLESS CAUSED BY LANDLORD'S WILLFUL
                    MISCONDUCT OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE;

               (3)  ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF OTHER
                    TENANTS IN THE BUILDING OR OF ANY OTHER PERSONS, EXCEPTING
                    ONLY THE WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OF DULY
                    AUTHORIZED EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF LANDLORD; OR

               (4)  ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR PERSON OCCASIONED BY
                    THEFT, FIRE, ACT OF GOD, PUBLIC ENEMY, INJUNCTION, RIOT,
                    INSURRECTION, WAR, COURT ORDER, REQUISITION, ORDER OF
                    GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, AND ANY OTHER CAUSE BEYOND THE
                    CONTROL OF LANDLORD.

          (b)  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING OR ANYTHING ELSE TO THE CONTRARY
               CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD TO TENANT FOR
               ANY DEFAULT OR INDEMNITY BY LANDLORD UNDER THIS LEASE IS LIMITED
               TO THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE BUILDING. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR
               ANY PARTNER, EMPLOYEE, AGENT, DIRECTOR, OR OFFICER OF LANDLORD
               HAS ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY FOR ANY AMOUNTS PAYABLE OR OBLIGATIONS
               PERFORMABLE BY LANDLORD UNDER THIS LEASE.


                                       19

<PAGE>   27



SECTION 9.02   TENANT'S INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD; ASSUMPTION; EMPLOYEES'
               CLAIMS

          (a)  TENANT SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD LANDLORD HARMLESS FROM:

               (1)  ALL FINES, SUITS, LOSSES, COSTS, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS,
                    DEMANDS, ACTIONS, AND JUDGMENTS OF EVERY KIND AND CHARACTER
                    BY REASON OF ANY BREACH BY TENANT UNDER THIS LEASE; AND

               (2)  ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, COSTS,
                    LIABILITIES, EXPENSES, AND JUDGMENTS SUFFERED BY, RECOVERED
                    FROM, OR ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD DUE TO INJURY OR DAMAGE
                    TO PERSON OR PROPERTY TO THE EXTENT THAT THE DAMAGE OR
                    INJURY IS CAUSED, EITHER PROXIMATELY OR REMOTELY, WHOLLY OR
                    IN PART, BY AN ACT, OMISSION, NEGLIGENCE, OR MISCONDUCT OF
                    TENANT OR TENANT'S EMPLOYEES, OR WHEN THE INJURY OR DAMAGE
                    IS THE RESULT, PROXIMATE OR REMOTE, OF THE VIOLATION BY
                    TENANT OR ANY TENANT'S EMPLOYEES OF ANY APPLICABLE LAW, OR
                    WHEN THE INJURY OR DAMAGE IN ANY OTHER WAY ARISES OUT OF THE
                    OCCUPANCY OR USE BY TENANT OR ANY TENANT'S EMPLOYEES OF THE
                    LEASED PREMISES OR THE BUILDING.

          (b)  TENANT IS NOT REQUIRED TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, OR HOLD LANDLORD
               HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, FINE, SUIT, LOSS, LIABILITY,
               ACTION OR JUDGMENT ARISING SOLELY FROM LANDLORD'S NEGLIGENCE OR
               WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

          (c)  IF LANDLORD IS MADE A PARTY TO ANY LITIGATION COMMENCED BY OR
               AGAINST TENANT OR TENANT'S EMPLOYEES OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE OR
               TO THE LEASED PREMISES, THEN TENANT SHALL PAY ALL COSTS AND
               EXPENSES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS FEES AND COURT COSTS, INCURRED BY
               OR IMPOSED UPON LANDLORD BY VIRTUE OF THE LITIGATION. THE AMOUNT
               OF ALL COSTS AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING ATTORNEY'S FEES AND COURT
               COSTS, IS A DEMAND OBLIGATION PAYABLE BY TENANT TO LANDLORD AS
               ADDITIONAL RENT BEARING INTEREST AT THE INTEREST RATE FROM THE
               DATE OF PAYMENT BY LANDLORD UNTIL PAID BY TENANT.

          (d)  TENANT, ASSUMES ALL RISKS OF INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR
               PROPERTY, EITHER PROXIMATE OR REMOTE, BY REASON OF THE CONDITION
               OR DESIGN OF, OR ANY DEFECTS IN, THE LEASED PREMISES.

          (e)  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED HEREIN, ALL PERSONAL PROPERTY IN THE
               LEASED PREMISES IS AT THE SOLE RISK OF TENANT.

          (f)  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.02 SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OR
               EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE.


                                       20

<PAGE>   28

Section 9.03   Landlord's Indemnification of Tenant

          (a)  Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from:

               (1)  all fines, suits, losses, costs, liabilities, claims,
                    demands, actions, and judgments of every kind and character
                    by reason of any breach by Landlord under this Lease; and

               (2)  all claims, demands, actions, damages, losses, costs,
                    liabilities, expenses, and judgments suffered by, recovered
                    from, or asserted against Tenant due to injury or damage to
                    person or property to the extent that the damage or injury
                    is caused, either proximately or remotely, wholly or in
                    part, by an act, omission, negligence, or misconduct of
                    Landlord or Landlord's employees, or when the injury or
                    damage is the result, proximate or remote, of the violation
                    by Landlord or any Landlord's employees of any Applicable
                    Law, or when the injury or damage in any other way arises
                    out of the ownership or control Landlord may have over the
                    leased Premises or the Building.

          (b)  Landlord is not required to indemnify, defend or hold Tenant
               harmless from any claim, demand, fine, suit, loss, liability,
               action or judgment arising solely from Tenant's negligence or
               willful misconduct.

          (c)  The provisions of this Section 9.03 survive the expiration or
               earlier termination of this Lease.

Section 9.04   No Implied Waiver

          The failure of Landlord to insist at any time upon the strict
          performance of any of the terms of this Lease or to exercise any
          option, right, power or remedy contained in this Lease is not a waiver
          of the right or remedy for the future. The waiver of any breach of
          this Lease or violation of the Rules and Regulations attached hereto
          does not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally
          constituted a breach or violation, from having all the force and
          effect of an original breach or violation. No express waiver affects
          any terms other than the ones specified in the waiver and those only
          for the time and in the manner specifically stated. Acceptance by
          Landlord of any Rent after the breach of any of the terms of this
          Lease or violation of any Rule or Regulation is not a waiver of the
          breach or violation or the right to collect applicable late charges
          and interest, and no waiver by Landlord of any of the terms of this
          Lease is effective unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord.

Section 9.05   Waiver by Tenant

          Tenant waives and surrenders for itself and all persons or entities
          claiming by, through, and under it, including creditors of all kinds:
          (A) any right and privilege which it or any



                                       21
<PAGE>   29

          of them has under any present or future constitution, statute, or rule
          of law to redeem the Leased Premises or to have a continuance of this
          Lease for the Lease Term after termination of Tenant's right of
          occupancy by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or
          writ, or under the terms of this Lease, (B) the benefits of any
          present or future constitution, statute, or rule of law that exempts
          property from liability for debt or for distress for Rent, (C) any
          provision of law relating to notice or delay in levy of execution in
          case of eviction of a Tenant for nonpayment of Rent, and (D) any
          rights, privileges, and liens set out under Sections 91.004 and 93.003
          of the Texas Property Code (as amended), and Tenant exempts Landlord
          from any liability or duty thereunder.

Section 9.06   Hazardous Materials

          (a)  Tenant has no liability or responsibility with respect to
               Hazardous Substances, if any, which were placed or located within
               the Leased Premises or the Building prior to the Effective Date,
               but Tenant may not:

               (1)  cause or permit the escape, disposal, or release in the
                    Leased Premises or the Building of any biologically active,
                    chemically active, or hazardous substances or materials
                    (hereafter referred to as "Hazardous Substances"); or

               (2)  bring or permit or allow any Tenant's employee to bring, any
                    Hazardous Substances into the Leased Premises or the
                    Building.

               The term Hazardous Substances includes, but is not limited to,
               those described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response
               Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C.
               Section 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,
               as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Texas Water Code,
               the Texas Solid Waste Disposal Act, and other applicable state or
               local environmental laws and the regulations adopted under those
               acts.

          (b)  If any lender or governmental agency requires testing to
               ascertain whether or not a release of Hazardous Substances has
               occurred in or on the Leased Premises or the Building based on
               probable cause that a release occurred and was caused by any
               Tenant or Tenant's employees, then Tenant shall reimburse the
               reasonable costs of the testing to Landlord as Rent within thirty
               (30) days from the date of written notice from Landlord.

          (c)  Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations, and the like
               from time to time at Landlord's request concerning Tenant's best
               knowledge and belief regarding the presence of Hazardous
               Substances in the Leased Premises and the Building.

          (d)  Tenant shall indemnify Landlord in the manner elsewhere provided
               in this Lease from any release of Hazardous Substances in or on
               the Leased Premises or the Building caused or permitted by any
               Tenant or Tenant's employees.



                                       22

<PAGE>   30

          (e)  Landlord may not cause or permit the escape, disposal, or release
               in the Building of any Hazardous Substances or bring, or
               knowingly permit any tenant to bring, any Hazardous Substances
               into the Building.

          (f)  The provisions of this Section 9.06 survive the expiration or
               earlier termination of this Lease.

                      ARTICLE X - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

10.01  Assignment or Subletting Without Consent.

          (a)  Tenant may, subject to the below conditions, sublet or assign all
               or a portion of the Leased Premises so long as Tenant first
               offers back the Leased Premises to Landlord (in accordance with
               subparagraph d below).

          (b)  In the event Landlord elects not to terminate the Lease as to the
               portion of the Leased Premises Tenant desires to sublease or
               assign, the same shall be allowed if: (i) Tenant reconfirms in
               writing it is still liable in all respects under the Lease; (ii)
               Landlord reasonably approves the written sublease or assignment
               document; and (iii) such proposed subtenant or assignee does not
               violate (1) any exclusive rights to operate certain types of
               business in the building, and (2) the use of such proposed
               subtenant or assignee does not violate any material provision of
               the Lease, including, but not limited to, rules and regulations.

          (c)  In the event the Minimum Rent paid by any assignee or subtenant
               exceeds the Minimum Rent due from Tenant, Landlord shall be
               entitled to receive one-half (1/2) of such excess less one-half
               reasonable costs (including tenant build-out and brokerage
               commission) in addition to the Minimum Rent.

          (d)  Upon receipt of written notice from Tenant of its intent to
               sublet or assign Landlord may exercise an option to terminate the
               lease as to that portion of the Leased Premised Tenant desires to
               sublet or assign. In the event Landlord elects to exercise this
               right to terminate the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession
               of the Lease Premises to Landlord on the later of (i) the
               proposed date of possession by the assignee or subtenant or (ii)
               ninety (90) days after the date of Landlord's notice of
               termination to Tenant.

          (e)  Landlord may not elect to exercise its option to terminate
               granted herein if the proposed subtenant or assignee is an
               affiliate or subsidiary of Tenant and the same shall be allowed
               hereunder.



                                       23

<PAGE>   31

                              ARTICLE XI - DEFAULT

Section 11.01 Default

          (a)  Each of the following shall constitute an "Event of Default" by
               Tenant:

               (1)  The Tenant abandons all or any part of the Leased Premises
                    and fails to pay one or more installments of Minimum Rent or
                    Additional Rent due hereunder; or, if Tenant is a
                    corporation or partnership, Tenant dissolves or liquidates;
                    or

               (2)  The filing of a petition to declare Tenant bankrupt or to
                    delay, reduce or modify Tenant's debts or obligations, or
                    for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of Tenant or
                    its property or for the winding up or liquidation of its
                    affairs; or if Tenant makes an assignment of the benefits of
                    Tenant's creditors or admits in writing Tenant's inability
                    to pay the debts due; or, if Tenant dissolves or liquidates;
                    and in either case does not pay any Rent due hereunder; or,

               (3)  The failure of Tenant to pay when due any subsequent
                    installment of Minimum Rent, or Additional Rent, or any
                    other money payments due hereunder, or any part thereof, and
                    such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days
                    after Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice of
                    such failure provided, however, if Tenant fails to pay
                    installments of Rent, Additional Rent, or any other money
                    payments due hereunder on a timely basis: (i) on two or more
                    occasions during any calendar year; or (ii) in two or more
                    consecutive calendar months, then Landlord will thereafter
                    have no obligation to deliver any notice of default to
                    Tenant under the terms hereof and an "Event of Default" will
                    be deemed to have occurred immediately upon the failure of
                    Tenant to pay when due any installment of Rent, Additional
                    Rent, or any other money payments due hereunder, without any
                    grace period and without necessity of Landlord delivering
                    any notice of default to Tenant); or

               (4)  The failure of Tenant to fulfill or perform in whole or in
                    part, any material agreement or provision of this Lease
                    which is an obligation upon Tenant, other than the payment
                    of Rent, Additional Rent or any other money amounts due
                    hereunder, and such failure or nonperformance shall continue
                    for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice
                    thereof has been given by Landlord to Tenant; or

          (b)  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord shall have
               the option to do any one or more of the following without any
               notice or demand, in addition to and in limitation of any other
               remedy permitted by law or by this lease:

                                       24

<PAGE>   32

          (1)  Landlord may terminate this Lease and forthwith repossess the
               Leased Premises and be entitled to recover forthwith as damages a
               sum of money equal to the total of: (i) the cost of recovering
               the Leased Premises (including attorneys' fees and costs of
               suit); (ii) the unpaid Rent earned at the time of termination,
               plus interest thereon at Interest Rate; (iii) the entire amount
               of the total Rent payable during the remainder of the Lease Term;
               and (iv) any other sum of money and damages owed by Tenant to
               Landlord.

          (2)  Landlord may terminate Tenant's right of possession (but not this
               Lease) and may repossess the Leased Premises by forcible entry or
               detainer suit or otherwise, without demand or notice of any kind
               to Tenant and without terminating this Lease, in which event
               Landlord may (but shall be under no obligation to do so) relet
               the Leased Premises for the account of Tenant for such rent and
               upon such terms as shall be satisfactory to Landlord, in
               Landlord's sole and absolute discretion. For the purpose of such
               reletting, Landlord is authorized to make any repairs, changes,
               alterations, or additions in or to Leased Premises which Landlord
               may consider to be necessary, in Landlord's reasonable judgment.
               If Landlord shall fail or refuse to relet the Leased Premises,
               then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages a sum equal to the
               amount of the Rent and all other sums due hereunder, plus the
               cost of recovering possession of the Leased Premises, plus
               interest on all of the foregoing at the Interest Rate. If the
               Leased Premises are relet and a sufficient sum is not realized
               from such reletting (after paying the reasonable cost of
               recovering possession of the Leased Premises, plus all of the
               costs and expenses of repairs, changes, alterations, and
               additions to the Leased Premises, plus all expenses of reletting
               the Leased Premises, plus interest on all of the forgoing at the
               Interest Rate) to satisfy the Rent provided for in this Lease to
               be paid, plus all other sums owed by Tenant to Landlord, plus
               interest on all of the foregoing at the Interest Rate, then
               Tenant shall satisfy and pay any such deficiency to Landlord upon
               demand therefor from time to time, and Tenant agrees that
               Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due under the
               terms of this paragraph from time to time, and that no delivery
               or recovery of any portion due Landlord hereunder shall be any
               defense to any subsequent action brought for any amount not
               theretofore reduced to judgment in favor of Landlord, nor shall
               such reletting be construed as an election on the part of
               Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such
               intention be given to Tenant by Landlord. Notwithstanding any
               such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time
               thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous
               breach.

          (3)  Landlord may make such payments and/or take such actions
               (including, without limitation, entering upon or within the
               Leased Premises, by force if necessary) and do whatever Tenant is
               obligated to do under the terms of


                                       25

<PAGE>   33

               this Lease, and Tenant covenants and agrees to reimburse Landlord
               on demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in effecting
               compliance with Tenant's obligations under this Lease, together
               with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date paid by
               Landlord.

          (4)  At any time after an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred
               hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to change or modify door
               locks on entry doors to the Leased Premises, and such right to
               modify or change locks shall continue so long as Tenant is in
               default hereunder. Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish
               Tenant with a new key or to allow Tenant to enter the Leased
               Premises, until and unless Tenant has cured any default
               hereunder. Landlord may take such action as is required to cure
               any breach or default by Tenant hereunder and bill Tenant for any
               expenses incurred by Landlord in curing such breach, and Tenant
               shall be obligated to pay such bill immediately upon its receipt
               by Tenant.

          (5)  Landlord shall have the right to cause a receiver to be appointed
               in any action against Tenant to take possession of the Leased
               Premises and/or to collect the rents or profits derived
               therefrom. The appointment of such receiver shall not constitute
               an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease
               unless notice of such intention is given to Tenant.

          (6)  After terminating this Lease or Tenant's right to possession of
               the Leased Premises, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant or
               any other party, remove any and all personal property located in
               the Leased Premises and either dispose of or store such personal
               property at Tenant's expense.

          (7)  In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease,
               Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable
               law, to injunctive relief in case of the violation or attempted
               or threatened violation, of any of the provisions of this Lease,
               or to a decree compelling performance of any other provisions of
               this lease, or to any other remedy allowed at law or in equity.

     Notwithstanding any other remedy or provision set forth in this Lease: (i)
     if Landlord has made rent concessions of any type or character, or waived
     any rent, and Tenant defaults at any time during the term of this Lease,
     the rent concessions, including any waived rent, shall be canceled and the
     amount of the rent concessions shall be due and payable immediately as if
     no rent concessions or waiver of any rent had ever been granted; (ii) this
     Lease may be terminated by Landlord only by written notice of such
     termination to Tenant given in accordance with the notice provisions of
     this Lease, and no other act or omission of Landlord shall be construed as
     a termination of this Lease; (iii) all rights and remedies of Landlord
     herein or existing at law or in equity are cumulative and the exercise of
     one or more rights or remedies shall not be taken to exclude or waive the
     right to the exercise of any other; (iv) Tenant agrees that acceptance of
     full or partial payments by Landlord


                                       26

<PAGE>   34

     after notice of termination or forfeiture will not constitute a waiver of
     the default, termination, or forfeiture unless Landlord agrees to a waiver
     in writing, nor affect any legal proceedings taken or to be taken by
     Landlord except to reduce Tenant's obligation to Landlord by the amount of
     such payment; and (v) waiver by Landlord of any defaults or breaches by
     Tenant of any provisions of this Lease shall not bar Landlord thereafter
     from requiring prompt performance by Tenant of the obligations of this
     Lease, nor shall Landlord be barred thereafter from immediate exercise of
     any of Landlord's rights or remedies in case of continuing or subsequent
     default or violation by Tenant.

Section 11.02     Landlord's Lien

     (a)  Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a security interest to secure payment
          of all rent and other sums of money coming due hereunder from Tenant,
          and to secure payment of any damages or loss which Landlord may suffer
          by reason of the breach by Tenant of any covenant, agreement, or
          condition contained herein, upon all equipment, fixtures, furniture,
          improvements and other personal property of Tenant presently or which
          may hereafter be situated on the Leased Premises, and all proceeds
          therefrom. Such property shall not be removed from the Leased Premises
          at any time without the consent of the Landlord until all arrearages
          in rent as well as any other sums of money then due to Landlord
          hereunder shall first have been paid and discharged, and all the
          covenants, agreements, and conditions hereof have been fulfilled and
          performed by Tenant. In addition to any other remedies provided
          herein, in the event of default, Landlord may enter the Leased
          Premises and take possession of any and all equipment, fixtures,
          furniture, improvements and other personal property of Tenant situated
          upon the Leased Premises without liability for trespass or conversion.
          Landlord may sell the same at a public or private sale, with or
          without having such property at the sale, after giving Tenant
          reasonable notice as to the time and place of the sale. At such sale,
          Landlord or its assigns may purchase the Property unless such purchase
          is otherwise prohibited by law. Unless otherwise provided by law, the
          requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given
          to Tenant at the address hereafter prescribed at least fifteen (15)
          days prior to the time of the sale. The proceeds of any such
          disposition, less all expenses connected with the taking of possession
          and sale of the property, including a reasonable attorney's fee, shall
          be applied as a credit against the indebtedness secured by the
          security interest granted in this paragraph. Any surplus shall be paid
          to Tenant and Tenant shall pay any deficiencies upon demand. Upon
          request by Landlord, Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord a
          financing statement in a form sufficient to perfect the security
          interest of the Landlord in the aforementioned property and the
          proceeds thereof under the provision of the uniform commercial code in
          force in the State of Texas. The statutory lien for rent is not
          waived; the security interest herein granted is in addition and
          supplementary thereto.


                                       27

<PAGE>   35

     (b)  Landlord agrees to reasonably subordinate its Landlord's lien to any
          lender or similar entity which provides purchase money financing or a
          financing lease facility for furnishings and equipment located in the
          Leased Premises.

Section 11.03   Mitigation of Damages

     (a)  Both Landlord and Tenant shall each use commercially reasonable
          efforts to mitigate any damages resulting from a default of the other
          party under this Lease.

     (b)  Landlord and Tenant agree to the following criteria in connection with
          Landlord's obligation to mitigate damages after a default by Tenant
          under this Lease:

          (1)  Landlord will have no obligation to solicit or entertain
               negotiations with any other prospective tenants of the Leased
               Premises until and unless Landlord obtains full and complete
               possession of the Leased Premises, including without limitation,
               the final and unappealable legal right to relet the Leased
               Premises free of any claim of Tenant.

          (2)  Landlord will not be obligated to offer the Leased Premises to a
               prospective tenant when other premises suitable for that
               prospective tenant's use are (or soon will be) available in the
               Building or in any other building which is located in the
               vicinity of the Building and which is owned by Landlord or by any
               affiliate of Landlord. For all purposes under this Lease,
               affiliates of Landlord shall mean and include: (i) any person or
               entity owning or holding (directly or indirectly) any interest in
               Landlord; and (ii) any entity in which Landlord or any person or
               entity owning or holding any interest (directly or indirectly) in
               Landlord, owns or holds any interest (directly or indirectly).

          (3)  Landlord will not have any obligation to lease the Leased
               Premises for any rental less than the current rate then
               prevailing for similar space in the Building (or if no similar
               space is available in the Building, the current fair market
               rental then prevailing for similar space in comparable buildings
               in the same market area as the Building) nor shall Landlord be
               obligated to enter into a new lease under any terms or conditions
               that are unacceptable to Landlord under Landlord's then current
               leasing policies for comparable space in the Building.

          (4)  Landlord will not be obligated to enter into any lease with any
               prospective tenant whose presence or operations in the Building
               would: (i) disrupt the tenant mix or balance of the Building;
               (ii) violate any restriction, covenant or requirement contained
               in the lease of another tenant in the Building; (iii) adversely
               affect the reputation of the Building; or (iv) be incompatible
               with the operation of the Building as a first class office
               building.



                                       28

<PAGE>   36

          (5)  Landlord will not be obligated to enter into a lease with any
               prospective tenant which does not have, in Landlord's sole
               judgment and opinion, sufficient financial resources and
               operating experience to operate the Leased Premises in a first
               class manner and meet its financial obligations.

          (6)  Landlord will not be required to expend any amount of money to
               alter, remodel or otherwise make the Leased Premises suitable for
               use by any prospective tenant.

          (7)  Landlord will have no obligation to advertise or expend any sums
               of money to market the Leased Premises.

          If Landlord makes the Leased Premises available for reletting under
          the criteria set forth hereinabove, Landlord will be deemed to have
          fully satisfied Landlord's obligation to mitigate damages under this
          Lease and under any law or judicial ruling in effect on the date of
          this Lease or at the time of Tenant's default, and Tenant hereby
          waives and releases, to the fullest extent legally permissible, any
          right to assert in any action by Landlord to enforce the terms of this
          Lease, any defense, counterclaim, or rights of set-off or recoupment
          respecting the mitigation of damages by Landlord (or alleged failure
          by Landlord to adequately mitigate its damages), unless and to the
          extent Landlord maliciously or in bad faith fails to act in accordance
          with the requirements of this Section 11.03.

     (c)  Tenant's right to seek mitigation as a result of a default by Landlord
          under this Section 11.03 shall be conditioned on Tenant taking all
          actions reasonably required, under the circumstances, to minimize any
          loss or damage to Tenant's property or business, or to any of Tenant's
          officers, employees, agents, invitees, or other third parties that may
          be caused by any such default of Landlord.

                     ARTICLE XII - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 12.01   Rights Reserved by Landlord

          Landlord reserves the following rights, which may be exercised by
          Landlord at any time and from time to time with notice and without
          liability to Tenant or Tenant's employees for damage or injury to
          property, persons, or business. The rights reserved by Landlord
          hereunder are as follows:

          (a)  To change the Building's name.

          (b)  To install, affix, and maintain any signs on the exterior and
               interior of the Building.


                                       29

<PAGE>   37

          (c)  To designate and approve, prior to installation, all types of
               window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings, window ventilators, and
               similar equipment, and to control all internal lighting that is
               visible from the exterior of the Building.

          (d)  To designate, restrict, and control all sources within the
               Building where Tenant may obtain ice, drinking water, towels,
               toilet supplies, catering, food and beverages, and like or other
               services on the Leased Premises and, in general, the exclusive
               right to designate, limit, restrict and control any business and
               any service in or to the Building and its tenants.

          (e)  To enter upon the Leased Premises at reasonable hours to clean
               and with reasonable notice (except in the case of an emergency)
               to inspect, or make repairs or alterations to the Leased Premises
               (but without any obligation to do so, except as expressly
               specified in this Lease), to make repairs or alterations to any
               part of the Building or the Building systems (including adjacent
               premises), to show the Leased Premises to prospective lenders,
               purchasers, and, during the last six (6) months of the Lease
               Term, to show the Leased Premises to prospective tenants at
               reasonable hours and, if the Leased Premises are vacant, to
               prepare them for re-occupancy.

          (f)  To retain at all times, and to use in appropriate instances, keys
               to all doors within and into the Leased Premises. No locks may be
               changed or added without the prior written consent of Landlord.

          (g)  To decorate and make repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or
               improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the
               Building and for those purposes to enter upon the Leased Premises
               and, during the continuance of the work, temporarily close doors,
               entryways, public space, and corridors in the Building, to
               interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and
               facilities, and to change the arrangement and location of
               entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors,
               elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the
               Building, all without abatement or set-off of Rent or affecting
               any of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, so long as the
               Leased Premises are reasonably accessible and useable. Landlord
               will use its best efforts to conduct such activities in the
               Leased Premises during non-business hours.

          (h)  To have and retain a paramount title to the Leased Premises and
               the Building free and clear of any act of Tenant purporting to
               burden or encumber the Leased Premises or the Building.

          (i)  To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or
               render any service in or to the Building, provided the exclusive
               right does not operate to exclude Tenant from the uses expressly
               permitted in this Lease.

          (j)  To approve the weight, size, and location of safes, heavy
               equipment, file cabinets, book shelves, and other heavy items in
               and about the Leased Premises and the



                                       30

<PAGE>   38

               Building and to reasonably require all those items and all
               furniture to be moved into and out of the Building and the Leased
               Premises only at times and in a manner specified by Landlord.
               Movements of Tenant's property into or out of the Building and
               within the Building are entirely at the risk and responsibility
               of Tenant.

          (k)  To have access for Landlord and other tenants in the Building to
               any mail chutes or other depositories located on the Leased
               Premises according to the rules of the United States Postal
               Service.

          (l)  To take reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the
               security of the Building and its occupants including, without
               limitations the search of all persons entering or leaving the
               Building, the evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected
               cause, or for drill purposes, the temporary denial of access to
               the Building, and the closing of the Building after Building
               Standard Hours, subject to Tenant's right to admittance when the
               Building is closed after Building Standard Hours under reasonable
               regulations Landlord may prescribe from time to time.

          (m)  To transfer, assign or convey, in whole or in part, the Building
               and Landlord's rights under this Lease. If Landlord transfers,
               assigns, or conveys its rights under this Lease, Landlord is
               released from any obligations which arise under this Lease after
               the date of such transfer, conveyance or assignment and Tenant
               shall look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord for
               performance of the obligations of "Landlord" thereafter under
               this Lease.

          (n)  Landlord agrees no action shall be taken pursuant to this Section
               12.01 which will (i) detract from any signage of Tenant or (ii)
               materially limits the access or usage of Tenant and Tenant's
               employees or agents to the Building.

Section 12.02     Taxes on Tenant's Property

          Tenant shall pay, and indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless
          against, all taxes levied or assessed against personal property,
          furniture, fixtures, or other improvements placed by or for Tenant in
          the Leased Premises. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are
          levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property and if
          Landlord is required to pay the taxes or if the assessed value of
          Landlord's property is increased by inclusion of personal property,
          furniture, fixtures, or other improvements placed by or for Tenant in
          the Leased Premises and Landlord elects to pay the increased taxes,
          Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as additional Rent that part of
          the taxes for which Tenant is liable under this Section.


                                       31

<PAGE>   39

Section 12.03     Attorneys' Fees and Legal Expenses

          If either party files litigation concerning the interpretation or
          enforcement of this Lease, the prevailing party is entitled to recover
          from the losing party the prevailing party's reasonable attorneys'
          fees, court costs, and expenses, both at the trial level and at the
          appellate level.




                                       32

<PAGE>   40

Section 12.04     Subordination

          (a)  This Lease and all rights of Tenant under this Lease are subject
               and subordinate to:

               (1)  any mortgage or deed of trust secured by a lien against the
                    Building;

               (2)  all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations,
                    replacements, and extensions of any mortgage or deed of
                    trust; and

               (3)  all leases, restrictions, easements, and encumbrances
                    recorded in the Real Property Records of Travis County,
                    Texas, to the extent they validly affect the Building.

               Tenant shall, upon demand at any time or times, execute,
               acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord, or to Landlord's mortgagee,
               any instruments that may be requested by Landlord or any
               mortgagee of Landlord's to more effectively effect or evidence
               this subordination to any mortgage or deed of trust.

          (b)  If any mortgage or deed of trust against the Building is
               foreclosed, Tenant shall, upon request by the purchaser at the
               foreclosure sale:

               (1)  attorn to the purchaser and recognize the purchaser as
                    "Landlord" under this Lease; and

               (2)  execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the purchaser a
                    statement in appropriate form acknowledging the attornment.

          (c)  Tenant waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law, now
               or hereafter in effect, that may give or purport to give Tenant
               any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect
               this Lease and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease if any
               foreclosure sale occurs. This Lease is not affected in any way
               whatsoever by any foreclosure sale unless the holder(s) of the
               indebtedness or other obligations secured by the mortgages or
               deeds of trust declare otherwise.

          (d)  As a condition to Tenant's agreement to these provisions,
               Landlord shall provide within ten (10) days of the Effective
               Date, a non-disturbance agreement, the form of which is attached
               hereto as Exhibit I from Landlord's mortgagees.

Section 12.05     Estoppel Certificates

          Tenant shall, from time to time within ten (10) days after receipt of
          a request for same, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord an
          Estoppel Certificate in substantially the form attached as Exhibit F.


                                       33

<PAGE>   41

Section 12.06     Financial Statements

          Tenant will, from time to time, within twenty (20) days after receipt
          of a request for same, furnish to Landlord copies of its most current
          financial statements as filed with the United States Securities and
          Exchange Commission. Landlord will be authorized to deliver such
          financial statements to any existing or proposed partner, investor,
          lender or purchaser, or any agent or employee of any such parties.

Section 12.07     Notices

          All notices, requests, approvals, and other communications required or
          permitted to be delivered under this Lease must be in writing and are
          effective:

          (a)  on the same business day sent, if sent by telecopier prior to
               5:00 P.M., Austin, Texas time and the sending telecopier
               generates a written confirmation of sending;

          (b)  the next business day after delivery on a business day to a
               nationally-recognized-overnight-courier service for prepaid
               overnight delivery;

          (c)  if orderly delivery of the mail is not then disrupted or
               threatened, in which event some method of delivery other than the
               mail must be used, 3 days after being deposited in the United
               States mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage
               prepaid; or

          (d)  upon receipt if delivered personally or by any method other than
               by telecopier (with written confirmation),
               nationally-recognized-overnight-courier service, or mail;

          in each instance addressed to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be,
          at the address or the addresses (if more than one) specified for such
          party in the Basic Lease Provisions, or to any other address or
          addresses either party may designate by 10 days' prior notice to the
          other party.

Section 12.08     Business Purpose

          Tenant represents that this Lease is executed by Tenant, and all
          obligations of Tenant arising out of this Lease are, primarily for
          business or commercial purposes and not for personal, family, or
          household purposes.

Section 12.09     Severability

          Each of the terms of this Lease is, and must be construed to be,
          separate and independent. If any of the terms of this Lease or its
          application to any person or circumstances is to any extent invalid
          and unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of
          that term to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it
          is invalid or unenforceable, are not affected thereby.


                                       34

<PAGE>   42


Section 12.10     No Merger

          The fact that the same person may acquire or hold, directly or
          indirectly, this Lease or the leasehold estate hereby created or any
          interest in this Lease or in the leasehold estate as well as the fee
          estate in the Leased Premises or any interest in the fee estate does
          not cause a merger of this Lease or of the leasehold estate hereby
          created with the fee estate in the Leased Premises.

Section 12.11     Force Majeure

          When this Lease prescribes a period of time for action to be taken by
          Landlord or Tenant, other than the payment of Rent hereunder, Landlord
          and Tenant are not liable or responsible for, and there is excluded
          from the computation for the period of time, any delays due to
          strikes, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war,
          governmental laws, regulations, restrictions, or any other cause of
          any kind that is beyond the control of Landlord or Tenant.

Section 12.12     Gender

          Words of any gender used in this Lease include any other gender and
          words in the singular number include the plural, unless the context
          otherwise requires.

Section 12.13     Joint and Several Liability

          If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant
          under this Lease are joint and several. If Tenant is a general or
          limited partnership, each general partner of Tenant is jointly and
          severally liable for the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this
          Lease.

Section 12.14     No Representations

          Landlord or Landlord's agents made no representations or promises with
          respect to the Leased Premises or the Building except as expressly set
          forth in this Lease. No rights, easements, or licenses are acquired by
          Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in
          this Lease.



                                       35

<PAGE>   43

Section 12.15     Entire Agreement; Amendments

          This Lease is the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes
          all negotiations, considerations, representations, and understandings
          between Landlord and Tenant prior to the date hereof. No act or
          omission of any employee or agent of Landlord or of Landlord's Broker
          may alter, change, or modify any of the terms of this Lease. No
          amendment or modification of this Lease is binding unless expressed in
          a written instrument executed for that purpose by Landlord and Tenant.

Section 12.16     Section Headings

          The section headings in this Lease are for convenience only and in no
          way enlarge or limit the scope or meaning of the paragraphs in this
          Lease.

Section 12.17     Binding Effect

          All terms of this Lease are binding upon the respective heirs,
          personal representatives, successors, and, to the extent assignment is
          permitted, assigns of Landlord and Tenant.

Section 12.18     Counterparts

          This Lease may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
          is deemed an original and all of which together constitute one and the
          same instrument.

Section 12.19     Rental Tax

          Tenant shall pay as Rent all licenses, charges, and other fees of
          every kind and nature as and when they become due arising out of or in
          connection with Tenant's use and occupancy of the Leased Premises and
          the Building (including the adjacent parking garage), including but
          not limited to license fees, business license taxes, and privilege,
          sales, excise, or other taxes (other than income) imposed upon Rent or
          upon services provided by Landlord or upon Landlord in an amount
          measured by Rent received by Landlord.



                                       36

<PAGE>   44

Section 12.20     No Personal Liability of Landlord

          If Landlord shall fail to perform any covenant, term or condition of
          this Lease and, as a consequence, if Tenant shall recover a money
          judgment against Landlord, except in the case of a recovery for fraud,
          such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the proceeds received at
          a judicial sale upon execution and levy against the right, title and
          interest of Landlord in the Building and in the rents or other income
          from the Building receivable by Landlord, and neither Landlord nor
          Landlord's affiliate companies nor their respective owners, partners,
          venturers, shareholders, directors or officers shall have any
          personal, corporate or other liability hereunder. Tenant covenants and
          agrees not to bring suit against: (i) the owners, partners, venturers,
          shareholders, directors or officers of Landlord and/or affiliate of
          Landlord; or (ii) any affiliate of Landlord.

Section 12.21     Authority to Sign Lease

          If Tenant is a corporation or a partnership (general or limited), each
          person(s) signing this Lease as an officer or partner of Tenant
          represents to Landlord that such person(s) is authorized to execute
          this Lease without the necessity of obtaining any other signature of
          any other officer or partner, that the execution of this Lease has
          been authorized by the board of directors of the corporation or by the
          partners of the partnership, as the case may be, and that this Lease
          is fully binding on Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to request
          evidence of the approval of this Lease and authorization of Tenant's
          signatories to bind Tenant, which evidence shall be satisfactory in
          form and content to Landlord and its counsel.

Section 12.22     Execution and Approval of Lease

          Employees and agents of Landlord and of Landlord's Broker have no
          authority to make or agree to make a lease or any other agreement or
          undertaking in connection herewith. The submission of this Lease for
          examination and negotiation is not an offer to lease, agreement to
          reserve, or option to lease the Leased Premises. This Lease is
          effective and binding on Landlord only upon the execution and delivery
          of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant.

                      ARTICLE XIII - ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

          All additional agreements between Landlord and Tenant, if any, with
          respect to this Lease and the Leased Premises are set out on Exhibit G
          attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.




                                       37

<PAGE>   45

                     ARTICLE XIV - EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS

          The following exhibits are attached to and made a part of this Lease:
          Exhibit A [Land], Exhibit B [Leased Premises], Exhibit B-1 [Reserved
          Parking], Exhibit C [Building Core and Shell], Exhibit D [Building
          Rules and Regulations], Exhibit E [Insurance Requirements], Exhibit F
          [Estoppel Certificate], Exhibit G [Additional Agreements], Exhibit H
          [Option to Extend Lease Term] and Exhibit I [Subordination, Attornment
          and Non-Disturbance Agreement]. The Tenant Work Letter is also
          attached.

          This Lease is executed in multiple originals as of the Effective Date.

                                     LANDLORD:

                                     DESTA TWO PARTNERSHIP, LTD.,
                                     a Texas limited partnership

                                     By: DESTA TWO MANAGEMENT CORP., a Texas
                                         corporation, its general partner


                                     By:
                                         L. Paul Latham, President



                                     TENANT:

                                     WESTECH CAPITAL CORP., a New York
                                     corporation


                                     By:   /s/ JAY W. VAN ERT
                                           ------------------------------------
                                     Name: Jay W. Van Ert
                                           ------------------------------------

                                     Title: President
                                            -----------------------------------


                                       38


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1


                       List of Registrant's Subsidiaries

      Tejas Securities Group Holding Company, a Texas corporation

      Tejas Securities Group, Inc., a Texas corporation

      Tejas Securities Group - East, L.L.C., a Georgia limited liability company


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> BD
<MULTIPLIER> 1

<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                     9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998             DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998             SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                                         201,312               3,784,689
<RECEIVABLES>                                1,468,424               7,721,748
<SECURITIES-RESALE>                          1,539,424              12,435,365
<SECURITIES-BORROWED>                                0                       0
<INSTRUMENTS-OWNED>                                  0                       0
<PP&E>                                         209,431                 340,471
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               3,942,227              25,029,848
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0                       0
<PAYABLES>                                   1,459,678              13,292,305
<REPOS-SOLD>                                         0                       0
<SECURITIES-LOANED>                                  0                       0
<INSTRUMENTS-SOLD>                                   0                       0
<LONG-TERM>                                    500,000               1,000,000
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                     1,473,071                  12,537
<OTHER-SE>                                    (68,258)               1,574,858
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 3,942,227              25,029,848
<TRADING-REVENUE>                            (299,166)               4,629,052
<INTEREST-DIVIDENDS>                                 0                       0
<COMMISSIONS>                                7,932,780              20,327,944
<INVESTMENT-BANKING-REVENUES>                2,584,770                 220,766
<FEE-REVENUE>                                        0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0                       0
<COMPENSATION>                               8,007,363              15,492,833
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (561,222)               6,047,538
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                   (561,222)               6,047,538
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (397,322)               3,249,123
<EPS-BASIC>                                     (0.03)                    0.29
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.03)                    0.29


</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1



                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.



         I, the undersigned natural person of the age of eighteen years or more,
acting as incorporator of a corporation under the Texas Business Corporation
Act, do hereby adopt the following Articles of Incorporation for such
corporation:

                                    ARTICLE I

         The name of the corporation is Tejas Securities Group, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II

         The period of its duration is perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE III

         The purpose for which the corporation is organized is to transact any
or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the
Texas Business Corporation Act.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have
authority to issue is One Million (1,000,000) shares of common stock, no par
value. Cumulative voting of the shares is expressly prohibited. No shareholder
or other person shall have any preemptive right whatsoever.

                                    ARTICLE V

         The corporation will not commence business until it has received for
the issuance of its shares consideration of the value of One Thousand Dollars
($1,000.00), consisting of money, labor done or property actually received.

<PAGE>   2




                                   ARTICLE VI

         The street address of the corporation's initial registered office is
1717 West Sixth Street, Austin, Texas 78703.

         The name of its initial registered agent at such address is Mr. Robert
L. Riviere.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         The number of Directors constituting the initial Board of Directors is
four (4).

         The names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as Directors
until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors be
elected and qualify are as follows:

              Mr. Walter A. Collins                    Mr. Terry G. Hartnett
              1407 Wilson Heights                      7006 Firewheel
              Austin, Texas 78746                      Austin, Texas 78750

              Mr. John R. Slais                        Mr. Robert L. Riviere
              407 Duck Lake                            2304 Island Wood Road
              Austin, Texas 78734                      Austin, Texas 78733

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

                                     Mr. John R. Slais
                                     407 Duck Lake
                                     Austin, Texas 78734

                                   ARTICLE IX

         No director of the corporation shall be liable to the corporation or
its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in the director's
capacity as a director, except for liability of a director for (i) a breach of a
director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) an act
or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of the directors
to the corporation or an act or omission that involves intentional misconduct or
a

                                       2


<PAGE>   3




knowing violation of the law, (iii) a transaction from which a director received
an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken
within the scope of the director's office, or (iv) an act or omission for which
the liability of a director is expressly provided for by an applicable statute.
If the Texas Business Corporation Act, the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws
Act, or other applicable law is amended to authorize corporate action further
eliminating or limiting the liability of directors, then the liability of a
director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the Texas Business Corporation Act, the Texas Miscellaneous
Corporation Laws Act, or other applicable law, as so amended.

         Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
shareholders shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director
existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                    ARTICLE X

         Any action required by the Texas Business Corporation Act to be taken
at any annual or special meeting of shareholders or any action which may be
taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall have been signed by the holder
or holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would
be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares
entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

                                   ARTICLE XI

         With respect to any matter for which the affirmative vote of the
holders of a specified portion of the shares entitled to vote is required by the
Texas Business Corporation Act, the act

                                       3


<PAGE>   4




of the shareholders on that matter shall be the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on that matter, rather than the
affirmative vote otherwise required by the Texas Business Corporation Act. In
addition, with respect to any matter for which the affirmative vote of the
holders of a specified portion of the shares of any class is required by the
Texas Business Corporation Act, the act of the holders of shares of that class,
rather than the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of that class
otherwise required by the Texas Business Corporation Act.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 24th day of 1994.



                                                  /s/ JOHN R. SLAIS
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  John R. Slais





                                        4


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                          TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP, INC.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     Offices

          1.1 Principal Office The principal office of the Corporation shall be
located in the City of Austin, County of Travis, State of Texas, at such
location as the Board of Directors shall determine.

          1.2 Registered Office: The registered office of the Corporation shall
be the same as specified in the Articles of Incorporation, Articles of
Amendment, or Statement of Change per Article 2.10(A) of the Texas Business
Corporation Act.

          1.3 Other Offices: The Corporation may also have offices or such other
places both within and without the State of Texas as the Board of Directors may
from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                    Shareholders and Shareholders' Meetings

          2.1 Place of Meetings: All meetings of the shareholders shall be held
at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place within or
without the State of Texas as may be determined by the Board of Directors and
set forth in the respective notice or waivers of notice of such meeting.

          2.2 Annual Meetings of Shareholders: The annual meeting of the
shareholders of the Corporation, for the election of Directors and the
transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting,
shall be held at such time and date as shall be designated by the President or
the Board of Directors from time to time and stated in the notice of the
meeting. Such annual meeting shall be called in the same manner as provided in
these Bylaws for special meetings of the shareholders, except that the purposes
of such meeting need be enumerated in the notice and proxies of such meeting
only to the extent required by law in the case of annual meetings.

          2. 3 Failure to Hold Annual Meeting: Failure to hold any annual
meeting shall not work a dissolution of the Corporation. If the annual meeting
is not held within any 13-month period, any shareholder may make a demand
thereof in writing by certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation. The
annual meeting shall be called within sixty (60) days after receipt thereof.


<PAGE>   2


         2.4 Special Meetings of Shareholders: Special meetings of the
shareholders may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors or by
the holders of not less than ten (10%) PERCENT of all THE SHARES ENTITLED to
vote at the meeting. Business transacted at all special meetings shall be
confined to the purposes stated in the call.

         2.5 Notice of Meetings of Shareholders: Written or printed notice
stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of special meetings,
the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not
less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting,
either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the
Secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each shareholder of
record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed
to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the
shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the share transfer records of
the Corporation, with postage prepaid.

         2.6 Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Shareholders: Notice may be waived
in writing signed by the shareholders entitled to such notice at any time before
or after such meeting. Attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice, except where the shareholders attend for the express purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is
not lawfully convened.

         2.7 Quorum: The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at
a meeting of shareholders shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
shareholders, but in no event shall a quorum consist of the holders of less than
one-third (1/3) of the shares entitled to vote and thus represented at such
meeting, except as otherwise provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation.
Once a quorum is present at the meeting of shareholders, the subsequent
withdrawal from the meeting of any shareholder prior to adjournment or refusal
of any shareholder represented in person or by proxy to vote shall not affect
the presence of a quorum at the meeting. If, however, such quorum shall not be
present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders
entitled to vote at such meeting present in person, or by proxy, shall have
power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until the holders of the requisite amount of voting
shares shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which the
requisite amount of voting shares shall be present or represented any business
may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
noticed. The vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the shareholders'
meeting, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law, the Articles of
Incorporation or these Bylaws.

         2.8 Voting and Proxies: At each meeting of the shareholders every
shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person, or by
proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such shareholder. Each
proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable,
and in no event shall it remain irrevocable for a period of more than eleven
(11) months. Each shareholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having
voting power registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation.


                                        2


<PAGE>   3


         2.9 Voting on Matters Other Than the Election of Directors: For
purposes of voting on matters other than the election of Directors or a matter
for which the affirmative vote of the holders of a specified portion of the
shares entitled to vote is required by the Texas Business Corporation Act, the
act of the shareholders shall be affirmative vote of the holders of a majority
of THE SHARE ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THAT MATTER AND represented in person or by
proxy at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present.

         2.10 Voting in the Election of Directors: For purposes of voting on the
election of Directors, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes
cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors at a
meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present.

         2.11 List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote: The Secretary shall make,
at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of
the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical
order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list,
for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at
the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by
any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be
produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject
to inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. Provided,
however, that failure to comply with the requirements of this Section shall not
affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

         2.12 Closing of Transfer Books and Record Dates: For the purpose of
determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
shareholders or any adjournment of such meeting or to execute a consent in
writing in lieu of a meeting of shareholders, or entitled to receive a
distribution by the Corporation (other than a distribution involving a purchase
or redemption by the Corporation of any of its own shares) or a share dividend,
or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, the
Board of Directors may provide that the share transfer records shall be closed
for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days. If the
share transfer records shall be closed for the purpose of determining
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to
execute a consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of shareholders, such books
shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting.
In lieu of closing the share transfer records, the Board of Directors may fix in
advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders,
such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, -in the case of a
meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which
the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be
taken. If the share transfer records are not closed, and no record date is fixed
for the determination of shareholders, or shareholder entitled to receive a
distribution by the Corporation (other than a distribution involving a purchase
or dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on
which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such distribution or
share dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such
determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to
vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made through the closing of share
transfer records, and the stated period of closing has expired. If the share
transfer books


                                        3


<PAGE>   4


are not closed, and no record date is fixed for determination of shareholders
entitled to execute a consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of shareholders,
and the prior action of the Board of Directors is not required by law, the
record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in
writing without a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written
consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to
the Corporation, and, if no record date shall have been fixed by the Board of
Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable
law, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action
in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on
which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution taking such prior action.

         2.13 Registered Shareholders: The Corporation shall be entitled to
treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact
of such share or shares for all purposes, and accordingly shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part
of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice of
such claim or interest, except as expressly provided by the laws of Texas.

                                   ARTICLE III

                               Board of Directors

         3.1 Number and Qualifications: The powers of the Corporation shall be
exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of a
Corporation shall be managed under the direction of a board of not less than (1)
nor more than fifteen (15) directors, as may be determined by the shareholders
or the Board of Directors from time to time, but no decrease in the number of
Directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent
director. Directors need not be shareholders nor be residents of the State of
Texas. The Board in its discretion may elect a chairman of the board who shall
preside at board meetings and generally manage the affairs of the Board.

         3.2 Election: At each annual meeting of the shareholders, the
shareholders shall elect Directors to hold office until the next succeeding
annual meeting. Each director shall hold office for the term for which he is
elected and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified unless
sooner removed by action of the shareholders.

         3.3 Vacancies: Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors though
less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any Directorship to be filled by
reason of any increase in the number of Directors may be filled by (a) the
shareholders of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting; or (b) the
Board of Directors (subject, however, to the limitations set forth in Article
2.34 of the Texas Business Corporation Act).

         3.4 Place of Meetings: All meetings of the may be held either within or
without the State of Texas.


                                        4


<PAGE>   5


         3.5 Annual Meeting of the Board: The annual meeting of each newly
elected Board shall be held, without further notice, immediately following the
annual meeting of the shareholders, and at the same place, or at such other time
and place as shall be fixed with the consent in writing of all the Directors.

         3.6 Regular Meetings: Regular meetings of the Board may be held without
notice at such time and place either within or without the State of Texas as
shall from time to time be determined by the board.

         3.7. Special Meetings: Special meetings of the board may be called by
the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President and shall be called by
the Chairman or President at the request in writing by any Director on five (5)
days notice to each director, either personally or by mail, telephone or by
telegram, special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like
manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the Directors.
Such notice shall specify the place, date, time and subject of such meeting.

         3.8 Quorum: At all meetings of the Board the presence of a majority of
Directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article II shall be necessary and
sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act
of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum
shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided
by law or the Corporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at
any meeting of Directors, the Directors present at the meeting may adjourn the
meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the
meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

         3.9 Powers of Board of Directors: In addition to the powers and
authorities expressly conferred by these Bylaws upon them, the board may
exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and
things as are not directed or required to be exercised or done by the
shareholders by statute or the Corporation or these Bylaws.

         3.10 Compensation of Directors: Directors shall receive such
compensation for their services as may be from time to time be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors. In addition, a fixed sum and expenses of
attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special
meeting of the board by resolution of the board, provided that nothing contained
in these Bylaws shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

         3.11 Attendance and Waiver of Notice: Notice of any meeting may be
waived in writing signed by the Directors entitled to such notice at anytime
before or after such meeting. Attendance of a Director at any meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a
meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on
the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the
business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting
of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of
such meeting.

                                        5


<PAGE>   6


         3.12 Removal of Directors: Any Director may be removed (with or without
cause) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then
entitled to vote in the election of Directors at any duly called shareholders'
meeting.

         3.13 Executive and Other Committees: The Board of Directors may, by
resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one
or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of
the Corporation, and may designate one or more of its members as alternate
members of the committee who may, subject to any limitations imposed by the
Board of Directors, replace absent or disqualified members at any meeting of
that committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in said resolution or
resolutions, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in
the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, except where
action of the full Board of Directors is specifically required by statute. Such
committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from
time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and shall keep
regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the board when
required.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

         4.1 Number: The principal officers of the Corporation shall consist of
the* President, Executive Vice President, Vice President, Secretary and
Treasurer, and such other officers and assistant officers and agents as may be
deemed necessary and elected or appointed by the Board of Directors, or chosen
in such other manner as may be prescribed by these Bylaws, at such time and in
such manner and for such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Any two
or more offices may be held by the same person. The officers need not be
Directors, shareholders, or residents of Texas.

         4.2 General Duties: All officers and agents of the Corporation, as
between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority, perform such
duties and manage the Corporation as may be provided in these Bylaws or as may
be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors not inconsistent with
these Bylaws.

         4.3. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications: The officers shall be
chosen annually by the Board of Directors at its annual meeting, or as soon
after such annual meeting as may conveniently be possible. Each officer shall
hold office until his or her successor is chosen and qualified; or until his or
her death, or until he shall have resigned, or shall have been removed in the
manner provided in Section 4.

         4.4 Removal: Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of
Directors may be removed (with or without cause) by the Board of Directors
whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served by
such removal, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract
rights, if any, of the person so removed.


                                        6


<PAGE>   7


         4.5 Resignation: Any officer may resign at any time by giving written
notice to the Board of Directors or to the President, Vice President or
Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the
notice, and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Such resignation shall
be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

         4.6 Vacancies: Any vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired term in the manner
prescribed in these Bylaws for election or appointment to such office.

         4.7 The President: The President, who need not be chosen from among the
Directors, shall have active, executive management of the operation of the
Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board of Directors. He
shall, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of President and
such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the
Board of Directors.

         4.8 The Vice President: Each Vice President shall have such powers and
perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or
as the President may from time to time delegate to him or her. At the request of
the President, any Vice President may temporarily act in his or her place. In
the case of the death of the President, or in the case of his or her absence or
inability to act without having designated a Vice President to act temporarily
in his or her place, the Vice President or Vice Presidents to perform the duties
of the President shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

         4.9 The Secretary: The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in
books provided for the purpose, minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and
of the Board of Directors; shall see that all notices are duly given in
accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law; shall be
custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the
seal is affixed to all the documents, the execution of which on behalf of the
Corporation under its seal is required; and, in general, shall perform all
duties incident to the office of the secretary and such other duties as may from
time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or by the
President.

         4.10 The Treasurer: The Treasurer shall be the principal financial
officer of the Corporation; shall have charge and custody of and be responsible
for all funds of the Corporation and deposit all such funds in the name of the
Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be
selected by the Board of Directors; shall receive and give receipts for moneys
due and payable to the Corporation from any source; and, in general, shall
perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties
as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or
by the President. The Treasurer shall render to the President and the Board of
Directors, whenever the same shall be required, an account of all his or her
transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. He
or she shall, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, give the
Corporation a bond in such amount and with such surety or sureties as may be
ordered by the Board of Directors, for the


                                        7


<PAGE>   8


faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration
to the Corporation, in the case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or
removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of
whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to
the Corporation.

         4.11 Salaries: The salaries of the officers shall be fixed by, or in
accordance with the directions of, the Board of Directors, and it shall be no
objection that the officer in question is a member of the Board of Directors or
that he or she votes on the resolution fixing his or her salary; provided,
however, that all salaries voted must be no more than reasonable compensation
for services rendered or to be rendered to the Corporation.

         4.12 Disallowed Payments: Any payments made to an officer of the
Corporation such as a salary, commission, bonus, interest, or rent, or
entertainment expenses incurred by him or her, which shall be disallowed in
whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service, shall
be reimbursed by such officer to the Corporation to the full extent of such
disallowance. It shall be the duty of the Directors, as a board, to, enforce
payment of each such amount disallowed.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                Indemnification

         5.1 Indemnification of Officers and Directors: The Corporation shall
indemnify and advance expenses to all Directors, officers, employees and agents
of the Corporation, and to all persons who are or were serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, partner. venturer, proprietor, trustee,
employee, agent or similar functionary of another Corporation, partnership,
joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise, to the maximum extent allowed by the Texas Business Corporation Act
and other applicable law. If the Texas Business Corporation Act, the Texas
Miscellaneous Corporation Laws Act, or other applicable law is amended after
adoption of this provision of the Bylaws by the shareholders or the Board of
Directors to authorize corporate action further expanding the Corporation's
power to indemnify, then the Corporation shall be and hereby is authorized to
indemnify the persons named above to the fullest extent permitted by the Texas
Business Corporation Act, the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws Act, or other
applicable law, as so amended.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  Capital Stock

         6.1 Certificates for Shares: The certificates for shares of the
Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the
Corporation as they are issued. They shall exhibit the holder's name and number
of shares and shall be signed by any one or more officers of the Corporation and
may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. The
signatures of the officer or officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles. In
case any officer

                                        8


<PAGE>   9




who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were
such officer at the date of its issuance.

         6.2 Payment and Issuance: Shares may be issued for such consideration
as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The consideration
for the payment of shares shall consist of money paid, labor done or property
actually received. Shares may not be issued until the full amount of the
consideration fixed therefor has been paid.

         6.3 Transfer of Certificates of Shares: Transfers of shares shall be
made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate
or by attorney, lawfully constituted in writing, and upon surrender of the
certificate for the shares. The Board of Directors shall have power and
authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient
concerning the issue and registration of certificates of shares, and may appoint
transfer agents and/or registrars for the certificates of shares.

         6.4 Lost or Destroyed Certificates: The Board of Directors may direct a
new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously
issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the
making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of
shares to be lost, and the Board of Directors, when authorizing such issue of a
new certificate or certificates, may require the owner of such lost or destroyed
certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representatives, to give the
Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim
that may be made against the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                               General Provisions

         7.1 Seal: The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form with
the name of the Corporation around the margin, with a five pointed star in the
center with letters Texas appearing between the points of the star, or in such
other form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

         7.2 Fiscal Year: The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such a resolution by
the President.

         7.3 Distributions and Share Dividends: Distributions and share
dividends, subject to the provisions of the Corporation and applicable law, may
be authorized and made by the Board of Directors at any regular or special
meeting distributions may be paid in cash or property. The Board of Directors
may be paid in cash or property. The Board of Directors may by resolution create
a reserve or reserves out of its surplus or allocate any part or all of surplus
in any manner for any proper purpose or purposes, and may increase, decrease or
abolish any such reserve, designation or allocation in the same manner.

                                       9

<PAGE>   10


         7.4 Notices: Whenever under the provisions of these Bylaws notice is
required to be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed
to mean only personal notice, but such notice may also be given in writing, by
mail, by depositing the same in the post office or letter box, in a post-paid
sealed wrapper, addressed to such Director or shareholder at such address as
appears on the books of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to be
given at the time when it shall be thus mailed. Any notice required to be given
under these Bylaws may be waived in writing, signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated in the notice.

         7.5 Actions Without a Meeting and Telephone Meetings: Notwithstanding
any provision contained in these Bylaws, all action of the Directors or any
committee of the board provided for herein may be taken by unanimous consent
without a meeting, or any meeting thereof may be held by means of a conference
telephone or the like, to the full extent permitted by Article 9.10 of the Texas
Business Corporation Act. Any action which may be taken by the shareholders may
be taken without a meeting, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by the holder or holders of shares having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such
action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares entitled to vote on the
action were present and voted, to the full extent permitted by Article 9.10 of
the Texas Business Corporation Act and by the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   Amendments

         8.1 Amendments by Board of Directors: The Board of Directors may amend
or repeal these Bylaws, or adopt new Bylaws, unless:

         (i) the Corporation or the Texas Business Corporation Act reserves such
power exclusively to the shareholders in whole or, in part; or

         (ii) the shareholders in amending, repealing, or adopting a particular
bylaw expressly provide that the Board of Directors may not amend or repeal that
bylaw.

         8.2 Amendments by Shareholders: Unless the Corporation or a bylaw
adopted by the shareholders provides otherwise as to all or some portion of
these Bylaws, the Corporation's shareholders may amend, repeal, or adopt the
Corporation's Bylaws even though the Bylaws may also be amended, repealed, or
adopted by the Board of Directors.

                                       10


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.3


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                     TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP HOLDING COMPANY


         The undersigned natural person of the age of eighteen (18) years or
more, acting as an incorporator of a corporation under the Texas Business
Corporation Act, hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation for such
corporation:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME

         The name of the corporation is Tejas Securities Group Holding Company.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    DURATION

         The period of its duration is perpetual.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                     PURPOSE

         The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized are to
transact any and all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated
under the Texas Business Corporation Act.



<PAGE>   2


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                     SHARES

         The aggregate number of shares which the corporation has authority to
issue is Six Million (6,000,000) shares of no par value per share. Such shares
are designated as common stock and shall have identical rights and privileges in
every respect.


                                    ARTICLE V

                           DENIAL OF PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

         The right of a shareholder referred to in Article 2.22-1 of the Texas
Business Corporation Act, to exercise a preemptive right to acquire additional,
unissued or treasury shares of the corporation or securities of the corporation
convertible into or carrying a right to subscribe to or acquire shares of the
corporation is hereby denied.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              NONCUMULATIVE VOTING

         Directors shall be elected by majority vote. No shareholder of the
corporation shall have the right to cumulate his votes in the election of
directors.



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3




                                   ARTICLE VII

                              POWER TO AMEND BYLAWS

         Without limiting the power of the shareholders of the corporation to
amend or repeal the corporation's bylaws or to adopt new bylaws, the Board of
Directors shall have the power to amend or repeal the corporation's bylaws and
to adopt new bylaws.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS

         The corporation will not commence business until it has received for
the issuance of its shares consideration of the value of One Thousand Dollars
($1,000.00).


                                   ARTICLE IX

                           REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

         The street address of the initial registered office of the corporation
is CT Corporation System and the name of its initial registered agent at such
address is 350 N. St. Paul, Dallas, Texas 75201.



                                       -3-
<PAGE>   4




                                    ARTICLE X

                                INITIAL DIRECTORS

         The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors is
six (6) and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors
until the first annual meeting of the shareholders, or until their successor or
successors are elected and qualified are:


John Gorman                                 John Glade
1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South        1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South
Building Two, Suite 500                     Building Two, Suite 500
Austin, Texas  78746                        Austin, Texas  78746

Jay Van Ert                                 Jon McDonald
1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South        1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South
Building Two, Suite 500                     Building Two, Suite 500
Austin, Texas  78746                        Austin, Texas  78746

Greg Woodby                                 Joe Moran
1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South        1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South
Building Two, Suite 500                     Building Two, Suite 500
Austin, Texas  78746                        Austin, Texas  78746

         The number of directors may hereafter be increased or decreased as
provided in the bylaws of the corporation.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>   5


                                   ARTICLE XI

                             LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

         No director of the corporation shall be liable to the corporation or
its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in the director's
capacity as a director, except that this article does not eliminate or limit the
liability of a director to the extent the director is found liable for: (1) a
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders;
(2) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of
the director to the corporation or an act or omission that involves intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (3) a transaction from which the
director received an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from
an action taken within the scope of the director's office; or (4) an act or
omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided for by an
applicable statute.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                    ACTIONS BY SHAREHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING

         Any action required by the Texas Business Corporation Act to be taken
at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, or any action which may be
taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holder or
holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to take such action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares
entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  INCORPORATOR

         The name and address of the incorporator is:

                         Scott Christiansen
                         Winstead Sechrest & Minick P.C.
                         5400 Renaissance Tower
                         1201 Elm Street
                         Dallas, Texas  75270-1999


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this the 18th day of
August, 1999.



                                        /s/ SCOTT CHRISTIANSEN
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Scott Christiansen



                                      -6-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.4







                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                     TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP HOLDING COMPANY





<PAGE>   2

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                     TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP HOLDING COMPANY


                     * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
ARTICLE I. - OFFICES..............................................................................................1
         Section 1.        Principal Office.......................................................................1
         Section 2.        Other Offices..........................................................................1

ARTICLE II. - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS............................................................................1
         Section 1.        Place of Meetings......................................................................1
         Section 2.        Annual Meeting.........................................................................1
         Section 3.        List of Shareholders...................................................................1
         Section 4.        Special Meetings.......................................................................2
         Section 5.        Notice.................................................................................2
         Section 6.        Quorum.................................................................................2
         Section 7.        Voting by Shareholders.................................................................2
         Section 8.        Voting Procedure.......................................................................3
         Section 9.        Record Date............................................................................3
         Section 10.       Action Without Meeting; Telephone Meetings.............................................4

ARTICLE III. - DIRECTORS..........................................................................................5
         Section 1.        Management.............................................................................5
         Section 2.        Number; Election.......................................................................5
         Section 3.        Change in Number.......................................................................5
         Section 4.        Removal and Vacancies..................................................................5
         Section 5.        Election of Directors..................................................................6
         Section 6.        Place of Meetings......................................................................6
         Section 7.        First Meetings.........................................................................6
         Section 8.        Regular Meetings.......................................................................6
         Section 9.        Special Meetings.......................................................................6
         Section 10.       Quorum.................................................................................6
         Section 11.       Action Without Meeting; Telephone Meetings.............................................6
         Section 12.       Chairman of the Board..................................................................7
  </TABLE>


                                       -i-
<PAGE>   3




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                        <C>                                                                                 <C>
         Section 13.       Vice Chairman of the Board.............................................................7
         Section 14.       Compensation...........................................................................7
         Section 15.       Executive Committee....................................................................7
         Section 16.       Other Committees.......................................................................7

ARTICLE IV. - NOTICES.............................................................................................8
         Section 1.        Method.................................................................................8
         Section 2.        Waiver.................................................................................8

ARTICLE V. - OFFICERS.............................................................................................8
         Section 1.        Officers...............................................................................8
         Section 2.        Election...............................................................................8
         Section 3.        Compensation...........................................................................9
         Section 4.        Removal and Vacancies..................................................................9
         Section 5.        Chief Executive Officer................................................................9
         Section 6.        President..............................................................................9
         Section 7.        Vice Presidents........................................................................9
         Section 8.        Secretary..............................................................................9
         Section 9.        Assistant Secretaries.................................................................10
         Section 10.       Treasurer.............................................................................10
         Section 11.       Assistant Treasurers..................................................................10
         Section 12.       Other Officers........................................................................10

ARTICLE VI. - CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES...................................................................10
         Section 1.        Certificates..........................................................................10
         Section 2.        Lost Certificates.....................................................................11
         Section 3.        Transfer of Shares....................................................................11
         Section 4.        Registered Shareholders...............................................................11

ARTICLE VII. - GENERAL PROVISIONS................................................................................12
         Section 1.        Distributions and Share Dividends.....................................................12
         Section 2.        Reserves..............................................................................12
         Section 3.        Checks................................................................................12
         Section 4.        Fiscal Year...........................................................................12
         Section 5.        Seal..................................................................................12
         Section 6.        Indemnification.......................................................................12
         Section 7.        Amendments............................................................................13
         Section 8.        Table of Contents; Headings...........................................................13

</TABLE>

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                     TEJAS SECURITIES GROUP HOLDING COMPANY

                               (the "Corporation")


                                   ARTICLE I.

                                     OFFICES

         Section 1. Principal Office. The principal business office of the
Corporation shall be at 1250 Capital of Texas Highway, South, Building Two,
Suite 500, Austin, Texas 78746.

         Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such
other places, both within and without the State of Texas, as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may
require.


                                   ARTICLE II.

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

         Section 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders for all purposes
may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Texas, as
shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of
notice thereof.

         Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the shareholders,
commencing with the year 2000, shall be held each year on such date and at such
time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and
stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice of
such meeting. At such meetings, the shareholders shall elect a Board of
Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the
meeting.

         Section 3. List of Shareholders. At least ten (10) days before each
meeting of the shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to
vote at said meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order
with the address of and the number of voting shares held by each, shall be
prepared by the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books. Such
list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file
at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation and
shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual
business


<PAGE>   5



hours. Such list shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the
meeting during the whole time thereof, and shall be subject to the inspection of
any shareholder who may be present.

         Section 4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders, for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, the Articles of
Incorporation, or these Bylaws, may be called by (a) the Chief Executive Officer
or President or the Board of Directors, or (b) the holders of at least ten
percent (10%) of all shares entitled to vote at such meetings, unless the
Articles of Incorporation provide for a number of shares greater than or less
than ten percent (10%), in which event special meetings may be called by the
holders of at least the percentage of shares specified in the Articles of
Incorporation, provided, however, that in no event may the Articles of
Incorporation require a percentage greater than fifty percent (50%). Business
transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the purposes stated in the
notice of the meeting.

         Section 5. Notice. Written or printed notice stating the place, day and
hour of a meeting of shareholders, and, in case of a special meeting, the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less
than ten (10) or, in the event of a merger or consolidation, not less than
twenty (20), nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting,
either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, the Secretary, or the officer or person calling the
meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. Notice
need not be given to a shareholder if (1) notice of two consecutive annual
meetings and all notices of any meetings held during the period between those
annual meetings or (2) all (but in no event less than two) payments (if sent by
first class mail) of distributions or interest on securities during a 12-month
period have been mailed to the shareholder, addressed at his address as shown on
the records of the Corporation, and have been returned undeliverable. If such a
shareholder delivers to the Corporation a written notice setting forth his
current address, the notice requirement of this Section shall be reinstated.

         Section 6. Quorum. At each meeting the holders of a majority of the
shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum of the
shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, but in no event shall a
quorum consist of the holders of less than one-third of the shares entitled to
vote at such a meeting. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally notified.

         Section 7. Voting by Shareholders. (a) With respect to any matter other
than the election of directors or a matter for which the affirmative vote of the
holders of a specified portion of the shares entitled to vote is required by the
Texas Business Corporation Act, the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote on that matter and represented in person
or by proxy at a meeting


                                       -2-
<PAGE>   6


of shareholders at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the
shareholders, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or the
Bylaws.

         (b) Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or the
Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the
holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of
shareholders at which a quorum is present.

         Section 8. Voting Procedure. Each outstanding share, regardless of
class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a
meeting of shareholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the
shares of any class or classes are limited or denied or special voting rights
are provided by the Articles of Incorporation. At any meeting of the
shareholders, every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to
vote in person, by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by
such shareholder, or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No form of proxy
or power of attorney bearing a date more than eleven (11) months prior to said
meeting shall be valid, unless said instrument provides for a longer period.
Each proxy shall be revocable unless the proxy form conspicuously states that
the proxy is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. Such proxy
shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation prior to or at the time of
the meeting.

         Section 9. Record Date. (a) For the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive a distribution by the Corporation
(other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the Corporation
of any of its own shares) or a share dividend, or in order to make a
determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose (other than
determining shareholders entitled to consent to action by shareholders proposed
to be taken without a meeting of shareholders), the Board of Directors of the
Corporation may provide that the share transfer records shall be closed for a
stated period but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days. If the share
transfer records shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such records
shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting.
In lieu of closing the share transfer records, the Bylaws or, in the absence of
an applicable Bylaw, the Board of Directors, may fix in advance a date as the
record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to
be not more than sixty (60) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders,
not less than ten (10) days, prior to the date on which the particular action
requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If the share
transfer records are not closed and no record date is fixed for the
determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive a distribution (other than a
distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the Corporation of any of its
own shares) or a share dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is
mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring
such distribution or share dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the
record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of
shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as
provided in this subsection, such determination shall apply to any adjournment
thereof, except where the determination has been made through the closing of the
share transfer records and the stated period of closing has expired.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>   7




         (b) For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to call a
special meeting of shareholders pursuant to Section 4 of this Article II, the
record date shall be the date the first shareholder signs the notice of the
meeting.

         (c) Unless a record date shall have previously been fixed or determined
pursuant to this section, whenever action by shareholders is proposed to be
taken by consent in writing without a meeting of shareholders, the Board of
Directors may fix a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled to consent to that action, which record date shall not precede, and
shall not be more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date
has been fixed by the Board of Directors and the prior action of the Board of
Directors is not required by the Texas Business Corporation Act, the record date
for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in writing without a
meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth
the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the
manner provided by Section 10(b) of this Article II. If no record date shall
have been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action of the Board of
Directors is required by the Texas Business Corporation Act, the record date for
determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in writing without a
meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board of
Directors adopts a resolution taking such prior action.

         Section 10. Action Without Meeting; Telephone Meetings. (a) Any action
required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders of the
Corporation may be taken without a meeting without prior notice, and without a
vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken,
shall be signed by the holder or holders of shares having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting
at which the holders of all shares entitled to vote on the action were present
and voted.

         (b) Every written consent signed by the holders of less than all the
shares entitled to vote with respect to the action that is the subject of the
consent shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder who signs the
consent. No written consent signed by the holders of less than all the shares
entitled to vote with respect to the action that is the subject of the consent
shall be effective to take the action that is the subject of the consent unless,
within sixty (60) days after the date of the earliest dated consent delivered to
the Corporation in the manner required by this subsection, a consent or consents
signed by the holder or holders of shares having not less than the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to take the action that is the subject
of the consent are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered
office, registered agent, principal place of business, transfer agent,
registrar, exchange agent or an officer or agent of the Corporation having
custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are
recorded. Delivery shall be by hand or certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. Delivery to the Corporation's principal place of business
shall be addressed to the president or principal executive officer of the
Corporation.



                                       -4-
<PAGE>   8




         (c) A telegram, telex, cablegram, or similar transmission by a
shareholder, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile, or similar reproduction
of a writing signed by a shareholder, shall be regarded as signed by the
shareholder for purposes of this section.

         (d) Prompt notice of the taking of any action by shareholders without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
shareholders who did not consent in writing to the action.

         (e) Subject to applicable notice provisions and unless otherwise
restricted by the Articles of Incorporation, shareholders may participate in and
hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and participation in such meeting shall constitute presence in
person at such meeting, except where a person's participation is for the express
purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.


                                  ARTICLE III.

                                    DIRECTORS

         Section 1. Management. The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed by its Board of Directors who may exercise all such powers of
the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or
by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be
exercised or done by the shareholders. The Board of Directors shall keep regular
minutes of its proceedings.

         Section 2. Number; Election. The Board of Directors shall consist of no
less than one (1) nor more than fifteen (15) directors, who need not be
shareholders or residents of the State of Texas. Directors shall be elected at
the annual meeting of the shareholders, except as hereinafter provided, and each
Director elected shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and
shall qualify.

         Section 3. Change in Number. The number of Directors may be increased
or decreased from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the Directors, but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening
the term of any incumbent Director.

         Section 4. Removal and Vacancies. Any Director may be removed either
for or without cause at any annual or special meeting of shareholders by the
affirmative vote of a majority in number of shares of the shareholders present
in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote for the election of
such Director, if notice of the intention to act upon such matters shall have
been given in the notice calling such meeting. Any vacancy occurring in the
Board of Directors may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining
Directors, even if such remaining Directors comprise less than a quorum of the
Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for
the unexpired term of his predecessor



                                       -5-
<PAGE>   9




in office. Any position on the Board of Directors to be filled by reason of an
increase in a number of Directors shall be filled by the vote of a majority of
Directors, election at an annual meeting of the shareholders or at a special
meeting of shareholders duly called for such purpose, provided that the Board of
Directors may fill no more than two such vacancies during the period between any
two successive annual meetings of shareholders.

         Section 5. Election of Directors. At every election of Directors, each
shareholder entitled to vote with respect to such matter shall have the right to
vote in person or by proxy the number of voting shares owned by him for as many
persons as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election he has a
right to vote. Cumulative voting shall be prohibited.

         Section 6. Place of Meetings. The Directors of the Corporation may hold
their meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Texas.

         Section 7. First Meetings. The first meeting of each newly elected
Board of Directors shall be held without further notice immediately following
the annual meeting of shareholders, and at the same place, unless by unanimous
consent of the Directors then elected and serving, such time or place shall be
changed.

         Section 8. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be
determined by the Board of Directors.

         Section 9. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the President on one (1) days'
notice to each Director, either personally or by mail or telegram. Special
meetings may be called in like manner and on like notice on the written request
of any two Directors. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by statute,
the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, neither the business to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in a
notice or waiver of notice.

         Section 10. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the
presence of a majority of the Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority
of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the
act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided
by statute, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not
be present at any meeting of Directors, the Directors present thereat may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

         Section 11. Action Without Meeting; Telephone Meetings. Any action
required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or
members of any committee designated by the Board of Directors may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is
signed by all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case
may be. Such consent shall


                                       -6-
<PAGE>   10




have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting. Subject to
applicable notice provisions and unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of
Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or members of any committee
designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in and hold a meeting by
means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in such meeting shall constitute presence in person at such
meeting, except where a person's participation is for the express purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened.

         Section 12. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a
Chairman of the Board to preside at their meetings and to perform such other
duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time assign to him.

         Section 13. Vice Chairman of the Board. Each Vice Chairman shall have
only such powers and perform only such duties as the Board of Directors may from
time to time prescribe or as the Chairman may from time to time delegate to the
Vice Chairman.

         Section 14. Compensation. Directors, as such, shall not receive any
stated salary for their services, but by resolution of the Board of Directors a
fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at
each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors; provided that nothing
herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of any committee designated by the Board of Directors may, by resolution of the
Board of Directors, be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

         Section 15. Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate an
Executive Committee, to consist of one or more of the Directors of the
Corporation. The Executive Committee, to the extent provided in said resolution,
shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors in
the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, except where
action of the full Board of Directors is required by statute or by the Articles
of Incorporation, and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation
to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Any member of the Executive
Committee may be removed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors, whenever in its judgment the best interests
of the Corporation will be served thereby. The Executive Committee shall keep
regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors
when required.

         Section 16. Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate from among its
members one or more committees, other than an Executive Committee, to the extent
provided in such resolution.



                                       -7-
<PAGE>   11




                                   ARTICLE IV.

                                     NOTICES

         Section 1. Method. Whenever by statute, the Articles of Incorporation,
or these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any Director or shareholder,
and no provision is made as to how such notice shall be given, it shall not be
construed to mean personal notice, but any such notice may be given in writing,
by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such Director or shareholder at such
address as appears on the books of the Corporation or in any other method
permitted by law. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall be
deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be thus deposited in the
United States mail as aforesaid.

         Section 2. Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any
shareholder or Director of the Corporation by statute, the Articles of
Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person
or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated in
such notice, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance
of a shareholder or Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except where a shareholder or Director attends for the express
purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Consent in writing by a shareholder
or Director to any action taken or resolution adopted by the shareholders or
Directors of the Corporation shall constitute a waiver of any and all notices
required to be given in connection with such action or resolution.


                                   ARTICLE V.

                                    OFFICERS

         Section 1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected
by the Directors and shall be a President and a Secretary. The Board of
Directors may also choose a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairman of
the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer
and one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other
officers with such titles and responsibilities as the Board of Directors deems
necessary. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

         Section 2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after
each annual meeting of shareholders shall choose a President and a Secretary,
neither of whom need be a member of the Board of Directors, a shareholder or a
resident of the State of Texas. The Board of Directors may appoint such other
officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall be appointed for such
terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.


                                      -8-
<PAGE>   12




         Section 3. Compensation. The compensation of all officers and agents of
the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

         Section 4. Removal and Vacancies. Each officer of the Corporation shall
hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified in his stead or until
his death or until his resignation or removal from office. Any officer or agent
or member of a committee elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be
removed either for or without cause by a majority of the Board of Directors
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is represented,
whenever in the judgment of the Board of Directors the best interests of the
Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. If the office of any
officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of
Directors.

         Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall
be the senior officer of the Corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the
shareholders and the Board of Directors, be the ex-officio, a member of the
executive committee, and will share the general and active management of the
business of the Corporation with the President, and shall see, along with the
President, that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried
into effect. Under the seal of the Corporation, he shall execute bonds,
mortgages, and other contracts requiring a seal, except where required or
permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed, except where the signing
and execution shall be especially delegated by the Board of Directors to some
other officer or agent of the Corporation.

         Section 6. President. The President shall have general and active
management of the business of the Corporation and shall see, along with the
Chief Executive Officer, that all orders and resolutions of the Board of
Directors are carried into effect. He shall have the authority to execute bonds,
mortgages, and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the
Corporation, except where required or permitted by law or by these Amended and
Restated Bylaws to be otherwise signed and executed, except where the signing
and execution thereof shall be especially delegated by the Board of Directors to
some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

         Section 7. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the
event of the President's inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in
the event there is more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the
order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, then in the
order of their election or appointment) shall perform the duties of the
President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all
of the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall have only such
powers and perform only such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to
time prescribe or as the Chief Executive Officer or President may from time to
time delegate.

         Section 8. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the
Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all votes and
the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall
perform like duties for any committee when required. Except as otherwise
provided herein, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all
meetings of the shareholders and


                                       -9-
<PAGE>   13




special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer or
President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. The Secretary shall
keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and, when authorized by the
Board of Directors, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and, when so
affixed, it shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the
signature of the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary.

         Section 9. Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Secretary shall have
only such powers and perform only such duties as the Board of Directors may from
time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate.

         Section 10. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall deposit all monies and
other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such
depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall
disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to
the Chief Executive Officer, the President and directors, at the regular
meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may require it, an account
of all the Treasurer's transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition
of the Corporation, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of
Directors may prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer
shall give the Corporation a bond in such form, in such sum, and with such
surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the
faithful performance of the duties of the office of Treasurer and for the
restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer's death, resignation,
retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and
other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer's possession or under the
Treasurer's control belonging to the Corporation.

         Section 11. Assistant Treasurers. Each Assistant Treasurer shall have
only such powers and perform only such duties as the Board of Directors may from
time to time prescribe.

         Section 12. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such
other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, including without
limitation a Chief Operating Officer, who shall be appointed for such terms and
shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from
time to time by the Board of Directors.


                                   ARTICLE VI.

                        CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES

         Section 1. Certificates. Certificates in such form as may be determined
by the Board of Directors shall be delivered representing all shares to which
shareholders are entitled. Such certificates shall be consecutively numbered and
shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. Each


                                      -10-
<PAGE>   14

certificate shall state on the face thereof the holder's name, the number and
class of shares, and the par value of such shares or a statement that such
shares are without par value. They shall be signed by the President or a Vice
President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and may be sealed with the
seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signature of any such
officer may be facsimile.

         Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new
certificate representing shares to be issued in place of any certificate
theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed,
upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new
certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion and as a condition
precedent to the issuance thereof, may require the owner of such lost or
destroyed certificate, or the owner's legal representative, to advertise the
same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in
such form, in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as it may direct as
indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with
respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

         Section 3. Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock shall be transferable
only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by the
holder's duly authorized attorney. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the
transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate representing shares duly
endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or
authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation or the transfer
agent of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

         Section 4. Registered Shareholders. Unless otherwise provided in the
Texas Business Corporation Act, and subject to the provisions of Chapter 8 of
the Texas Business & Commerce Code: (a) the Corporation may regard the person in
whose name any shares issued by the Corporation are registered in the share
transfer records of the Corporation at any particular time (including, without
limitation, as of a record date fixed pursuant to these Bylaws) as the owner of
those shares at that time for purposes of voting those shares, receiving
distributions thereon or notices in respect thereof, transferring those shares,
exercising rights of dissent with respect to those shares, exercising or waiving
any preemptive right with respect to those shares, entering into agreements with
respect to those shares in accordance with Article 2.22 or 2.30 of the Texas
Business Corporation Act, or giving proxies with respect to those shares; and
(b) neither the Corporation nor any of its officers, directors, employees, or
agents shall be liable for regarding that person as the owner of those shares
at that time for those purposes, regardless of whether that person does not
possess a certificate for those shares.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>   15



                                  ARTICLE VII.

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         Section 1. Distributions and Share Dividends. Distributions and share
dividends, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any,
may be authorized by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.
Distributions may be paid in cash, in property, or in the issuance of
indebtedness, and may be in the form of a dividend on the outstanding shares of
the Corporation, a purchase or redemption by the Corporation of any of its own
shares, or a payment in liquidation of all or a portion of the assets of the
Corporation. Share dividends shall be paid in authorized but unissued shares of
the Corporation or in treasury shares subject to the provisions of the Texas
Business Corporation Act and the Articles of Incorporation. The Board of
Directors may fix a record date in the manner provided in Article II of these
Bylaws for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive a
distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by
the Corporation of any of its own shares) or share dividend.

         Section 2. Reserves. There may be created by resolution of the Board of
Directors out of the surplus of the Corporation such reserve or reserves as the
Directors from time to time, in their discretion, think proper to provide for
contingencies, or to equalize distributions, or to repair or maintain any
property of the Corporation, or for such other purposes as the Directors shall
think beneficial to the Corporation, and the Directors may modify or abolish any
such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

         Section 3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

         Section 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

         Section 5. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the
name of the Corporation. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

         Section 6. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify every
Director and officer of the Corporation against, and reimburse and advance to
every Director and officer for, all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred in
connection with such directorship or office and any actions taken or omitted in
such capacity to the greatest extent permitted under the Texas Business
Corporation Act and other applicable laws at the time of such indemnification,
reimbursement or advance payment.



                                      -12-
<PAGE>   16




         Section 7. Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed or new
Bylaws may be adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation or by the Board of
Directors.

         Section 8. Table of Contents; Headings. The Table of Contents and
headings used in these Bylaws have been inserted for convenience only and do not
constitute matters to be construed in interpretation.



                                      -13-


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission